You are on page 1of 3232

DeCA Handbook 20-1

DESIGN CRITERIA
HANDBOOK
VOLUME I

DIRECTORATE OF FACILITIES
DECAH 20-1
WITH JUNE 2011 UPDATES
(Complete Reissue)

Defense Commissary Agency


Fort Lee, Virginia
DeCA Design Criteria Handbook
Table Of Contents
(DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

Front End Documents


Quarterly Summary of Updates (Complete Reissue JUNE 2011)
Authority Letter
Memorandum
Handbook Guidance
General Design Requirements
Force Protection Checklist
Code Analysis
DeCA Guide Specifications Conventions

Division 01 - General Requirements


01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 13 00 Notice to Proceed
01 14 00 Work Restrictions
01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures
01 30 00 Administrative Requirements
Guide Specification
Design Plate
01 31 13.13 Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment and Electrical Coordination
01 31 23 Project Web Site
01 32 16 Construction Progress Documentation
01 33 29 Sustainable Design Reporting
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
01 33 29.51 Computer Energy Analysis
Design Criteria
01 35 26 Government Safety Requirements
01 35 40 Environmental Management
01 35 43.19 Environmental Procedures for Refrigerants
01 35 46 Indoor Air Quality Procedures
01 42 00 References
01 45 00 Quality Control
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 56 39 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
01 64 00 Government-Furnished Products
01 73 29 Cutting and Patching
01 77 00 Closeout Procedures
01 79 00 Demonstration and Training
01 91 00 General Commissioning Requirements

Division 03 - Concrete
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
03 30 50 Insulated Freezer Floors
Design Criteria

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 1 of 18
Guide Specification
Design Plates
033050-01 Insulated Concrete Freezer Floors Underfloor Ventilation System - Plan View
033050-02 Insulated Concrete Freezer Floors Underfloor Ventilation System - Section
033050-03 Insulated Concrete Freezer Floors Underfloor Ventilation System - Section
03 35 43 Polished Concrete Finishing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
03 45 00 Precast Architectural Concrete
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
03 47 13 Tilt-up Concrete
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 04 - Masonry
04 20 00 Unit Masonry
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 05 - Metals
05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
05 21 00 Steel Joist Framing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
05 30 00 Steel Decking
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
05 50 13 Metal Fabrications
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
055013-01 Bumper Post
055013-02 Above Cooler Access - Isometric and Plan View
055013-03 Above Cooler Access - Elevations
05 51 00 Metal Stairs
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
05 52 00 Pipe Railings
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 06 - Woods and Plastics


06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
06 16 00 Sheathing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 2 of 18
06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
064023-01 Training Room Cabinets
064023-02 Bakery/Deli Customer Service Counter
064023-03 Bakery/Deli Stepped Display
06 83 16 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection


07 19 00 Water Repellents
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 19 13 Acrylic Water Repellent Stains
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 21 00 Thermal Insulation
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 24 00 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 40 00 Metal Panels
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 53 23 Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing (Black)
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 53 23 Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing (White)
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 54 00 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 60 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 71 00 Roof Specialties
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 72 33 Roof Hatches
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 84 00 Firestopping
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
079200-01 Display Case Closure
079200-01 Display Case Closure

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 3 of 18
Division 08 - Doors and Windows
08 08 00 Commissioning of Openings
08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 36 13 Sectional Doors
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 38 00 Traffic Doors
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 41 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 42 29.23 Sliding Automatic Entrances
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
084229.23-01 Sliding Automatic Entrance Doors - Plan and Elevation
084229.23-02 Sliding Automatic Entrance Doors - Details
08 62 00 Unit Skylights
08 71 00 Door Hardware
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 79 13 Key Storage Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 81 00 Glazing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
08 83 00 Mirrors
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 09 - Finishes
09 24 23 Portland Cement Plaster
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
09 29 00 Gypsum Board
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
09 30 00 Tiling
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 4 of 18
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
09 67 23 Resinous Flooring
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
09 72 00 Wall Coverings
09 99 00 Painting and Coating
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 10 - Specialties
10 08 00 Commissioning of Specialties
10 10 00 Visual Display Surfaces
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 14 00 Signage
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
101400-01 Store Hours Sign
101400-02 Storage Height Restriction Sign
10 15 00 Interior Decor Specialties
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 21 13 Toilet Compartments
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 22 13 Wire Mesh Partitions
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 26 00 Wall and Equipment Protection
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
102600-01 Wood Bumper Rail
102600-02 Stainless Steel Bumper
10 28 13 Toilet Accessories
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 51 13 Metal Lockers
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 56 23 Rotating Modular System
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
10 56 29 Storage Racks
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 5 of 18
Division 11 - Equipment
11 08 00 Commissioning of Equipment
11 13 00 Loading Dock Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
111300-01 Commissary Receiving Area - Elevation
111300-02 Exterior Receiving Area - Cross Section
111300-03 Exterior Trash Platform
11 14 00 Pedestrian Control Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 16 16 Safes
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 17 00 Teller and Service Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
111700-01 Cashiers Window-plan
111700-02 Cashiers Window-section
111700-03 Cash Tray Window-plan
111700-04 Cash Tray Window-section
11 40 00.13 Bakery Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 40 00.16 Deli Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 40 00.19 Grocery Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 40 00.23 Meat Department Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 40 00.26 Produce Department Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 40 00.29 Seafood Department Equipment
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
11 82 36 Facility Waste Baler
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 12 - Furnishings
12 21 13 Horizontal Louver Blinds
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
12 48 00 Entrance Mats and Grilles
Design Criteria
12 48 13.13 Surface Floor Mats
12 48 13.16 Recessed Floor Mats and Frames
12 48 16 Entrance Floor Grilles

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 6 of 18
12 59 00 Systems Furniture
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
12 93 00 Site Furnishings
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 13 - Special Construction


13 08 00 Commissioning of Special Construction
13 21 26 Cold Storage Rooms
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
132126-01 Cold Storage Rooms Sliding Entrance Door - Plan View
132126-02 Cold Storage Rooms Sliding Entrance Door - Jamb Detail
132126-03 Cold Storage Rooms Sliding Entrance Door - Threshold
132126-04 Cold Storage Rooms Concrete Curb Heater Cable
132126-05 Cold Storage Rooms Air Space Closure Details
132126-06 Cold Storage Rooms Concrete Curb
132126-07 Cold Storage Rooms Ceiling Panel Support
132126-08 Electrical for Curb Heater Cable
132126-09 Cold Storage Rooms 1G11 Glass Door - Elevation
132126-10 Cold Storage Rooms 1G11 Glass Door - Section
132126-11 Cold Storage Rooms 1G11 Glass Door - Sill Detail
132126-12 Cold Storage Rooms 1G11 Glass Door - Head/Jamb Detail
132126-13 Cold Storage Rooms 1G11 Glass Door - Plan/View
132126-14 Cold Storage Rooms Traffic Door - Head Jamb Detail
132126-15 Cold Storage Rooms Traffic Door - Sill Detail
132126-16 Cold Storage Rooms Sliding Entrance Door - Head Detail
132126-17 Cold Storage Rooms Swing Entrance Door - Head/Jamb Detail
132126-18 Cold Storage Rooms Swing Entrance Door - Sill Detail
13 25 00 Cash Room Requirements
Design Criteria
Design Plates
132500-01 Cashier & Customer Service
132500-02 Cashier & Customer Service

Division 21 - Fire Suppression


21 08 00 Commissioning of Fire Suppression
21 13 00 Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
211300-01 Sprinkler Pipe Penetration
21 30 00 Fire Pumps

Division 22 - Plumbing
22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
220500-01 Walk-In Box Floor Drain FD6 for Condensate From Unit Coolers
220500-03 Refrigerated Case Hub Drain Detail
220500-04 Grease Trap

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 7 of 18
220500-05 Processing Area Floor Drain in SMAP or Sealed Concrete Floor
220500-06 Washdown-Hose Station WS1-HS1
220500-07 Water Heater Piping Flow Diagram
220500-09 Trench Drain Detail
220500-10 Water for Refrigerated Produce Cases
22 05 19 Plumbing Specialties
22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation
22 08 00 Commissioning of Plumbing
22 10 00 Plumbing Piping
22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment
22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures

Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning


23 01 00 Maintenance and Repair for HVAC and Refrigeration
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
230500-01 Typical Under Case Return Air Detail
230500-03 Sales Area HVAC Concept Plan
230500-04 Cashier's Area HVAC Concept Plan
230500-05 Bakery-Deli Area HVAC Concept Plan
230500-06 Administrative Area and Breakroom HVAC Concept Plan
230500-07_Employee_Breakroom-
Locker_Area_Medical_Food_Inspector_Warehouse_Mgr
230500-08 Dual Path Dehumidifier Schedule
230500-09 Controlled-Sensitive Storage Areas
230500-10 Rooftop HVAC Unit Roof Curb Detail
23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
23 05 16 Expansion Fitting and Loops for HVAC Piping
23 05 19 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping
23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
23 07 13 Duct Insulation
23 07 19 HVAC Piping Insulation
23 08 00 Commissioning of HVAC
23 09 13 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
23 09 16 Refrigeration Monitoring and Control Systems (RMCS)
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
23 21 13 Hydronic Piping
23 21 16 Hydronic Piping Specialties
23 22 23 HVAC Pumps
23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping
23 25 13 Water Treatment for Closed-Loop Hydronic System

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 8 of 18
23 31 13 Metal Ducts and Air Accessories
23 34 23 HVAC Power Ventilators
23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
23 38 13 Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
23 51 00 Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks
23 52 00 Heating Boilers
23 54 16 Fuel Fired Heaters
23 62 13 Air Cooled [Condensing Units] [Heat Pumps]
23 64 00 Packaged Water Chillers
23 74 13 Packaged, Outdoor, Air-Handling Units
23 81 26 Split-System Air Conditioners
23 82 00 Convection Heating and Cooling Units
23 82 16 Air Coils
23 84 16 Mechanical Dehumidification Units
Guide Specification
Design Plates
238416-01 Dual Path Dehumidifier Controls Schematic
238416-01 HW Dual Path Controls Schematic
23 90 00 Product Refrigeration Systems
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
239000-00 Typical Under Case Return Air Detail
239000-01 Refrigeration System Schematic
239000-02 Condenser Piping
239000-03 Trap at Suction Line Riser
239000-04 Hanger Detail for Single Insulated Refrigeration Line
239000-05 Clamp Assembly for Insulated Refrigeration Line
239000-05A Clamp Assembly for Uninsulated Refrigeration Line
239000-06 Hanger for Single Pair Insulated Refrigerated Lines
239000-07 Hanger Detail for Multiple Insulated Refrigerated Lines
239000-08 Refrigeration Piping Condensate Drain Pan
239000-09 Piping Thru Wall Above Grade
239000-10 Unit Cooler Mounting
239000-11 RMCS Control of Sales Area Lights
239000-12 Required Elevation for Air Cooled Condensers
239000-13 Unit Cooler Air Flow Type
239000-14 Refrigeration Electrical One-Line Diagram
239000-14a Notes for Refrigeration Electrical One-Line Diagram
239000-15 Schedule of Unit Cooler Drain Sizes
239000-18 RMCS Alarm System, Communication Equipment
239000-19 Layout of Refrigeration Monitoring System
239000-20 Transducer Locations for Parallel (Multiplex) Systems
239000-21 Pressure Transducer Locations, Single Compressor
239000-22 Shut-Off Valve and Pressure Transducer
239000-23 Temperature Probe Placement, Display Case
239000-24 Typical RMCS Temperature Probe and Probe Details
239000-25 Refrigeration Controls, Control Notes for Conventional
239000-27 Walk-In Box Temperature Probe Location
239000-28 RMCS Control of Refrigerated Display Case Lights
239000-29 Discharge Air Stream Probe Mounting Method
239000-30 RMCS Connection to Refrigerated Circuit
239000-31 Condenser Piping Diagram
239000-32 Refrigeration Branch Suction and Liquid Line Connections
239000-34 Mechanical Center Roof Curb Detail

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 9 of 18
239000-35 1G02 & 1M04 Case Temperature Probe Placements
239000-36 1G07 Case Temperature Probe Placements
239000-37 1M06 Case Temperature Probe Placements
239000-38 1B08, D02, 1G10 & 1G12 Case Temperature Probe Placements
239000-39 1B08 & 1D02 Case Temperature Probe Placements
239000-40 1G00 Case Temperature Probe Placements
239000-41 Refrigeration Schedule and Control Notes
239000-42 RMCS Air Handler Connection
239000-43 RMCS Connection for Water Valve
239000-44 RMCS Connection Exhaust Fan
239000-45 RMCS DHU 1 Connection
239000-46 RMCS Input
239000-47 RMCS Connection to Compressors
239000-48 RMCS Fan Coil or Rooftop HVAC Unit Connection
239000-49 RMCS Exhaust Fan Connection
239000-51 Defrost Temperature Termination

Division 26 - Electrical
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 05 13 Medium-Voltage Cables
26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 05 33.33 Tele-Power Poles
26 05 36 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems
26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 08 00 Commissioning for Electrical Systems
26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices
26 12 19 Medium-Voltage Transformers
26 22 00 Low-Voltage Transformers
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 23 00 Switchboards
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 24 16 Panelboards
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 24 19 Motor-Control Centers
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 25 00 Enclosed Bus Assemblies
26 27 26 Wiring Devices

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 10 of 18
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
262726-01 Ceiling Receptacle Detail Meat Processing & Wrapping Rooms
26 28 01 Coordinated Power System Protection
26 28 13 Fuses
26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 32 14 Diesel-Engine Driven Generator Sets
26 35 33 Power Factor Correction Equipment
26 36 00 Transfer Switches
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 42 13 Passive Cathodic Protection for Underground and Submerged Piping
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
26 43 00 Transient Voltage Suppression
26 51 00 Interior Lighting
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
265100-01 Sales Area Lighting Controls
265100-02 Lighting Contractor Schedule
26 56 00 Exterior Lighting
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
265600-01 Exterior Lighting Controls Detail

Division 27 - Communications
27 08 00 Commissioning of Communication Equipment
27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling
27 20 00 Datacom and Point-of-Sale Provisions
Design Criteria
Design Plates
272000-01 Emergency Generator Detail
272000-02 Point of Sale (POS) System Electrical Support 1
272000-03 Typical Under Floor Duct Arrangement
272000-05 Power Pole at Checkstand
272000-06 Data and Telephone Schematic
272000-07 POS Data Connectors
272000-08 CISIC Room Layout-Small
272000-09 CISIC Room Layout Med-Large
272000-10 Sub-Hub Room Layout
272000-11 Universal Paystation
272000-12 Self-Checkout Model 171
272000-13 Self-Checkouts Models 151 and 153
272000-14 Self-Checkouts Models 131 and 152
27 51 16 Public Address and Music System
27 80 00 Processing Area Signaling Systems

Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security


28 08 00 Commissioning of Electronic Safety and Security Systems

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 11 of 18
28 16 00 Intrusion Detection
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
28 23 00 Video Surveillance
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Design Plates
283100-01 Alarm Transmitter Antenna
28 39 00 Mass Notification Systems
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 31 - Earthwork
31 00 00 Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing
31 31 16 Termite Control
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
Termite Map

Division 32 - Exterior Improvements


32 00 00 Paving and Parking Design
Design Criteria
Design Plates
320000-01 Standard Customer Parking 90 Degree
320000-02 Standard Customer Parking 60 Degree
320000-04 Light Standard Base
320000-05 Precast Concrete Bollard
32 08 00 Commissioning of Exterior Improvements
32 12 17 Hot Mix Bituminous Pavement
32 13 13 Concrete Paving
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
32 84 00 Planting Irrigation
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
32 90 00 Planting
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Division 33 - Utilities
33 08 00 Commissioning of Utilities
33 11 00 Water Distribution
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
33 30 00 Sanitary Sewers
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 12 of 18
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
33 51 00 Natural-Gas Distribution
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
33 71 01 Overhead Electrical Distribution
Design Criteria
Guide Specification
33 71 02 Underground Electrical Distribution
Design Criteria
Guide Specification

Appendices
Appendix A - Schedule and Tables
Standard Commissary Room and Finish Schedule
Commissary Door Schedule
Appendix B - Product Data Sheets
1A03-N Workstation General Office, Low Profile
1A03-R Workstation General Office, Stand alone
1B00 Bread Slice, Table Model
1B10-A Reach-In Freezer
1B10-B Freezer, Reach-In
1B11-B Refrigerator, Reach-In
1B12-A Rotating Single Rack Oven-Electric
1B12-B Rotating Single Rack Oven-Gas
1B13-A Rotating Double Rack Oven-Electric
1B15 Mini-Rotating Rack Convection Oven-Electric
1B20-A Single Wide Proof Box
1B20-B Double Wide Proof Box
1B22-B Retarder Roll-In Two-Door
1B28 Refrigerated Self-Service Case with Cake Decorator Station
1B29-A Self-Service Acrylic Door Merchandiser
1B29-B Self-Service Non-Refrigerated Bakery Display Case
1B30-B Self-Service Refrigerated Bakery Display Case
1B30-C Self-Service Refrigerated Bakery Display Case
1D04-B Refrigerator, Reach-In, 79 Cubic Feet
1D05 Prep and Display Case
1D09 Hot Foods, Single Section, Rotisserie Oven, 32 Chicken, Countertop
1D12 Hot Foods, Heated, Display Case
1D13 Prepared Foods, Refrigerated Display Case
1D14-A Case, Hot Foods, Heated, Self-Service Island, 3 Wells
1D14-B Case, Hot Foods, Heated, Self Service Island, 5 Wells
1D17 Preparation and Display Case for Pizza and Sandwiches
1D21 Deli Slicer Table
1E06-A Queuing System, Checkout, Traffic Control
1E06-B Queuing System, Checkout, Electronic Directional System with Flashing Light
1E06-C Queuing System, Checkout, Electronic Checkstand Light
1E08 Safe, 22 Cubic Feet Capacity
1E10 Safe, 39 Cubic Feet Capacity
1E12 Key Control Cabinet
1G06/07 Frozen Food Wide Island Display Cases
1M00 Scale, Platform, Mobile
1M10 Conveyor, Meat-Loaf, Electric - Product Data
1M14 Chopper, Meat, 8 lbs Per Minute

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 13 of 18
1M16 Meat Molder/Bulker Machine Attachment
1M18 Meat Saw, Band
1M20-B Mixer, Grinder, Tandem System
1M26 Patty Molder, Table Model
1M28-B Scale, Labeler and Wrapper Full-Size Model
1M28-C Scale/Labeler/Wrapper system, Full-Size, Workhorse
1M30 Scale and Printer with 3-Roll Wrapper System
1M34 Meat Tenderizer
1P19 Scale and Printer with 3-Roll Wrapper System
1R00-A Baler, Cardboard, Vertical, Small
1R00-B Baler, Cardboard, Vertical, Medium
1R09 Damaged Merchandise Unit
2E11-A Shopping Cart Corral - Cart Park 1D
2E11-B Shopping Cart Corral - Cart Park 2X
2E11-C Shopping Cart Corral - Cart Park 4
2M06 Wall Mount Drench Hose
2P08-A Tilt Top Display Table Produce Items, Wooden, Euro Type
2P16-A Orchard Bin For Use Without Ice
2P16-B Orchard Bin For Use With Ice
2P22-D Four Step Euro End Cap
2R05 Eye/Face and Body Spray
2R16 Storage Rack, Shelf, Galvanized
2R17 Storage Rack, Pallet, Painted
2R19 Storage Rack, Pallet, Painted
2R24 Shelving, Food Storage
3-2A02-A Directory
3-2A02-B Directory
3-2A20 Baby Changing Station
3-2D04 Digital "Take-A-Number" System
3-2P02-B Floral Oval Island Display
3-4HW1 Hand Wrapper, One Roll, Table Model
4IFNIS-S Continuous Flaker Ice Maker
4IFWT-1 Ice Flaker with Ice Transport System and One Portable Cart
4IFWT-2 Ice Flaker with Ice Transport System and Two Portable Cart
4L01 Single Tier Locker, One Door, One Locker Wide
4L02 Two Tier Locker, Two Doors, One Locker Wide
4S00 Hand Wash Sink
4S01D Sink, One Compartment, with Two Drainboards with Hose
4S01L Sink, One Compartment, with One Drainboards with Hose
4S01R Sink, One Compartment, with One Drainboards with Hose Sprayer
4S02D Sink, One Compartment, with Two Drainboards with Hose Sprayer with Disposal Unit
4S02L Sink, One Compartment, with One Drainboards with Hose Sprayer with Disposal Unit
4S02R Sink, Two Compartment, with One Drainboard with Hoser Sprayer with Disposal Unit
4S03D Sink, Three Compartment, with Two Drainboards with Hoser Sprayer (Optional Disposal
Unit
4S03L Sink, Three Compartment, with One Drainboard with Hoser Sprayer (Optional Disposal
Unit)
4S03R Sink, Three Compartment, with One Drainboard with Hoser Sprayer (Optional) Disposal
Unit)
4SMA Slicer, Meat, Automatic
2P22-D Four Step Euro End Cap
4S-PPM Stand-Alone Scale/Printer
4TFP-6 Table, Stainless Steel, Food Preparation
4TFPE Table, Stainless Steel, Food Preparation
4TMP-6 Table, Stainless Steel, Meat Preparation

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 14 of 18
4TMPBS-6 Table, Stainless Steel, Meat Preparation
Site Furnishings - Bench
Site Furnishings - Bicycle Rack
Site Furnishings - Trash Receptacle
Appendix C - Commissioning
Commissioning Plan
Commissioning Responsibility Matrix
Table of Contents
Sample Training Agenda
Design Narrative Cover
PC-087913 Key Storage Equipment
FT-083323 Overhead Coiling Doors
FT-083613 Sectional Doors
FT-084229 Automatic Entrance Doors
FT-085000 Windows
FT-087100 Door Hardware
PC-110000-1 Refrigerated Display Cases
PC-110000-2 Equipment
PC-111300 Loading Dock Equipment
PC-111400 Queuing System
PC-111616 Safes
PC-114000.13 Bakery Equipment
PC-114000.16 Deli Equipment
PC-114000.19 Grocery Equipment
PC-114000.23 Meat Department Equipment
PC-114000.26 Produce Department Equipment
PC-114000.29 Seafood Department Equipment
PC-118236 Baler
FT-111400 Pedestrian Control Equipment
PC-132126 Cold Storage Rooms
PC-211300 Fire Suppression
PC-220000-1 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
PC-220000-2 Storm Drainage Piping
PC-220000-3 Fuel Piping
PC-220000-4 Domestic Water Piping
PC-220000-5 Domestic Water Heaters
PC-223200 Domestic Water Filtration
FT-220000-1 Pumps (Plumbing)
FT-220000-2 Plumbing Fixtures
FT-220000-3 Domestic Water Heaters
PC-230593-1 Testing Adjusting and Balancing
PC-230593-2 Calibration and Leak-by Test Procedures
PC-230913 Control Devices for HVAC
PC-230916 Refrigeration Monitoring Systems
PC-232113 Hydronic Piping
PC-232223 HVAC Pumps
PC-233113 Ducts
PC-233423-1 Fans
PC-233423-2 Air Curtains
PC-233423-3 Make-up Air Units
PC-233713 Diffusers Registers and Grilles
PC-233813 Kitchen Exhaust-Make-up Air Unit
PC-236213 Heat Pumps
PC-236400 Packaged Water Chillers
PC-238126-1 Split-System Air Conditioners

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 15 of 18
PC-238126-2 Split-System Heat Pumps
PC-238416-1 Air Handling Units
PC-238416-2 Dehumidifier
PC-239000-1 Refrigeration Compressors
PC-239000-2 Air Cooled Condenser
FT-230593-1 Testing Adjusting and Balancing
FT-230593-2 Calibration and Leak-by Test Procedures
FT-230913 Control Devices for HVAC
FT-230916 Refrigeration Monitoring System
FT-232223 HVAC Pumps
FT-233423-1 Fans
FT-233423-2 Air Curtains
FT-233423-3 Make-up Air Units
FT-233813 Kitchen Exhaust-Make-up Air Unit
FT-236213 Heat Pumps
FT-236400 Packaged Water Chillers
FT-238126-1 Split-System Air Conditioners
FT-238126-2 Split-System Heat Pumps
FT-238216 Fan Coil Units
FT-238416-1 Air Handling Units
FT-238416-2 Dehumidifier
FT-239000 Refrigeration Compressors
PC-260513 Medium-Voltage Cables
PC-260526 Grounding and Bonding
PC-261219-1 Transformers (Dry)
PC-261219-2 Transformers (Liquid)
PC-261600 Electric Metering
PC-262300 Switchboards
PC-262416 Panelboards
PC-262419 Motor Control Centers
PC-262816 Safety Switches
PC-263214 Generator Assemblies
PC-263343 Battery Equipment
PC-264213 Cathodic Protection
PC-265100-1 Emergency Lighting
PC-265100-2 Interior Lighting
PC-265600 Exterior Lighting
FT-260526 Grounding and Bonding
FT-262300 Switchboards
FT-262416 Panelboards
FT-262419 Motor Control Centers
FT-263214 Generator Assemblies
FT-265100-1 Emergency Lighting
FT-265100-2 Interior Lighting
FT-265600 Exterior Lighting
PC-271000-1 Voice and Data Communications Cabling
PC-271116 Consoles
PC-272000 Data Communications Systems
PC-273000 Voice Communications Systems
PC-275116 Public Address and Music Systems
PC-278000 Processing Area Signaling Systems
FT-272000 Data Communications Systems
FT-273000 Voice Communications Systems
FT-275116 Public Address and Music Systems
PC-281600 Intrusion Detection

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 16 of 18
PC-282300 Video Surveillance
PC-283100 Fire Detection and Alarm
FT-281600 Intrusion Detection
FT-282300 Video Surveillance
FT-283100 Fire Detection and Alarm
PC-328400 Planting Irrigation
FT-328400 Planting Irrigation
PC-331100-1 Water Distribution
PC-331100-2 Water Metering
PC-333000 Sanitary Sewerage
PC-334000 Storm Drainage Utilities
PC-335100 Gas Metering
Commissioning Review Comments
Commissioning Design Review Report Cover
Commissioning Design Review Report Table of Contents
Commissioning Design Review Summary
01-Sample Commissioning Trip Report-(Date)
02-Sample Commissioning Issues Tracking Log
03-Sample Commissioning Trip Agenda-(Date)
Appendix D - Uniform Decor Package
Title Sheet
General Notes
Decor Plan
Interior Elevations
Aisle Directory
Banner Attachments
Banner Construction
Banner Designs
Banner Blade Signs
Department Decor Element Construction
Department Decor Element Designs
Department Decor Painted Wall Graphics
Department Decor Tagline Lettering
Department Decor Bakery Deli
Department Decor Customer Service
Department Decor Exit
Department Decor Frozen Food
Exterior Sign
Finish Schedule
HBA Department Identifier
Produce Decor Grid
Fonts
Artwork
DeCA Horizontal Banner
DeCA Yellow
DeCA Red
Dairy Orange
Exterior Sign
Produce Dark Green
Artwork
Feature Walls
Mural - Customer Service
DeCA Banners
Bakery Banner
Dairy Banner

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 17 of 18
Deli Banner
Frozen Banner
Meat Banner
Produce Banner
Seafood Banner
Sushi Banner
Chase Frozen
Retired - Interior Decor Design Standards
Interior Decor Design Standards - 12 Foot
Interior Decor Design Standards - 14 Foot
Interior Decor Design Standards - 16 Foot
Interior Decor Design Standards - 18 Foot
Retired - Exterior Building Sign
Exterior Sign Drawings

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

DeCA Design Criteria Handbook


Table of Contents
Page 18 of 18
SUMMARY OF UPDATES - JUNE 2011

A. SUMMARY

1. The June 2011 Updates consisted of a complete and total revision & reissue of the DeCA
Design Criteria and Guide Specifications.

a. Everything:

1) Design Criteria
2) Guide Specifications
3) Design Plates
4) Appendices

a) Appendix A - Schedules and Tables


b) Appendix B - Product Data Sheets
c) Appendix C - Commissioning
d) Appendix D - Uniform Dcor Package

END OF SUMMARY OF UPDATES - JUNE 2011

<Insert project name and location>


SUMMARY OF WORK
01 11 00 - 1
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DeCAH 20-1
HEADQUARTERS DEFENSE COMMISSARY AGENCY DATE
Fort Lee VA 23801-1800

Facilities Program Manager

DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK


BY ORDER OF THE DIRECTOR

J.T. KINSEY
Director, HQ Operations

Kendra S. Warren
Director, Information Technology

DRAFT
AUTHORITY: Defense Commissary Agency Directives Management Program is established in
compliance with DoD Directive 5105.55, Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA), November 1990, and
the Federal Information Resources Management Regulations (FIRMR).

MANAGEMENT CONTROLS: This handbook does not contain Management Control provisions that
are subject to evaluation and testing as required by DeCAD 70-2 and as scheduled in DeCAD 70-3.

APPLICABILITY: This directive applies to the Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA) activities.

HOW TO SUPPLEMENT: This handbook may not be supplemented; however, suggested changes may
be submitted to DeCA/CIED.

HOW TO OBTAIN COPIES: Copies may be read or downloaded from the DeCA Intranet at
http://www.decadcpmac.com

SUMMARY: This handbook contains guidance that will be used for design and construction of all
DeCA commissary construction, addition/alteration, renovation, maintenance and repair and/or
improvement projects.

SUPERSEDES: DeCAH 20-1, October 2001


OFFICE OF PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY (OPR): HQ DeCA/PMF
COORDINATORS: PMF, IG, GC, DOC, DOP, DOF, DOL
DISTRIBUTION: HQ/DO, PMF, GC, IG, RM, DOF, DOP, DOL, CBU; DOC
DeCA/ PMF DATE

MEMORANDUM TO DeCA CRITERIA HANDBOOK USERS

SUBJECT: DeCA Design Criteria Handbook

Facilities Program Management is responsible for managing, coordinating and executing the design and
construction of commissary facilities. Our mission is to deliver a quality product on time and within cost. In addition
to customer requirements for operating and merchandising efficiency, commissary facilities are constructed
according to federal, state, and local laws, codes and standards, DoD policies, congressional guidance and standard
commercial construction practices.

The attached Design Criteria Handbook is intended to guide design and construction practices for
commissary facilities. Although it is intended primarily to guide architects and engineers in the design of new
commissary facilities or major additions and alterations to existing facilities, it also applies to design and

DRAFT
construction activities managed by other agents and minor projects managed through DeCAs region engineers. We
intend the criteria be used to guide all commissary design and construction efforts. Exceptions to this criteria should
be specifically requested in writing.

This document should never replace common sense, good engineering practice or ingenuity. We encourage
each project manager, architect and engineer to consider value engineering initiatives to help improve on quality and
lower life cycle costs to provide best value to the Government. Please document recommendations and Please
submit recommended changes electronically to the Lessons Learned feature on the following website:
http://www.decadcpmac.com.

This handbook is a living document that changes as design and construction methods change, new
materials and equipment are introduced and marketing strategies are adjusted. Revisions will be published live on
the Internet at http://www.decadcpmac.com/deca/. All Criteria Handbook subscribers will be notified via e-mail of
changes made to the document as they occur. Each e-mail will contain an attachment with the updated file. Changes
will be highlighted in yellow so users can easily determine which item was updated. In addition to the updates
published throughout the year, a formal submission of revisions will be posted each year in May. The next formal
update will be May 2006. All changes adopted throughout the year will be incorporated into this formal update and a
new baseline criteria will be established. Please submit recommended changes electronically to the Lessons Learned
feature on the following website: http://www.decadcpmac.com/deca/.

BOYCE BOURLAND
Facilities Program Manager
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

1. GENERAL
1.1. These criteria are intended for use during the design and construction of commissary facilities.
1.2. These criteria also set basic facilities standards for use in the identification of deficiencies in existing
facilities for planning and programming purposes.

2. ORGANIZATION
2.1. This handbook consists of the following parts:
2.1.1. Requirements and Guidance.
2.1.2. As Applicable for Each Section in Division 01 through 33.
a. Design Criteria Guidance.
b. Guide Specification.
c. Design Standard Plates.
2.1.3. Appendix A - Schedules and Tables.
2.1.4. Appendix B - Product Data Sheets.
2.1.5. Appendix C - Commissioning.
2.1.6 Appendix D - Uniform Dcor Package.

3. INTENT
3.1. The intent of this Design Criteria Handbook is to have Architect-Engineers (A/E) include all items
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor awarded the Work.
3.2. The various parts of this handbook, including any graphical representations, are complementary, and
what is required by one part shall be as binding as if required by all.
3.3. A/E shall edit all UFGS format guide specifications as applicable to the project and incorporate them
into the contract documents.

4. CONVENTION OF MEANING
4.1. In general, this Design Criteria Handbook is written in the imperative mood.

4.2. DeCA Design Criteria is updated quarterly, with the baseline design criteria updated each year in
June; at which time Design Criteria, Guide Specifications, and Design Standard Plates will be reviewed for
applicability and documents will be re-dated to reflect the current year. Manufacturer product data will be
updated as necessary to remain current.

Quarterly updates are identified as follows:


- June updates will be highlighted in red
- September updates will be highlighted in "turquoise"
- December updates will be highlighted in pink
- March updates will be highlighted in "bright green"

Guide Specification edit notes are highlighted in "yellow"

A summary of revisions for each quarterly Design Criteria Update will be posted on the DeCA Design
Criteria website.
4.3. In the interest of brevity, this handbook frequently omits modifying words such as "all and "any" and
articles such as "the" and "an", but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and

June 2011 1
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.


4.4. Several sections have highlighted text. These areas should be discussed by the project design team
and the A/E should edit the text as necessary.
4.5. Several sections identify choices in brackets [ ]. A/E shall edit the choices as applicable to the
specific project requirements.

5. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
5.1. GENERAL
5.1.1. Design a completely functional and operational facility within the parameters of the cost and
scope constraints of the project. Should the designer anticipate impending cost overruns, make
recommendations to bring the scope and cost within the authorized limitations of the project. Include
this information in the design analysis and bring it to the DeCA Project Managers attention in writing.
5.1.2. Make every effort to reduce utility runs and site preparation requirements through proper design.
Include in the bid package identification of support costs outside the 5'-0" line.
5.1.3. Do not use deductive bid items in the bid schedule. Use additive bid items discriminately. DeCA
will approve and prioritize any additives.
5.1.4. Add/ Alter Projects shall be designed to indicate a logical sequence of site and building
construction phasing. The phasing design shall be clearly delineated to allow the Contractor to
develop accurate bid pricing and to understand the relationships of the integrated construction work
allowing the Contractor to develop a complete Project Phasing Schedule. Make certain the
construction activities will allow for use of the existing facilities maintaining continuous store operation
throughout the construction period. Phasing shall be reviewed during the design phases to ensure that
the needs of the installation, and store management are being met and as approved by DeCA
management. Refer to the Add/ Alter Construction Phasing Checklist attachment. Refer to section
013216 Construction Progress Documentation.
5.2. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
5.2.1. Design excellence ranks equally with economy of construction and functional efficiency in
importance. Recognize that good design does not imply added expense.
5.2.2. Front entrance canopies provide an important architectural element of a store's main facade.
The canopy can provide architectural accent to entrance and exit locations and protection from the
weather. While DeCA recognizes the importance of canopies to overall design, use them sparingly
and primarily to cover entry and exit locations and to enhance the architectural expression of the
function within. Avoid excessive lengths and depths. The architectural solution should define a clean
front entry/exit area compatible with other installation architecture and nearby community facilities.
5.2.3. The design solution should emphasize compatibility with installation architectural guidelines
without unnecessary embellishment. The primary focus for premium building materials, such as brick
masonry, should be on the front elevation and others that are prominent to the customer. DeCA
encourages the use of CMU block and precast panels. Stucco, EIF systems or other similar materials
may be appropriate for less prominent elevations and locations not subject to damages from carts and
daily operations. Balance maintainability and durability of exterior building materials with cost regional
climatic considerations.
5.2.4. Include the DeCA exterior signage per Section 101400 Signage and Appendix D Uniform
Dcor Package Building Sign.
5.3. INTERIOR DESIGN
5.3.1. The interior design should complement the exterior design philosophy in terms of economy and
restraint without sacrificing creativity and a pleasing store environment. Provide the commissary
customer with the same standard of quality found in modern commercial food retail operations. The
focus should be the product using the interior environment design to strengthen that focus, or act as a

June 2011 2
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

backdrop to the product. Customers look for value to their dollar and the interior design should
strengthen that image. To the extent practicable, achieve the objectives without embellishment, the
perception of extravagance or added expense.
5.3.2. Give professional attention to the selection of colors and finishes. Use accent colors and
colored wall fabrics and materials to add interest and/or satisfy specialized requirements such as
acoustical control, etc.
5.3.3. Include the DeCA Uniform Dcor Package within customer areas per Section101500 Interior
Dcor Specialties and Appendix D Uniform Dcor Package. Adapt the Uniform Dcor Package
components to fit the scale, layout, and ceiling height of the specific existing Store condition for Add/
Alter Contracts.
5.3.4. Provide a comprehensive interior design that reflects contemporary design technologies for a
commercial retail shopping environment. Specifically, design and integrate the colors, materials and
finishes, graphics, signage and lighting considering the following:
a. Methods of merchandising the product and define the sales area envelope.
b. Scale and proportion of space.
c. Integration of lighting systems including, utilization of accent, task and ambient lighting. Use
lighting to establish comfortable light levels in the sales area; to highlight specialty areas and
product display cases; to supplement materials used for surface enrichment; as a decorative
or functional design element over checkout counters; and to illuminate signage. Refer to
Section 265100 for required lighting fixtures and illumination level requirements.
d. Development of a customer information system.
e. Maintenance of surface finishes.
f. Color and finishes of equipment.
g. Consumer behavior/shopping patterns.
h. Store environmental systems.
i. Community influences/characteristics.
j. Ease of cleaning.
k. Use construction materials to enhance architectural design and details and to enrich building
surfaces, graphics, and the color scheme.
l. Use graphics as a system of visual arts using color, line, pattern, and texture for the purpose
of decoration and communication in the shopping environment.
m. Use customer information systems as a method of organizing and communicating displays
and products in the shopping environment. Customer information will include, but not be
limited to, the following (Refer to section 101500 for specific details on design requirements):
1. Product information.
2. Department identification.
3. Aisle markers.
5.4. SITE DESIGN
5.4.1. Provide for all necessary site work. Include in site plans grading, drainage, roads, parking,
service area, walks, utilities, area lighting, screened/bermed service areas, lawn, planting, and
required underground sprinkler and drip irrigation system. Site building to avoid excessive grading
and balance site work. Consider berms only when excess cut is present. Carefully evaluate site
drainage, runoff and irrigation requirements with sustainability and LEED certification planning goals.
Refer to section 5.11 below.

June 2011 3
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

5.4.2. Design access drives and internal site roads to provide convenient and safe access and
circulation (including collections, deliveries, and fire protection) within the areas and to discourage
through traffic.
5.4.3. Relate pedestrian circulation to parking and facilities. Design the site to facilitate safe and
efficient pedestrian movement to and from the parking lot and commissary. Do not site large utility
elements such as transformers and cooling towers in areas where they become prominent and conflict
with design features.
5.4.4. Refer to Section 320000 for paving and surfacing accessibility requirements.
5.4.5. Study roadways, exits, and parking areas to determine the most efficient traffic flow for
customers, employees, and trucks. Separate delivery traffic from customer traffic on the site.
5.5. OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
5.5.1. Carefully evaluate air-conditioning design considerations for the building, such as siting,
orientation, the relative values of insulation, reflective glass coatings, in order to reduce the heat load
and the resulting total capacity of the air-conditioning plant and its subsequent operating cost. Make
studies to establish an optimum balance between costs of these design details in the building structure
and savings in the first cost of the mechanical installation and its operating cost during the planned life
of the building.
5.5.2. Generally, display cases, refrigeration systems, material-handling equipment (MHE),
staging/receiving and storage room racks, and modular furniture will be contractor-furnished,
contractor-installed. Specify refrigerated display cases as a single system with associated compressor
systems, condensers, power wiring, piping and controls.
5.5.3. Should the designer locate roof drain downspouts in the sales area, enclose them within walls or
furring to render them not visible. When located in the staging/receiving area or adjacent to the
receiving aisle, design them to not impede full use of racks or locate them where material-handling
equipment cannot damage them.
5.5.4. Consider the use of insulated daylighting panels, passive dome skylights, and similar products
in commissary designs. Where appropriate, consider passive solar design. Consider clerestory
windows for use in appropriate areas. With appropriate justification, also consider skylights in
staging/receiving area. Analyze skylights with respect to the following criteria: additional construction
costs, roof system detailing, structural deck reinforcements, anticipated electricity consumption
savings for lighting, anticipated additional heating and air-conditioning requirements, costs associated
with additional controls such as photocells and anticipated maintenance costs (if any). Address side
benefits such as safety during electrical power outages and aesthetics. Describe passive solar design
features that present a more expensive construction technique in the design analysis with appropriate
costs, comparisons, and alternatives. All such systems and alternatives contemplated shall align with
established sustainability requirements and LEED certification planning goals identified for each
Commissary during the Charrette or Investigative phases.
5.5.5. Determine the regional soil treatment requirements for termite protection if required, and specify
chemical treatment. Specify full compliance with all local, state and Federal regulations on toxic
chemicals and handling, removal and disposal of hazardous materials. Work closely with the
installation environmental authorities to ensure all requirements and methods are identified and
specified for design and bidding purposes.
5.5.6. Standards of workmanship and selection of materials must achieve the maximum degree of pest
exclusion. Place particular emphasis around doors, refrigeration, electrical, heating and air-
conditioning duct or conduits particularly where openings are created in outside walls and utility rooms.
Require doors fit to tolerances less than 1/4" and that exterior doors be fitted with durable weather
stripping appropriate to the location and relevant pest considerations. Require sealing utility ducts,
piping, and other wall penetrations with caps, metal flashing, masonry grout, escutcheon or other
suitable material to exclude rodents. Design of systems should result in minimum interior pest
harborage.

June 2011 4
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

5.6. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS


5.6.1. Include provisions in the project design documents which address differing site conditions.
Ensure these provisions comply with the latest Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR) and include the
following:
a. Require the Contractor to promptly, and before disturbing existing conditions, give written
notice to the Contracting Officer of (1) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site
which differs materially from those indicated, or (2) unknown physical conditions at the site of
an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered.
b. The Contracting Officer will investigate the site conditions promptly after receiving the notice.
If the conditions do materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's
cost of, or the item required for, performing any part of the work, whether or not changed as a
result of the conditions, the government will make an equitable adjustment and modify the
contract in writing accordingly.
c. Do not allow any request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract unless
the Contractor has given the written notice required; provided that the Contracting Officer may
extend the time prescribed for giving written notice.
d. Do not allow any request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract for
differing site conditions if made after final payment.
5.7. LIFE CYCLE COST
5.7.1. General: Provide a computer analysis justifying the selection of systems and materials as the
least life cycle cost alternative, taking into account building aesthetics, geographic location, etc.
BLAST, TRACE or other similar computer programs which perform this analysis are acceptable. The
analysis should result in the selection of materials with the least building cost over the life cycle of the
building.
5.7.2. Life Cycle Cost (LCC): Include a complete analysis for structural, mechanical, refrigeration,
electrical, plumbing, and pavements in the analyses. Consider the total life cycle cost where the LCC
includes all costs associated with a system over its expected life, including but not limited to
construction/procurement, energy, maintenance, operation, repair, alteration, and disposal costs. Use
the present value discounting approach described in DOD criteria: Economic Analysis and Program
Evaluation for Resource Management and DOD criteria: Economic Procedures Handbook. Specific
criteria:
a. Discount rate: 6% net. DeCA prefers use of mid-year factors for cost/savings occurring in a
steady stream but end-of-year factors are acceptable.
b. Analysis period: 12 to 15 years from the Beneficial Occupancy Date.
c. Base cash flow used in the analysis on the actual calendar dates on which events and costs
are projected or scheduled to occur.
d. Neglect general rate of inflation of the economy as a whole. Calculate rates for energy costs.
e. Base estimates for all costs on actual prices in effect on the date of study (constant date-of-
study dollars).
5.8. FIELD ENGINEERING
5.8.1. Scope: Perform field reconnaissance, surveys, and site investigations, including travel and work
required to obtain engineering information and design data for the accomplishment of the project
contract documents in accordance with requirements of this criteria.
5.8.2. Area Traffic Study: Research traffic requirements, indicate anticipated traffic circulation
patterns, and provide a traffic flow plan for those areas in and immediately around the new
commissary. Consider surface traffic patterns to and from the commissary. Provide recommendations
to separate customer from service traffic and pedestrian from vehicular traffic. Also include

June 2011 5
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

recommended modifications to the affected existing installation roadways, but do not conduct an
installation roads study.
5.8.3. Field Reconnaissance and Surveying: Make a complete survey of the project site recording
existing topography, terrain features, location of all utilities above and below ground including sizes
and elevations; width of adjacent streets, pavements, sidewalks, curbs and ditches; locations of
existing trees, hedges, and other obstructions such as catch basins, manholes, utility poles and fire
hydrants. Coordinate with the installation engineer and utility shops to locate and identify all
underground utilities in the project site area. Present data as a comprehensive site topographic
survey and include in the contract documents.
5.8.4. Engineering Information and Design Data:
a. Obtain geotechnical engineering services from a qualified geotechnical engineer. The
geotechnical engineer should determine the extent and type of investigative studies required.
Authorize those investigations that the geotechnical engineer recommends and assume
responsibility for areas overlooked by the geotechnical engineer. Provide the geotechnical
engineer all information he may require to recommend services, investigate soils conditions,
and recommend soils related influences on the project design and specifications.
b. The geotechnical engineer shall prepare a soils investigation report in a form suitable for
inclusion in the bid documents for each general contract bidder.
c. The soils investigation report shall include the geotechnical engineer's recommendations for
building foundations, paving design, corrosive soil conditions, and other soil related
construction problems that the geotechnical engineer has identified and recommended for
investigation.
d. The soils investigation report shall include the geotechnical engineer's recommended clearing
and earthwork specifications for both materials and workmanship for site work, structure, and
below grade utilities suitable for incorporation into the project specifications by reference.
e. The geotechnical engineer shall prepare an addendum to the soils investigation report
following completion of structural and civil engineering. This addendum shall reflect the
completed engineering and any modifications developed with the structural or civil engineers
during their work. The addendum shall eliminate options contained in the initial report that are
no longer available in the context of the completed engineering, so that construction bidders
have no confusion on options no longer appropriate.
f. The soils investigation report shall include detailed recommendations for follow-up and
confirmation of soils engineering recommendations to include all tests, observations, and
services to be performed during construction and presented in a form suitable for inclusion in
the construction contract. In the project specifications, require the contractor to provide these
services with his own qualified geotechnical engineer.
g. Ensure the data results in a complete and comprehensive geotechnical report for inclusion in
the contract documents. Prepare other specifications as needed for architectural earthwork
not reasonably part of the geotechnical engineer's study.
5.9. REFERENCE STANDARDS
5.9.1. DeCA will provide guidance for program development, design, and construction of a
commissary facility which will include but not be limited to the following:
a. DeCA Definitive Floor Plan.
b. DeCA Design Criteria.
c. DeCA Guide Specifications.
d. DeCA Design Standard Plates.
e. Applicable DoD standards.

June 2011 6
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

f. Programmed project budget.


g. Applicable installation maps, base exterior architectural plans, and drawings.
5.9.2. Applicable Standards. Use national codes and regulations for building construction and safety
where applicable. In the event of conflicts between criteria, the more stringent shall apply. Edition
dates of criteria, codes, and standards listed shall be that current and in effect as of the date of the
100% documents submission. Refer to the Code Analysis section within the DeCA Design Criteria
Handbook for requirements.
5.9.3. Provisions of the design shall fully comply with the ABA Accessibility Standard for Department of
Defense Facilities, Identify features required for accessibility by handicapped on the contract drawings
so that no feature be omitted or compromised by change order or on-site conditions during
construction. Locate the standard accessibility emblem next to each design feature, dimension, and
piece of equipment shown on the contract drawings or include a list of such features on the drawings.
Locate accessible parking spaces designated to serve commissary customers, employees, and
visitors on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible area.
5.9.4. Base selection of materials on the architectural style of existing facilities on the Installation. If no
planned or existing architectural style exists, then define the design to the local region.
5.9.5. To the extent practicable, provide fixed windows in offices with exterior walls. Do not provide
windows at or near cash control areas that are located on exterior walls. Provide windows at all
offices facing sales areas. Designers may use fenestration on entry/exit areas at the front of the store.
5.9.6. Place special attention on the design of interior building surfaces and details in order to:
a. Eliminate the potential for dust and trash accumulation.
b. Provide opportunities to highlight areas of like products such as produce, frozen foods, etc.
Design interior to accommodate use of colors and decor schemes that accentuate product
displays.
5.9.7. DeCA will furnish a definitive floor plan drawing of each proposed commissary facility from
which the A-E will develop and produce the individual contract documents for each project. Make no
major departure from the basic floor and equipment plans and equipment list unless dictated by
differing structural, mechanical, and/or electrical considerations. Make suggestions that will improve
the operational functions, enhance appearance, and prove to be economical and advantageous for
each project at the appropriate review session.
5.9.8. Describe technical provisions by commercial standards (CSI format).
5.9.9. To the extent practical, use a modular grid structural system for economy and efficiency.
However, exercise great care in selection of initial grid to assure column locations are subordinate to
functional considerations of the commissary. To the extent possible, place columns within walls so
that all work areas, sales area, and product movement aisles remain free of columns. Do not locate
columns within cold storage rooms, in aisles or queuing area, checkout lanes or within refrigerated
display cases. Columns are permissible in the Staging/Receiving Area, but locate them between the
back-to-back warehouse racks, where applicable or protect exposed columns with concrete filled
bumper posts. In the sales area, arrange shelves or display cases to enclose or conceal the columns
without a break in the shelving/display run.
5.10. SPECIFICATION OF PREFERENTIAL RECYCLABLE ITEMS
5.10.1. New DoD policy related to compliance with Executive Order 13423 and Section 6002 of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6962) require Federal agencies establish
preference programs for EPA designated items. The current list of EPA designated guideline items is
included in Attachment 1. It is Department of Defense Policy to require that 100% of the purchases of
these designated items meet or exceed the EPA guidelines. Include as a part of the pre-design
investigative study an assessment of the availability and feasibility for use of these guideline materials
and appropriate specifications for their use. Exceptions to use of these materials will require you
provide written documentation based on one or more of the following conditions:

June 2011 7
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

a. The product is not available competitively within a reasonable time.


b. The product does not meet appropriate performance standards.
c. The product is only available at an unreasonable price.

5.10.2. Additional guidance about the EPA Environmentally Preferable Purchasing Program is
available in the Publication Greening the Government, which can be downloaded at the office of
Federal Environmental Executive web site www.ofee.gov, or by telephone at (202) 260-1297. Other
guidance and direction is available at the EPAs Environmentally Preferable Purchasing Program web
site at www.epa.gov/opptintr/epp or by calling the EPAs Pollution Prevention Information
Clearinghouse (PPIC) at (202) 260-1023 or FAX at (202) 260-4659.

5.10.3. Refer to http://www.epa.gov/cpg/index.htm for further guidance pertaining to the EPA


Environmentally Preferable Purchasing Program.

5.11. ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND WATER CONSERVATION AT FEDERAL FACILITIES


5.11.1. Reference is made to Presidential Memorandum: Environmentally and Economically
Beneficial Practices on Federal Landscape Grounds, April 26, 1994, and DUSD (ES)/PP
Memorandum of September 23, 1994, same subject. During the design of any project, consider the
following mandated requirements:
5.11.2. Design facilities to minimize life-cycle cost of the facility using energy efficiency, water
conservation, or solar or other renewable energy technologies.
5.11.3. Implementation of actions to increase environmentally and economically beneficial landscaping
practices at Federal facilities and Federally funded projects. Where cost effective, and to the extent
practicable, Federal agencies will incorporate the following for Federal grounds and Federally funded
projects:
a. Use regionally native plants and landscaping.
b. Design, use or promote construction practices that minimize adverse effects on the natural
habitat.
c. Seek to prevent pollution by reducing fertilizer and pesticide use, using integrated pest
management techniques, recycling green waste, and minimize runoff.
d. Implement water efficient practices, such as use of mulches, efficient irrigation systems,
audits, use of recycled or reclaimed water (when economically justified), and selecting and
siting plants in a manner to conserve water and control soil erosion. Landscape practices,
such as use of native shade trees around buildings to reduce heat gains and provide natural
wind breaks are also encouraged.
e. Landscaping that encourages native plants and pollution prevention and water conserving
techniques are also encouraged.
f. Additional information on the designated items is contained in EPA's Environmental Fact
Sheet, "EPA Issues Comprehensive Procurement Guideline," April, 1995, EPA530-F-95-010,
or by calling EPA's RCRA Hotline at 1-800-424-9646.
5.11.4. Implement Executive Order 13423 Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management and Executive Order 13514 Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy
and Economic Performance in accordance with Design Criteria 013329 Sustainable Design Reporting.
5.11.5. In addition to meeting the requirements of the memorandum and executive orders described
above, design and administer construction for all New and Add / Alt Projects to meet the requirements
of LEED Silver with an initial design target of 55 points. Do not register the Project through LEED.
The design team shall submit to DeCA a completed LEED scorecard during the early design phase of
the project indicating the credits to be pursued as part of the design process in addition to the required

June 2011 8
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

pre-requisites and minimum program requirements (MPRs). At the end of the project the design team
shall submit to DeCA a report showing compliance with the targeted LEED credits.
5.12. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
5.12.1. Environmental Considerations. Give special attention to the environmental factors in the
design and construction of DOD facilities to eliminate or minimize degradation of the environment IAW
Public Law 91-190, National Environment Policy Act; PL 92-500, Federal Water Pollution Control Act;
PL 94-580, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; PL 95-95, Clean Air Act 1977; PL 93-523, Safe
Drinking Water Act; Executive Order 11514; and to meet the Federal, State, and local environmental
quality standards, particularly with regard to air and water pollution. For projects having pollution
abatement features, obtain necessary Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and other State agency
coordination and concurrence, and permits for construction.
5.12.2. Air and Water.
5.12.2.1. Water Pollution Abatement Facilities - Design of waste water treatment facilities shall
ensure compliance with the Environmental Protection Agency's National Pollution Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permits. Industrial waste treatment facilities to be connected to the
sanitary systems shall meet current EPA pretreatment standards and comply with requirements of
DOD regulations. Address secondary containment and other requirements for fuel storage tanks.
5.12.2.2. Water Quality Permits - The installation will obtain a Permit to Construct, when required
by State or local authority. Evaluate water treatment projects to determine permit requirements.
5.12.2.3. Assemblage of Permit Data - Assemble the necessary data to enable the construction
contractor, working in coordination with the installation, to apply for a Clean Water Act Authority to
Construct Permit. Include instructions and drafts of the proposed project's necessary permit
applicable documents. Meet with the applicable permitting authority (State and/or local) to
determine the specific requirements for the project. Advise the installation and DeCA of all
meetings to allow both to establish their need to attend. The Clean Air lists specific procedures.
5.12.2.4. Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 - The 1977 amended Clean Air Act (CAA) requires
DOD facilities to comply with State procedural requirements concerning permits for military
construction projects. Evaluate the project to determine whether or not permits are required
pursuant to the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977. If required, provide instructions to the
Contractor on how to coordinate with the installation to obtain permits, where required, to
construct facilities that emit pollutants.
a. Assembly of Permit Data: Assemble the necessary permitting application data to enable
the Contractor to submit draft documents to the installation to apply for a CAA Authority to
Construct Permit. This includes the review of the proposed project against the governing
air quality regulation and preparation of the necessary permit application documents. To
accomplish this, meet with applicable permitting authority (EPA, State, and/or local) to
determine the specific requirements for this project. Advise the installation and DeCA of
all meetings to allow both to establish their need to attend. The construction contractor
will submit a rough draft of the permit data to the installation for review and coordination.
After approval, prepare the final package, including any draft letters of transmittal and a
summary of the permit costs. If a permit is not required, so indicate.
b. Filing of the Application - The installation will file the application with the permitting
authorities.
c. Specific Procedures:
1. Ensure the contract specifications identify that the installation will sign and transmit all
correspondence to permitting agencies.
2. Provide the following information and data with the Early Preliminary Design submittal
at the 30% design stage where the final design only is authorized, or as early in the
design as possible.

June 2011 9
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

a. Permitting authority (Federal, State and/or local).


b. Type permit required (construction and/or operation).
c. Procedure and time necessary to process permit application(s).
d. Fee schedule to include filing/application fees, charges for actual emissions, and
fees relative to testing of abatement equipment toward insuring compliance with
air quality standard.
3. Discuss your approach for obtaining permits (including whom to contact, when, etc)
with the installation prior to initiating any communications with the permitting
authorities as well as copies of any correspondence.
4. Carefully examine environmental factors during design and during studies of
alternative means of satisfying requirements. For those projects for which
environmental statements have been written or are being written, incorporate the
environmental mitigation measures specified in the draft/final environmental statement
into the project design. The Council on Environmental Quality Regulations, Nov 29,
1978, part 1605, apply.
5. In accordance with the provisions of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966
and Executive Order 11593, preserve eligible historic, scenic and archaeological sites
and other areas of special interest to the extent practical.
6. Project siting must consider the facility locations with respect to applicable criteria for
accident hazard zones and CNR, NEF, or LDN noise contours. Incorporate provisions
for noise attenuation, where required, in the design.
7. Water conserving landscape designs should incorporate plants that are drought
resistant and/or require low amounts of water. Consider irrigation systems of drip
irrigation/emitter type. Consider low maintenance design in lieu of lawn or vegetative
ground cover.
8. In accordance with Public Law 91-190, the design shall consider those measures
necessary to mitigate construction activities, i.e., existing trees and ground cover shall
be preserved by minimizing grading.
9. Abide by the provisions of the Endangered Species Act PL 95-632 (92 Stat. 3751)
relating to wildlife and plant life and critical habitants.
10. Design, where appropriate, shall be in accordance with Executive Order 11990,
Protection of Wetlands.
5.12.3. Environmental Permitting Action: See sample A-E Statement of Work for Environmental
Permitting (See Attachment).
5.12.3.1. Unless specifically requested to do otherwise, investigate the need for, and provide
complete unsigned permit application forms to the Contracting Officer as deemed necessary by
the investigation. Accomplish this as early as possible to allow regulatory agencies adequate time
to evaluate and process the application.
5.12.3.2. Submit a completed Environmental Permits Status Matrix (see Attachment) to the
Contracting Officer.
5.12.4. Consider and propose other alternatives which provide more effective solutions to
environmental issues or present more cost-effective options.
5.12.5. DeCA Policy on Management of Asbestos:
5.12.5.1. Asbestos in building facilities is managed because of potential adverse human health
effects. Asbestos must be removed or controlled if it is in a location and condition that constitutes
a health hazard or a potential health hazard or it is otherwise required by law. The hazard
determination must be made by a professional trained to make such determinations. While

June 2011 10
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

removal is a remedy, in many cases management alternatives (such as encapsulation) within the
building are acceptable and cost-effective methods of managing asbestos in-place. The key to
dealing with asbestos is knowledge of its location and condition and having a management plan to
prevent asbestos-containing materials that continue to serve their intended purpose from
becoming a health hazard. There is no alternative to such management, because DeCA does not
have the resources to remove and dispose of all asbestos in all the facilities under its
management. Most asbestos is not now nor will it become a health hazard if it is properly
managed. Statutory or regulatory requirements that result in removal or management of asbestos
are based on human exposure or the potential for human exposure (i.e., National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) = no visible emissions, OSHA = number of
airborne fibers per cc). Professional judgment based on exposure levels or potential exposure
levels must be the primary determinant of what should be done with asbestos. Asbestos
containing materials must be analyzed to determine the most prudent course in terms of removal
or management in-place and cost that will be incurred as a result:
5.12.5.2. It is DeCA policy that whenever Commissary facilities or other facilities are demolished
as part of construction, or components of a facility are removed during construction, an inspection
and survey must be performed to determine the amount of asbestos containing materials, lead-
based paints, and PCB containing electrical components that may be present.
5.12.5.3. The following specific policies apply to asbestos containing materials:
a. Asbestos will be removed if the protection of human health, as determined by a qualified
professional, requires removal (e.g., exposed friable asbestos within a building) in
accordance with applicable health laws, regulations, and standards.
b. When asbestos is present but no immediate action is planned, a plan for managing the
asbestos in-place using commonly accepted standards, criteria, and procedures to assure
sufficient protection of human health and the environment, in accordance with applicable
and developing health standards, will be developed.
c. A thorough survey for asbestos (including review of facility records, visual inspection, and
where appropriate as determined by the Bio-environmental Engineer and the installation
engineer, (intrusive inspection) will be conducted prior to any major construction on
commissary facilities.
d. Encapsulated asbestos in a building structure, friable or not, is not regarded as hazardous
waste, nor does encapsulation within the structure of a building constitute "storing" or
"disposing of" hazardous waste. However, it is not DeCA's policy to use encapsulation as
a form of abatement, unless specifically approved in advance.
e. Friable asbestos, or asbestos that will probably become friable, will be properly disposed
of in a landfill or other disposal facility property permitted for friable asbestos disposal.
f. The final determination regarding the disposition of asbestos will be dependent on the
plan for disposal and any planned continued use of the building.
5.12.6. A-E Services for Hazardous Materials Survey/Inspection and Abatement Design:
5.12.6.1. If required by AE SOW, provide an environmental investigation and abatement design for
hazardous materials impacted by the proposed construction to include but not be limited to
Asbestos Containing Materials, lead based paints, and existing fluorescent light fixtures for PCB in
ballasts. Provide a written detailed report of findings along with recommended design for
abatement.
5.12.6.2. Part A - Investigative: Provide environmental survey services to determine the existence
of hazardous materials within the limits of the proposed construction project. This survey shall
include field reconnaissance by a licensed and accredited inspector qualified to inspect the facility
and site for asbestos materials, lead contaminated paint, and PCB contaminated light ballasts. It
will begin by the contractor reviewing available documents, including as-built construction
documents, prior surveys by the installation, lab results, prior management actions, and briefing

June 2011 11
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

key personnel before commencing work. It will also include records of communications with state
and local regulatory agencies to clarify the nature and scope of required coordination, approval,
permitting, and licensing actions required for work to be performed. AE assumes all responsibility
for payment of any fees to state and local agencies associated with the investigation/survey and/or
design of abatement actions. Conduct survey in a manner to avoid any conflict with on-going
store operations and coordinate in advance with the contracting officer. Sample and test any
materials found to be suspect of containing asbestos and lead to determine levels of
contamination. Test a minimum of three samples of each homogeneous material suspected of
containing asbestos. Bulk samples will be analyzed by an independent, licensed and accredited
testing laboratory which participates in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NVLAP) administered by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Once a
sample tests positive for hazardous components in a specific homogeneous area, further testing
of other samples of the same material from that homogeneous area is not required. Identify
locations of samples to depict the specific location at the building or site. Base any determination
of potential PCB containing light ballasts on name plate data and serial numbers cross-referenced
against manufacturer's information.
5.12.6.3. Part B - Analysis and Reporting: After all field inspection, sampling, and testing have
been completed, prepare a comprehensive report indicating the results of inspection and
laboratory tests. Include in the written report of findings a table of asbestos containing materials
(materials containing more than 1% asbestos), if present, sample analysis results and a floor plan
and photographs to show sample locations. At the discretion of the Government, retest lab results
indicating the presence of asbestos material in levels of 5% or less using more accurate point
counting methods. Upon completion and acceptance of the inspector's report, address appropriate
design actions including an analysis of the potential risk of hazardous material that may be
encountered during the renovation phase of the project and a recommended method of abatement
of these materials. Have an experienced Licensed Asbestos Consultant prepare the report.
Finally, include in the report recommended procedures and required actions and a detailed cost
estimate for required abatement actions.
5.12.6.4. Part C - Abatement Design: Prepare an abatement design for all materials identified for
removal or disposal in the survey report described above. Have a person licensed and accredited
to perform such work in the state where the work is to be performed prepare the design.
Coordinate the results of this abatement design into the demolition work associated with
construction or renovations to the commissary. Consider phasing of the abatement work an
integral part of the phasing of construction so to not disrupt commissary operations. Include in the
abatement plan drawings, details, and specifications defining and delineating the physical quantity
of the work. Additionally, describe in the contract specifications the technical and qualitative
aspects of the work to meet and/or exceed minimum regulatory requirements. Include in the
design documents a requirement that the abatement contractor's submittal show proof of
insurance, licenses, training, medical certificates, and worker protection measures necessary to
comply with federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Require the abatement contractor to
identify a competent person responsible for overseeing all work. Require that a licensed and
accredited air monitoring technician provide independent air monitoring as part of the asbestos
abatement procedures. Clearly state in the design documents will that the contractor assumes all
responsibility for regulatory permits, fees and fines levied as a result of his work. Final completion
of all work shall be contingent upon government acceptance of the procedures for abatement and
documentation of approved disposal of all hazardous waste materials. Require that a final
government walk-through be scheduled at the completion of all abatement work to assure work
has been performed according to plans and applicable federal, state and local laws and
regulations. Require the contractor provide statements certifying this before undertaking to apply
lock-down or other materials that cover or encapsulate any remaining residue (see Attachment 5).
Upon completion and acceptance of all work, require the contractor provide the government's
representative with a complete record of all abatement actions as a permanent record file to be
maintained by the installation.
5.12.6.5. Include in the design specifications for all new work, provisions requiring the construction

June 2011 12
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

contractor to verify that the new construction does not contain asbestos materials or lead-based
paints. See sample certification form.
5.12.7. Minimum Requirements for Design of Asbestos Abatement Projects for Commissary Facilities:
See the attached provisions which outline the minimum requirements for protection of public health
and safety required for acceptable design of asbestos abatement work associated with commissary
construction projects. This outline does not constitute complete and sufficient specifications for an
asbestos abatement project and is intended only as an aid to design. The more detailed requirements
stipulated in the plan and specifications for a particular abatement project shall take precedence over
these limited provisions.

Sample Statement of Work for Environmental Permitting

ARCHITECT-ENGINEER
STATEMENT OF WORK

ADD/ALTER COMMISSARY
INSTALLATION NAME

ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITTING

1. Environmental Considerations: Pay special attention to the environmental factors in the design and
construction of DoD facilities to eliminate or minimize degradation of the environment in accordance with
Public Law and to meet all federal, state and local environmental quality standards, particularly with
regard to air and water pollution.
2. A-E Requirements.
2.1. Determine what environmental permits are required, if any. If applicable, also provide to the
installation the name, address and a point of contact for each of the various agencies required. For
the permitting authorities to accomplish this, meet with the applicable permitting authorities (EPA,
state and/or local) to determine the specific requirements for this project.
2.2. Identify necessary data for the installation to file with the permitting authorities. This will include
the review of the proposed project against the governing regulation and preparation of the necessary
permit application documents. To accomplish this, you may have to meet with the applicable
permitting authority (EPA, State and/or Local) to determine the specific requirements for this project.
Advise the installation of all scheduled meetings to allow it to establish its need to attend. Submit a
rough draft of the permit data to the installation for review and coordination. After approval, prepare
a list of required actions, identifying appropriate authorities, and providing projected submittal and
approval events and estimated lead times. Also prepare a summary of the projected permit costs,
including procedural costs as well as additional construction costs. If a permit is not required, so
indicate.

June 2011 13
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

Sample Environmental Permits Status Matrix

ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS STATUS MATRIX


(TO BE COMPLETED DURING PROJECT DEFINITION)

PERMIT TYPE PERMIT PERMIT LOCAL JURISDICTION SUBMITTAL IF YES, TIME PERMIT
REQUIRED Y/N FOR CONTACTED AND REQUIREMENTS REQUIRED FOR FEE
AND NUMBER DATE PERMIT

AIR QUALITY

WATER QUALITY

SOLID WASTE

HAZARDOUS WASTE
1/

STORM WATER
EROSION CONTROL
PLAN

COASTAL ZONE
MANAGEMENT

FLOOD PLAIN/
DREDGE AND FILL

OTHER 2/

1/ Include underground tank permits for fuels and other hazardous materials.
2/ Includes any permitting requirements not specifically categorized in the matrix, such as FAA coordination, etc.

June 2011 14
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

Sample Contractor Certification upon Completion of Abatement Work

CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETED ABATEMENT

As authorized representative of the contractor, I hereby certify and attest that I have completed abatement
work on project _____________________________________________
Description
At _________________________________, Contract Number __________________________
Location Number
In accordance with the contract provisions, federal, state and local regulations and have disposed of all waste
and debris associated with this work at a landfill or disposal site authorized and licensed to accept such wastes.
Copies of project logs and documents, landfill receipts and waste manifests are attached. At completion of all
work, the work area was visually inspected and found to be free and clear of all visual signs of asbestos
materials and that clearance air quality monitoring and sample analysis under aggressive air disturbance
conditions was found to be within permissible levels for space re-occupancy.

The contractor's representative further accepts and acknowledges that the contractor assumes all
responsibilities for latent defects attributable to his failure to follow prescribed procedures or failure to properly
abate the required conditions as described in the contract.

by: ______________________________________________________________________
Signature, Contractor or Authorized Representative Date

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Name

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm

GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATION

The Government's Inspector hereby certifies that he has accompanied the Contractor's Representative on
his visual inspection and reviewed the results of his final clearance air quality monitoring and verifies that, to the
best of his knowledge and belief, the above representations by the Contractor's Representative are true and
correct.

By: ______________________________________________________________________
Signature Date

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Name

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm

Sample Contractor Certification Upon Completion of New Construction

June 2011 15
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

ENVIRONMENTAL CERTIFICATION
ACCOMPANYING COMPLETION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION

As authorized representative of the Contractor, I hereby certify and attest, to the best of my knowledge that
the construction completed under the contract (Government Contract No.____________________ is free and
clear of building materials and products containing regulated quantities of asbestos and/or lead-based paints. I
have determined the above based on product labels, manufacturer's information, submittal documents for
specified materials, and other information available to me. The Contractor's representative further
acknowledges and accepts that if it is later found that the Contractor has intentionally defrauded or
misrepresented these facts, and then the Contractor assumes total and complete liability for fines, penalties
and/or abatement and removal of these materials at the direction of the Government.

by: ______________________________________________________________________
Signature, Contractor or Authorized Representative Date

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Name

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm

GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATION

The Government's Inspector hereby certifies and attests that, to the best of knowledge and belief, the above
representations by the Contractor's representative are true and correct.

by: ______________________________________________________________________
Signature Date

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Name

_______________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm

June 2011 16
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

SAMPLE OUTLINE COVERING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTIGATIVE SURVEY AND DESIGN
OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECTS FOR COMMISSARY FACILITIES

SAMPLE OUTLINE

1. Design Inspections Sampling:


1.01. Inspections must be performed by accredited and licensed inspectors. The inspection survey
reports must be signed by the inspector, dated, and include, if applicable, the accreditation number.
1.02. Laboratory testing of sample surveys must be performed by licensed and accredited labs and must
be signed by the laboratory.
1.03. The inspection survey must visually inspect, as a minimum, all areas of the commissary facility or
site to be affected by the project and identify the locations of all suspected asbestos containing building
material (ACBM).
1.04. The inspection must identify all homogeneous areas of suspected ACBM.
1.05. The inventory must include the locations of the homogeneous areas where samples are collected,
the exact location where each bulk sample is collected, the dates the samples were collected and a
description of the sampling methodology.
1.06. The inspection shall classify and give reasons for classification in the written assessment the
asbestos containing building materials and assumed ACBM according to condition (damaged,
significantly damaged, potential for damage, potential for significant damage, friable or non-friable).
1.07. The written assessment must include:
Location and amount of material, both on terms of total quantity and as a percentage of the
functional space.
Condition of material.
1. Type of damage or significant damage.
2. Severity of damage.
3. Extent of damage.
4. Accessibility.
5. Potential for disturbances.
6. Known or suspected causes of damage.
Preventive measures which might eliminate the reasonable likelihood to undamaged ACBM from
being significantly damaged.
Appropriate recommendations for design of abatement actions and/or recommendations for in-place
management of ACBM.
1.08. Inspection sampling protocols, must, as a minimum, comply with Asbestos Hazard Emergency
Response Act (AHERA) guidelines provided in 40 CFR 763 Subchapter E.
1.09. The overall inspection effort must include reviewing the results of previous installations surveys.
1.10. Statements of Work for inspection shall not be structured in times that specifically limit the number
of survey samples that will be taken. The number of samples required will be limited by the number and
type of homogeneous areas to be sampled. For example, for surfacing material, the "3-5-7 Rule" will be
used. However, the lab analysis can be stipulated only to "test" until the first positive" for each
homogeneous material.
1.11. The Statement of Work for inspection and sampling of asbestos material must require separate
sampling of each layer of material of a homogeneous area. For example, mastics must be separated
from floor tiles and roofing materials and joint components separated from wallboard.
June 2011 17
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

SAMPLE OUTLINE COVERING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTIGATIVE SURVEY AND


DESIGN OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECTS FOR COMMISSARY FACILITIES
1.12. Sample results yielding 5% or less of asbestos material must be retested using point counting
method.
2. Design Specifications:
2.01. The plans and specifications must reference provisions of appropriate federal, state and local laws,
regulations and procedures applicable to the specific work to be accomplished.
2.02. The plans and specifications for abatement work, including inspections must be prepared and
signed by a person licensed and accredited to perform the work in the appropriate jurisdiction.
2.03. The plans and specifications must be signed by an accredited and licensed asbestos project
designer.
2.04. The design for asbestos abatement actions must include drawings, which as a minimum address
the location, quantity and condition of asbestos containing materials to be abated and identifies critical
elements of work containment areas and work procedures.
2.05. Specifications for abatement work should be based on some acceptable standard. Usually this
might be the installation's guide specification for abatement work. If no local standards are available, the
National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) has published the not widely accredited industry standard
specification which is available both in hard copy and computer disk.
2.06. The containment areas for specific abatement phases of work should be identified on the plans.
2.07. Entry/exit points to these containment areas need to be defined.
2.08. The decontamination room needs to be defined and shown on the plans.
2.09. Waste loading areas need to be defined in the plans.
2.10. Removal methods should be described in detail.
It is DeCA's policy that wet methods will be used and specified unless alternate methods are
specifically detailed in the design analysis and approved by DeCA.
Procedures should require immediate bagging of removed equipment.
Specifications should require daily clean up.
2.11. Specifications should address security and access to containment areas.
2.12. Specifications must stipulate posting of entry/exit points.
2.13. Specifications must require Contractor notification to the appropriate state and local agency at
least 10 days before work commences. The notification procedures must be coordinated with and
consistent with the local installation procedures.
2.14. Provisions for contractor notification of employees and others in the general work area must be
covered.
2.15. If abatement work is linked to other work, then it must be integrated into the project's overall
phasing plan.
2.16. The contract documents must describe in detail the contractor's provisions for assuring worker
protection and sealing off of work areas.
2.17. The minimum requirements for personnel protective gear and types of masks to be used need to
be defined in the contract documents.
2.18. The specifications must require the contractor to prepare and file a safety/fire emergency egress
plan.
2.19. The design specifications must address, as a minimum the following:

June 2011 18
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

SAMPLE OUTLINE COVERING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTIGATIVE SURVEY AND


DESIGN OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECTS FOR COMMISSARY FACILITIES
The contractor's licenses and accreditation to perform such work.
The contractor's proof of insurances.
Certificate of training for employees.
Medical clearances.
Designation and credentials of a "competent person" designated to oversee workers.
2.20. Provisions must be included in the design documents to lock out all mechanical/electrical systems
in the work area before the contractor will be permitted to start abatement. These provisions must also
insure that lock out procedures remain in effect until all abatement work is completed and final
clearances provided.
2.21. Provisions must be included in the specifications to address protective seal for any plumbing,
electrical, mechanical or operating equipment remaining in the contaminated area.
2.22. Specifications must require a hot/cold shower with water filtration system be provided in the
decontamination chamber for abatement workers.
2.23. Specifications must include provisions for a small vision window(s)/small Plexiglas panel(s) to
provide viewing for a government representative to observe the entire work area at all times from outside
the contaminant area.
2.24. The specifications must make the contractor responsible for all state/local permits, notification and
fees. Additionally, the contractor assumes responsibility for any fines incurred as a result of their
actions.
2.25. The contractor for all abatement projects will be required to provide a certification in form similar to
the attached that certifies that all abatement work is free and clear of asbestos, lead paint and other
defined hazardous materials.
2.26. The specifications must describe air monitoring techniques. At least four separate areas must be
covered.
The work area.
Output of Negative Pressure System. These systems will use high efficiency particulate air (HEPA)
filters.
Worker equipment/clean room.
Personnel air monitoring.
2.27. The air monitoring must be preformed by someone qualified to do the work but not be controlled or
hired by the contractor. Provisions may be included in the documents for the contractor to submit a list
to the government of qualified independent air monitoring consultants for the government to select from.
The government could either pay this separately or deduct from the overall contract amount, depending
on how it is specified.
2.28. The specification must require the contractor to provide proof of manifesting and acceptance of all
disposed asbestos containing material from a licensed transporter and approved landfill licensed to
accept such wastes. Waste disposal manifests should be included with post job submittals.
2.29. The required contractor controls what will be in place for the duration of the abatement need to be
specified in detail.
2.30. The specifications must require negative air pressure to be maintained at all times in the work area
from start to finish (before abatement start until after the work has been inspected and accepted).
2.31. The specification for final clearance must be quire specific, but yet, not so inflexible or to allow a
variety of acceptable methods. One possible work sequence is provided in the Appendix.
June 2011 19
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

SAMPLE OUTLINE COVERING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTIGATIVE SURVEY AND


DESIGN OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECTS FOR COMMISSARY FACILITIES
2.32. Once visible quantities of asbestos have been removed, the contract documents must require the
contractor to "lock down" any removing minuscule quantities of asbestos within an approved lock down
material.
2.33. Contract specifications must include provisions which require the contractor to build a permanent
record file of all submittals, licenses, certifications, and notifications related to completion of work to be
turned over to the government in a three ring binder for indefinite retention.
2.34. As a general rule, DeCA policy will not permit covering over asbestos containing material such as
floor tile. Specific exceptions to this policy will be addressed in the design criteria and required prior
DeCA approval.
3. Final Clearance Procedures for Asbestos Abatement: The procedures for final clearance of the work area
for re-occupancy must be quite specific but are not so inflexible as to not allow a variety of methods. One
possible work sequence for final clearance is provided below.
3.01. Complete removal of asbestos surfacing material
3.02. Remove gross contamination from equipment and surfaces including poly liners using wet wiping
techniques and HEPA vacuuming. Top layer of poly can be sealed with lock-down material.
3.03. Using aggressive air monitoring techniques (use at leaf blower on surfaces), the air is tested to
show air quality is above safe levels.
3.04. The Government's representative inspects conditions of any remaining visible signs and either
accepts conditions of completed removal or gets contractor to correct deficiencies.
3.05. Remove top layer of poly. It is folded inward to form an easily disposed bundle with the hazardous
material.
3.06. Spray lock-down material in abated surfaces.
3.07. Remove remaining layer of poly sheeting as before.
3.08. Inspect and clean all debris and tools.
3.09. Wet clean walls and floors, HEPA vacuum.
3.10. Wait overnight and repeat procedures.
3.11. Visually inspect and reclean any areas found unclean.
3.12. Perform final clearance with aggressive air monitoring techniques (Use air blower). Air monitoring
done by an independent, accredited and licensed air monitoring technician hired by the Government.
3.13. Shut down HEPA filtration unit.
3.14. Remove critical barriers.
3.15. Receive and accept contractor's final submittals of completed work and certifications of this.
4. Environmental Certifications: The AE shall include as part of the construction documents, whether it be
new construction or addition/alteration, a statement prohibiting the use of asbestos materials and lead-based
paints. The following is a sample contract provision:

Construction Free and Clear of Asbestos for Materials or Lead-Based Paints: The contractor
shall be prohibited from use of any asbestos construction materials or lead-based paints in
completing this project as determined by the manufacturer's labels or submittal literature. At
the conclusion of this project, the contractor shall provide the Government with written
certification that this is true and correct.

END OF SECTION
June 2011 20
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

Add/ Alter Construction Phasing Checklist

Note: Use the checklist as a general review for the design of addition/alteration projects to assure the design
gives adequate care and concern to phasing issues.

1. ____ Will the contractor be responsible for providing a detailed project phasing schedule that he is required
to follow during construction (e.g., CPM with two step phasing - overall phasing at the outset plus specific
phasing schedules due at the start of each progress period)?
2. ____ Are important milestones specifically identified for the contractor to include in his project phasing
schedule? Is the contractor provided guidance on a minimal number of significant construction milestones to
include on his phasing schedule or is a specific list of milestones provided?
3 ____ Is the contractor responsible for providing a safety plan specifically addressing contractor safety
measures to insure the safety and protection of his work force as well as for commissary customers and
employees from construction activity?
4. ____ Have the contractor's work and storage areas been specifically identified and confined only to areas
required for efficient and effective construction?
5. ____ Are there stringent provisions for daily clean up of all work and storage areas, inclusive of weed and
grass control within the construction limits?
6. ____ Are construction work and materials storage areas sufficiently barricaded, screened or partitioned off at
all times to preclude mingling of patron and construction activities?
7. ____ Are there definite provisions to allow for continuation of vehicular traffic throughout the area of
construction in a safe and efficient manner?
7.1. ____ Are there adequate barriers and markings for smooth vehicular flow?
7.2. ____ Is there space for vehicular turn around between parking and contractor's work area?
7.3. ____ Is proper traffic control signage for safe movement of vehicles being maintained at all times?
7.4. ____ Are there provisions to maintain handicapped and VIP reserved parking spaces during
construction?
8. ____ Can service and product deliveries be maintained throughout the period of construction?
9. ____ Do the temporary entrance-ways offer safe and efficient patron movement, including:
10.1. ____ Handicapped access
10.2. ____ Protection from the weather?
10.3. ____ Cart storage?
10.4. ____ Obstruction-free corridors?
10. ____ Are there adequate provisions to insure safe movement of pedestrians and shopping carts from
available parking areas into and out of the store throughout the period of construction?
10.1. ____ Are barriers and protected corridors provided to isolate patrons from construction activities?
10.2. ____ If utility trenches and pavement cuts are required in pedestrian and vehicular areas, do the
design documents require immediate resurfacing to prevent any hazard to pedestrians and motorists?
11. ____ Will there be adequate fire egress from the store throughout construction?
12. ____ Will there be adequate provisions to insure store security throughout the period of construction,
including temporary barriers?
13. ____ Do temporary partitions and enclosures provide sufficient protection against weather and dust to
prevent damage to store interiors and product, and is the contractor made responsible for any damages that

June 2011 21
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

may occur?
14. ____ Are alarms and switches being relocated, as necessary, to temporary walls?
15. ____ Is the contractor required to maintain Heating Ventilating and Air conditioning (HVAC) in the sales and
administrative areas throughout construction?
16. ____ Is the time sequence for contractor installation of government-furnished equipment specifically
identified and phased to coordinate with government acquisition schedules?
17. ____ Will manufacturer's representatives be available for the initial start up, calibration and testing of
contractor-furnished equipment?
18. ____ Are there provisions to ensure a safe can be located, installed and secured in the cashier's office?
19. ____ Is the sequencing of equipment replacement, sales area remodeling, and processing area remodeling
consistent with efficient store operations?
19.1. ____ Can perishable processing and storage activities be maintained throughout the period of
construction?
19.2. ____ What provisions will insure the minimum amount of time required to change-out or relocate
refrigerated display equipment? Is this work being accomplished without disruption of service to other
refrigerated equipment areas?
20. ____ Are refrigerated storage areas being constructed or modified with minimal impact on other refrigerated
storage areas?
21. ____ If down time is required in refrigerated storage and display areas to accomplish work, is the store to be
provided adequate notice (10 days minimum) to adjust product deliveries?
22. ____ What provisions have been identified for partial inspection, acceptance, and warranty of completed
work?
22.1. ____ How much time is the contractor allotted to correct punch list items?
22.2. ____ Are there provisions to control future payments until punch list items are corrected?
22.3. ____ Do the contract documents clearly indicate when warranty periods begin?
22.4. ____ What is the procedure specified for turnover of equipment operating manuals, warranties,
and servicing information?
22.5. ____ What procedures have been identified for base real property acceptance (DD 1354
preparation) of completed work?
23. ____ Are utility modifications and site work phased in such a manner to insure minimal disruption to present
service?
24. ____ Does the design and construction process ensure total coordination on all pertinent aspects of
phasing with:
24.1. ____ The installation engineer?
24.2. ____ The installation fire department?
24.3. ____ The installation security (military) police?
24.4. ____ The store manager?
24.5. ____ The DeCA Region?
24.6. ____ DeCA/FOA-END and Equipment office?
25. ____ Is the disposition of removed equipment specifically addressed and consistent with GFE acquisition
plans? Does this equipment become the property of the contractor? The following is a partial list of some of the
more frequent equipment items that need to be addressed:

June 2011 22
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

25.1. ____ Cash registers.


25.2. ____ Scales.
25.3. ____ Checkout stands.
25.4. ____ Refrigerated display cases.
25.5. ____ Shelving.
25.6. ____ Sinks.
25.7. ____ Compressors/condensers.
25.8. ____ Warehouse racks.
26. ____ Has a specific list of government-furnished equipment been identified by the Region and HQ
DeCA/OC? Is existing equipment, fixtures, and material being reutilized where designated?
27. ____ Have site plans been coordinated with the installation and if applicable, AAFES or NEXCOM for land
utilization, impact on parking, and overall constructability with the master development plans for the area?
28. ____ Is the contractor responsible for ensuring that adequate ventilation will be maintained in all areas
throughout the period of construction, including protection from noxious fumes and vapors that may occur during
construction?
29. ____ Is issue of weather days and extensions for adverse weather specifically addressed to allow the
Contracting Officer a rationale and defendable method for evaluating a contractor's claim for adverse weather
conditions?
30. ____ Has the A-E reviewed the signed Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between DeCA and the
installation and coordinated the contract documents to specifically identify procedures and responsibilities with
the installation?
30.1. ____ Are host installation responsibilities as agreed to for demolition, utilities extension, and
environmental cleanup clearly defined?
30.2. ____ Do the contract documents address latent, unforeseen conditions such as buried asbestos
materials and clarify responsibilities for dealing with them as agreed between DeCA and the installation?
31. ____ Does the project design and phasing plan clearly delineate which areas of the store will be available
for use at all times?
32. ____ Does the A-E Statement of Work include adequate provisions in the investigative Phase (Services A)
to identify potential environmental compliance actions required as part of the project? Are provisions included to
sample and test potentially hazardous materials?
33. ____ Ensure A-E documents verify power requirements to support "temporary" refrigerated trailers for
produce, meat, dairy products during phasing as applicable.
34. ____ Ensure contract documents make contractor fully responsible for dismantling, moving and reassembly
of office furniture and equipment between phases.
35. ____ Ensure contract documents (phasing) require contractor to install "temporary" connections to all
building systems so as to provide "zero-downtime" throughout all phases of construction.
36. ____ Sound attenuation blankets and dust barriers should be provided at all temporary 2" x 4" stud walls
which enclose the sales area.
37. ____ Ensure that fire detection/suppression capabilities are maintained at all times during construction.
38. ____ Ensure that the required handicapped parking spaces are provided at all times.
39. ____ Ensure that contract documents include design and physical layout department moves, to include
furniture and equipment, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing support.
40. ____ Contractor's phasing requirements shall comply fully with the project construction management/quality

June 2011 23
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK

Design Criteria Handbook Guidance

assurance plan.
41. ____ Ensure that all phasing elements, to include temporary moves, are included in the network analysis
system.

June 2011 24
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

1. GENERAL GUIDANCE REGARDING DESIGN

A. Commissary facilities are Department of Defense (DoD) projects, and as such must be
constructed in accordance with the following criteria, codes, and standards.

B. Project design shall conform to Department of Defense (DoD) criteria and other applicable DoD
regulations, manuals, and pamphlets; (latest edition shall be used) including but not limited to the
following:

1. Unified Facilities Criteria Design: General Building Requirements (UFC 1-200-01).

2. Unified Facilities Criteria Design: Fire Protection Engineering for Facilities (UFC 3-600-01).

3. Unified Facilities Criteria DoD Minimum Anti-Terrorism Standards for Buildings (UFC 4-010-
01).

4. Project location "Installation Design Guide" (IDG), "Base Exterior Architectural Plan" (BEAP),
"Architectural Compatibility Guidelines" (ACG), or other general design guide at the project
location.

C. Project design shall conform to national codes and regulations for building construction and
safety, including but not limited to the following:

1. International Building Code.

2. International Plumbing Code.

3. International Mechanical Code.

4. International Fuel Gas Code.

5. National Electric Code.

6. National Fire Protection Association.

7. OSHA Regulations.

8. ASHRAE Standards.

9. All applicable Federal, State, and Local Environmental Regulations.

10. ABA Accessibility Standard for Department of Defense Facilities as adopted by the Deputy
Secretary of Defense memorandum dated October 31, 2008.

2. GENERAL GUIDANCE REGARDING DESIGN OF SALES AREA

A. Sales Area layout shall be in accordance with the latest DeCA approved definitive floor plan.
Deviations from the approved definitive floor plan shall be identified during the design charrette
process and documented in the Final Project Definition Package that is developed for a particular
project.

B. Aisle spacing in Sales Area shall be as follows:


1. Aisles between gondola shelving rows shall be 8'-0" minimum.
2. Aisles between refrigerated display case rows and gondola shelving rows shall be 9'-0"
minimum.
June 2011
1
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

3. Aisles between refrigerated display case rows shall be 10'-0" minimum.


4. Aisles between glass door refrigerated display cases shall be 8'-0" minimum plus width of
glass doors opening into aisle (i.e., 8'-0" + 2'-6" for glass doors on one side only and 8'-0" +
5'-0" for glass doors on both sides).
5. Aisles between end of gondola shelving rows and refrigerated display cases at back of Sales
Area shall be 12'-0" minimum.
6. Aisles between end of gondola shelving rows and checkout counters at front of Sales Area
shall be 24'-0" minimum.
7. Aisle between checkout counters and front wall of Checkout Area shall be 15'-0" minimum
8. Aisle between checkout counters shall be 3'-0" clear.

Maintain these minimum aisle widths unless approved otherwise by DeCA during the design
charrette process.

Note that unobstructed exit aisle widths, equivalent to exit width provided at front of Sales Area, shall
be provided as required by NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. Space between checkout counters may not
be used to satisfy this requirement, unless a dedicated exit path through checkout counters is
provided.

C. Sales Floor interior volume shall be maintained at a minimum of 18'-0" clear AFF to bottom of all
obstructions including ductwork, lights, refrigeration lines, etc. exclusive of dcor elements and
specialty lighting.

D. A natural color polished concrete floor is to be used in all customer areas of new facilities.
Requirements for this system are identified in Section 03 35 43 Polished Concrete Finishing.

E. Resilient floor tile is typically used in customer areas of addition / alteration projects, as this
product can better conceal patched or otherwise damaged existing concrete floor slabs. Basis-
of-Design for single color vinyl composition floor tile to be used throughout shall be as indicated
in the DeCA Uniform Dcor 2010, "Adaptive Uniform Dcor Package". Documents shall indicate
that floor tile shall be installed with grain running in one direction, with joints in straight line.

F. Interior dcor shall comply with requirements of the DeCA Uniform Dcor 2010, "Adaptive
Uniform Dcor Package". Refer to Section 10 15 00 Interior Dcor Specialties Design Criteria for
further guidance. Typically, new stores should have an exposed structure ceiling and incorporate
an 18'-0" high standard dcor package. Addition / Alteration projects typically have acoustical
panel ceiling system with either a 12'-0" and 14'-0" high standard dcor package requiring an
adaptation of the Uniform Dcor Package criteria components to fit the scale of the specific Store
environment.

G. Gypsum wallboard soffits (i.e., fur-downs) are typically provided at 8'-0" AFF around the
perimeter of the Sales Area to accommodate interior dcor elements and conceal HVAC return
air ductwork, refrigeration piping, etc. A soffit height of 10'-0" AFF is typically provided at the front
of the checkout area to accommodate automatic entrance door packages with glass transoms
above. The face of these, roof structure suspended, soffits should be offset from (i.e., extend in
front of) the face of, floor-supported, walls below with control joints allowing for movement. This
also provides a uniform horizontal banding around the sales area for the interior dcor elements.

H. Provide gypsum wallboard partitions (i.e., wingwalls) at the ends of all display case line-ups along
perimeter walls, and between cases with different profiles (i.e., widths, depths, heights, etc.). This
is necessary to properly close-off spaces above and at sides of display cases as identified in
Design Standard Plates 07 92 00-01 and 07 92 00-02, so that HVAC return air is drawn from the

June 2011
2
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

floor. Additionally, if these spaces are left open to the sales area they must have a fire sprinkler
system with coverage densities matching that used in the sales area.

I. Overhead HVAC return air and refrigeration piping vertical drops at island refrigerated display
cases shall also be concealed within roof structure supported gypsum wallboard enclosures.
These enclosures should have dcor elements matching that used throughout the sales area.

J. In new stores with high bay exposed structure in customer areas, the preferred method of
illumination is continuous rows of fluorescent light fixtures, mounted at dcor height and running
perpendicular to shopping aisles (refer to Division 26 for required foot-candle levels). Consider
fluorescent light fixtures above checkout counters, mounted at a lower height, to provide even
illumination with less glare for cashier functions. Refer to Section 10 15 00 Interior Dcor
Specialties Design Criteria for additional guidance regarding painting of exposed utilities in
customer areas.

K. On addition / alteration projects, acoustical panel ceiling systems are typically used in lieu of
exposed structure. This is usually necessary to conceal existing ductwork, piping, conduits, etc
that were previously installed. Run recessed continuous strip fluorescent lighting rows
perpendicular to shopping aisles.

L. Coordinate placement of dcor banners so that they are not located directly beneath light
fixtures. Arrange dcor banners so that the same color banners are not placed next to each
other.

M. Do not locate light switches in areas accessible to customers. If necessary to do so, provide
lockable switch covers.

N. Do not locate HVAC thermostats or hose bibs in areas accessible to customers. If necessary to
do so, provide lockable covers.

O. All wall surfaces accessible to impact damage from shopping carts shall have wood bumper rails
and protection posts. Corners of island refrigerated display cases shall be protected with display
case corner guards. Automatic entrance door shall be protected with protection posts at door
jambs and protection plates on impact side of sliding doors. Floor mounted storefront systems
shall be protected with cart bumpers. Refer to Section 10 26 00 Design Criteria for additional
information and Design Standard Plate 10 26 00-01 and Door Types Legend in Appendix A .

P. Coordinate mounting height of electrical receptacles on walls with wood bumper rail protection.
Refer to Design Standard Plate 10 26 00-01.

Q. Janitor Closets with doors opening directly into customer areas shall have door closers.

R. Fire extinguishers shall be located throughout the commissary in accordance with NFPA 10.
Extinguishers located in customer and admin areas shall be contained within fully recessed or
semi-recessed cabinets. Extinguishers located in warehouse and other related storage areas
shall be exposed with manufacturer's standard surface mounting bracket. Refer to Section
10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties Design Criteria for additional guidance.

3. GENERAL GUIDANCE REGARDING DESIGN OF OPERATIONAL SUPPORT AREAS

A. Wall surfaces facing the staging / receiving / MHE areas shall be full height CMU, sealed air tight
to roof structure and at all wall penetrations. This is necessary to minimize infiltration of warm
humid air in the warehouse area from entering the open space above cold storage rooms,
allowing condensation to form on refrigeration piping and cold storage room ceilings. At project
locations with normally high humidity, the interior CMU walls facing the warehouse areas should
be painted with an interior vapor barrier primer/sealer. In low volume small stores, if discussed,
June 2011
3
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

approved, and documented during the Final Project Definition Package, these walls may be
constructed of gypsum wallboard with 8'-0" high fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) panels and
single wood bumper rail system.

B. Stair towers for roof access, using 3'-0" wide by 7'-0" high insulated standard steel doors, shall be
provided in facilities with roof mounted refrigeration mechanical centers and HVAC systems.
Refer to Division 08 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames for roof access door criteria.

C. Provide HM access doors to allow access from warehouse area to space above cold storage
rooms as required for service access and maintenance. Provide service lighting (minimal
footcandle required) above cold storage rooms controlled by light switch (with pilot light) located
immediately adjacent to the access door, with switch facing the warehouse area. At a minimum,
position access door so that a ladder or movable stair can be positioned directly in front of the
opening, against the wall. If access door can be located with clear floor space below, provide
permanent fixed ladder with access platform at each access door location. Refer to Design
Standard Plates 05 50 13-02, 05 50 13-03, and Guide Specification, Division 05, Section Metal
Fabrications for information on "Above-Cooler-Access Ladder and Platform".

D. Design freezer in accordance with Section 03 30 50 Insulated Freezer Floors Design Criteria,
Section 13 21 26 Cold Storage Rooms Design Criteria, and related Design Standard Plates
03 30 50-01, 03 30 50-02, 03 30 50-03, and 13 21 26-01 through 13 21 26-18. Provide adequate
air space between freezer wall panels and adjacent non-refrigerated wall surfaces, with positive
mechanical ventilation of air space. This is necessary to prevent condensation from occurring
within air space, possibly causing mold growth and damage to adjacent wall surfaces. Provide
heater cable within concrete curbs on exterior sides of freezer walls to prevent condensation and
ice from forming on curbs and adjacent floor surfaces.

E. Provide stainless steel closures to seal air spaces between cold storage room walls and adjacent
partitions. This is necessary for sanitation and rodent control. Refer to Design Standard Plate
13 21 26-05.

F. When locating sliding cold storage room doors, verify that adequate space is available for the
sliding portion of the door. Minimum space requirements are 8" on the latch side of door
opening, actual door width, and door width plus 15" on the sliding side of door opening (8" + 6'-0"
+ 7'-3" = 13'-11" minimum).

G. It is undesirable to locate electrical panels within janitor closets. These rooms are frequently
locked, have maintenance equipment stored within that often block access to panels, and are
also subject to contact with water from mop basin faucet hose, which is a safety concern. When
multiple panels are required in one area, consider providing a separate electrical room. If only a
random single electrical panel is required, locate on wall in non-customer areas (i.e., vestibule
between sales and warehouse, or warehouse area).

H. All restrooms and employee locker rooms shall meet as a minimum, the applicable codes stated
above. Also, the rooms shall follow the specific Specification Criteria within the specification
Divisions 10 21 13 Toilet Compartments, 10 51 13 Metal Lockers, 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories for
specific features and components and the general guidelines as stated below for general design
intent.

1. Provide a 3/2 women to men ratio of toilets in which no more than 50% of men's toilets
can be urinals. Generally, commissaries have more women shopping than men and
often have small children with them.

2. A single user family restroom should be included with the separate gender multi-stall
patron toilet facilities. Family, unisex, or single-user restrooms offer flexibility. Males or

June 2011
4
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

females can use them, and one or more individuals, of the same or opposite sex, can use
them.

Intended User Benefits

Wheel chair users.


People who need assistance when using the washroom.
Paruretics (Shy-bladder or bashful bladder syndrome).
Parents with children of the opposite sex.
All users by having an additional option to use a toilet (i.e. while the multi-stall restroom is
getting cleaned).
Transgendered persons.
Vision impaired.

3. Provide sufficient double tier lockers in both the men's and women's employee locker
rooms as determined in the charrette design process, Provide single tier lockers equal to
no more than 20% of all lockers provided.

I. Solid waste management and recycling requirements shall be coordinated with sustainable
design goals including the requirements to achieve LEED certification. Each Store shall
determine the goals at the Charrette and investigative phases of every project. The goals shall be
coordinated with existing Installation contracted waste services as well as current force protection
standards. Trash and waste handling and storage concerns affect store layout and processes as
well as site planning concerns. The climatic conditions associated with installation regions will
impact design decisions. Generally a waste holding area at the building requires secure fencing
around the containers including tops of areas. Alternatives make use of remote facilities used in
heightened security conditions however access and use of remote facilities is not convenient or
prudent in certain climates.

1. Generally a waste holding area at the building requires secure fencing around the
containers including tops of areas. Alternatives make use of remote facilities used in
heightened security conditions however access and use of remote facilities is not
convenient or prudent in certain climates.

END OF SECTION

June 2011
5
Compliance with Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC 4-010-01) DoD MINIMUM
ANTITERRORISM STANDARDS FOR BUILDINGS is required on all
commissary facilities. The following is a summary of this document as it relates
to commissary facilities, and includes a checklist that the design A/E shall
complete as part of the design process. Any deviations from UFC 4-010-01 shall
be identified during the design charrette process and documented in the Design
Charrette Final Project Definition Package.

UFC 4-010-01 INTRODUCTION

Implementation of these standards to bring an entire building into compliance is


mandatory for all DoD building renovations, modifications, repairs, and
restorations where those costs exceed 50% of the replacement cost of the
building except as otherwise stated in these standards. The 50% cost is
exclusive of the costs identified to meet these standards. Where the 50%
threshold is not met, compliance with these standards is recommended.

Implementation of these standards is mandatory when any portion of a building is


modified from its current use to that of an inhabited building, billeting, or a
primary gathering building for one year or more. Examples would include a
warehouse (uninhabited) being converted to administrative (inhabited) use and
an inhabited administrative building being converted to a primary gathering
building or billeting.

The glazing provisions of these standards are mandatory for existing inhabited
buildings within any planned window or door glazing replacement project. Such
replacements may require window frame modification or replacement.

Additions to existing inhabited buildings shall comply with the minimum standards
for new buildings. If the addition is 50% or more of the gross area of the existing
building, the existing building shall comply with the minimum standards for
existing buildings.

Implementation of these standards is mandatory for all facilities leased for DoD
use and for those buildings in which DoD receives a space assignment from
another government agency except as established below. This requirement is
intended to cover all situations, including General Services Administration space,
privatized buildings, and host-nation and other foreign government buildings.
This requirement is applicable for all new leases executed on or after 1 October
2005 and to renewal or extension of any existing lease on or after 1 October
2009. Leases executed prior to the above fiscal years will comply with these
standards where possible.

Partial Occupancy. These standards only apply where DoD personnel occupy
leased or assigned space constituting at least 25% of the net interior useable
area or the area as defined in the lease, and they only apply to that portion of the
building that is occupied by DoD personnel.

New Buildings. Buildings that are built to lease to DoD as of the effective date
established above shall comply with the standards for new construction.
INFORMATION SENSITIVITY

Some information in the standards is exempt from mandatory disclosure under


the Freedom of Information Act. The sensitive information that is exempt is the
explosive weights upon which the minimum standoff distances are based, which
is included in UFC 4-010-02. Allowing potential aggressors to know the minimum
explosive weights that all DoD inhabited buildings are designed to resist could
constitute a vulnerability. To minimize the possibility of that information being
used against DoD personnel, the following provisions apply:

Distribution. Follow governing DoD and Component guidance for specific


requirements for handling and distribution of For Official Use Only information. In
general, distribution of this document is unlimited. Distribution of the tables
(Tables 1 and 2) in UFC 4-010-02 is authorized only to U.S. Government
agencies and their contractors. In addition, where it is within Status of Forces
Agreements (SOFA) or other similar information exchange agreements, the
information in these standards may be distributed to host-nation elements for the
purposes of their administration and design of host-nation funded or designed
construction.

Posting To The Internet. This document may be posted freely to the Internet;
however, because the tables (Tables 1 and 2) in UFC 4-010-02 are For Official
Use Only they cannot be posted to any web site that is accessible to the general
public. In addition, other documents that include information from these
standards that are identified as For Official Use Only cannot be posted to web
sites accessible to the general public. For Official Use Only information may be
posted to protected, non-publicly accessible web sites that comply with standards
established by DoD for administration of web sites.

Plans and Specifications. The explosive weights from UFC 4-010-02 upon which
these standards are based shall not be entered into the plans and specifications
unless the plans and specifications are properly safeguarded. Plans and
specifications may be posted to the Internet in accordance with existing DoD
Component guidance, but such documents will not include For Official Use Only
information. All plans and specifications for inhabited buildings shall include an
annotation that cites the version of these standards that was used for design.

Design Build Contracts. Where design build contracts are employed,


prospective contractors will be responsible for developing a design proposal for
that project that may be impacted by provisions of these standards. Where that
is the case, consider alternate means to provide sufficient information to support
their proposals. Consider for example, either specifying specific design loads or
specifying the required standoff distance and providing candidate structural
systems that would allow for mitigation of the applicable explosive if that standoff
was less than the minimum. Once the design build contract is awarded the
contractor will be eligible to receive this complete document for use in the
development of the final design package, but that contractor will be responsible
for protecting the integrity of the information throughout the contract and through
any subcontracts into which that contractor might enter.
DEFINITIONS

Access control. For the purposes of these standards, any combination of


barriers, gates, electronic security equipment, and/or guards that can deny entry
to unauthorized personnel or vehicles.

Access road. Any roadway such as a maintenance, delivery, service,


emergency, or other special limited use road that is necessary for the operation
of a building or structure.

Controlled perimeter. For the purposes of these standards, a physical boundary


at which vehicle access is controlled at the perimeter of an installation, an area
within an installation, or another area with restricted access. A physical
boundary will be considered as a sufficient means to channel vehicles to the
access control points. At a minimum, access control at a controlled perimeter
requires the demonstrated capability to search for and detect explosives. Where
the controlled perimeter includes a shoreline and there is no defined perimeter
beyond the shoreline, the boundary will be at the mean high water mark.

Conventional construction. Building construction that is not specifically designed


to resist weapons or explosives effects. Conventional construction is designed
only to resist common loadings and environmental effects such as wind, seismic,
and snow loads.

Conventional Construction Standoff Distance. The standoff distance at which


conventional construction may be used for buildings without a specific analysis of
blast effects, except as otherwise required in these standards.

Effective Standoff Distance. A standoff distance less than the Conventional


Construction Standoff Distance at which the required level of protection can be
shown to be achieved through analysis or can be achieved through building
hardening or other mitigating construction or retrofit.

Glazing. The part of a window, skylight, or door assembly that is transparent and
transmits light, but not air.

Inhabited building. Buildings or portions of buildings routinely occupied by 11 or


more DoD personnel and with a population density of greater than one person
per 40 gross square meters (430 gross square feet). This density generally
excludes industrial, maintenance, and storage facilities, except for more densely
populated portions of those buildings such as administrative areas. The
inhabited building designation also applies to expeditionary and temporary
structures with similar population densities. In a building that meets the criterion
of having 11 or more personnel, with portions that do not have sufficient
population densities to qualify as inhabited buildings, those portions that have
sufficient population densities will be considered inhabited buildings while the
remainder of the building may be considered uninhabited, subject to provisions of
these standards. An example would be a hangar with an administrative area
within it. The administrative area would be treated as an inhabited building while
the remainder of the hangar could be treated as uninhabited. (Note: This
definition differs significantly from the definition for inhabited building used by
DoD 6055.9-STD and is not construed to be authorization to deviate from criteria
of DoD 6055.9-STD.)

Laminated glass. Multiple sheets of glass bonded together by a bonding


interlayer.

Mass notification. Capability to provide real-time information to all building


occupants or personnel in the immediate vicinity of a building during emergency
situations.

Primary gathering building. Inhabited buildings routinely occupied by 50 or more


DoD personnel. This designation applies to the entire portion of a building that
meets the population density requirements for an inhabited building. For
example, an inhabited portion of the building that has an area within it with 50 or
more personnel is a primary gathering building for the entire inhabited portion of
the building. The primary gathering building designation also applies to
expeditionary and temporary structures with similar populations and population
densities and to family housing with 13 or more family units per building,
regardless of population or population density.

Routinely occupied. For the purposes of these standards, an established or


predictable pattern of activity within a building that terrorists could recognize and
exploit.

Structural glazed window systems. Window systems in which glazing is bonded


to both sides of the window frame using an adhesive such as a high-strength,
high-performance silicone sealant.

Unobstructed space. Space within 10 meters (33 feet) of an inhabited building


that does not allow for concealment from observation of explosive devices 150
mm (6 inches) or greater in height.

DEFINITION OF COMMISSARY SPACES

The application of the standards are based on the premise that the warehouse,
staging, storage, and processing areas do not meet the definition of inhabited
space defined as occupied by 11 or more DoD personnel and with a population
density of greater than one person per 40 gross square meters (430 gross
square feet) and that the sales area (i. e. all spaces forward of the
storage/processing rooms including front offices, cashiers office, baggers break
room, and other administrative spaces at the front of the commissary), and break
room/employees restrooms is primary gathering space since it is routinely
occupied by 50 or more DoD personnel. (The break room/employees restrooms
meet the number and population densities of inhabited space. Thus must be
included in the primary gathering space.)
STANDARDS CHECKLIST

REQUIREMENT UFC 4-010-01


REFERENCE
1. Is the standoff distance, from the sales area and the breakroom B-1.1.1,
/employee restrooms to the controlled perimeter, at least 45 m (148 ft) Table B-1,
Figure B-1
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
2. Is the standoff distance, from the sales area and the break B-1.1.2,
room/employee restrooms to any parking or roadway, at least 25 m Table B-1,
(82 ft)? No controlled perimeter at least 45m (148 feet)? Figure B-1
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
3. Is the building a new building and is the standoff distance, from the B-1.1.2.1,
sales area and the break room/employee restrooms to any parking or Table B-1,
roadway, at least 10 m (82 ft) even if building hardening is employed Figure B-1
to achieve the effective standoff distance or other mitigating
construction or retrofit?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
4. Is the building an existing building and if moving parking areas and B-1.1.2.2.1,
roadways or applying structural retrofits are impractical, is the standoff Table B-1,
distance, from the sales area and the break room/employee restrooms Figure B-1
to any parking or roadway, at least 10 m (33 ft) and is access control
to the parking area established at least 25 m (82 ft) from the sales
area and the break room/employee restrooms? No controlled
perimeter at least 45m (148 feet)?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
5. Is the building an existing building and are there conditions that B-1.1.2.2.1.3,
necessitate that controlled parking be within 10 m (33 ft) of the sales Table B-1,
area and the break room/employee restrooms and has it been Figure B-1
determined through analysis that the required level of protection can
be provided at the lesser standoff distance or that it can be provided
through building hardening or other mitigating measures or retrofits?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
6. Is the building an existing building and is parking along existing B-1.1.2.2.2,
roads at least 25 m (82 ft) from the sales area and the break room Table B-1,
/employee restrooms? No controlled perimeter at least 45m (148 ft)? Figure B-1
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
7. Is the building an existing building or new building and if this project B-1.1.5,
includes parking and roadways are the new parking and roadways at Table B-1,
least 25 m (82 ft) from existing Primary Gathering Buildings and at Figure B-1
least 10 m (33 ft) from existing Inhabited Buildings? No controlled
perimeter at least 45m (148 ft) and 25 m (82 ft) respectively?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
8. Are trash containers located at least 25 m (82 ft) from the sales B-1.1.6,
area and the break room/employees restrooms, or has analysis been Table B-1,
done to provide hardening of the trash enclosure to mitigate the direct Figure B-1
blast effects and secondary fragment effects of the explosive on the
sales area and the break room/employee restrooms to obtain the
same level of protection as providing the standoff distance of 25 m (82
ft), or is the trash container secured to preclude introduction of objects
into the enclosures by unauthorized personnel and are openings in
screening materials and gaps between the ground and screens or
walls making up an enclosure not greater than 150 mm (6 inches), and
does the location of the trash container not allow concealment of
explosive devices, 150 mm (6 inches) or greater in height, within 10 m
(33 ft) of the sales area and the break room/employee restrooms?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
9. Have measures been taken to ensure that exterior obstructions B-1.2,
within 10 meters (33 ft) of the sales area and the break Table B-1,
room/employee restrooms do not allow for concealment from Figure B-1
observation of explosive devices 150 mm (6 inches) or greater in
height? (This does not preclude the placement of site furnishings or
plantings around buildings. It only requires conditions such that any
explosive devices placed in that space would be observable by
building occupants. For existing buildings where the standoff
distances for parking and roadways have been established at less
than 10 meters (33 ft) in accordance with paragraph B-1.1.2.2, the
unobstructed space may be reduced to be equivalent to that distance.)
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
10. Are electrical and mechanical equipment such as transformers, B-1.2.1,
air-cooled condensers, and packaged chillers outside the unobstructed Table B-1,
space, i. e. the exterior space within 10 m (33 ft) of the sales area and Figure B-1
the break room/employee restrooms, or on the roof, or if they are
placed within the unobstructed space, are they placed so the
equipment does not provide an opportunity for concealment of
explosive devices?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
11. Are there any walls or other screening devices, with more than B-1.2.2
two sides, placed around electrical or mechanical equipment within the
unobstructed space, i. e. the exterior space within 10 m (33 ft) of the
sales area and the break room/employee restrooms, and if so has the
enclosure been upgraded to four sides and a top with openings in
screening materials and gaps between the ground and screens or
walls making up an enclosure not greater than 150 mm (6 inches) and
have all surfaces of the enclosure been secured to deny access by
unauthorized personnel?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
12. If there is a Drive-Up/Drop-Off area or lane within 25 m (82 ft) of B-1.3.3
the sales area or the break room/employee restrooms, is the area or
lane clearly defined and marked that their intended use is clear to
prevent parking of unattended vehicles in the area or lane?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
13. Is the service vehicle access area (loading dock area) at least 25 B-1.4
m (82 ft) [No controlled perimeter at least 45m (148 ft)] from the sales
area and the break room/employee restrooms and if not are there
access control measures implemented to prohibit unauthorized
vehicles from using the service vehicle access area?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
14. Have measures been taken to eliminate parking beneath or on B-1.5.3
rooftops of the sales area and the break room/employees restrooms,
or if limited real estate makes such parking unavoidable have the
following measures been incorporated to achieve an equivalent level
of protection:
a) Control measures to prohibit unauthorized personnel and vehicles
from entering parking area,
b) Structure the floors beneath or roofs above the sales area and the
break room/employee restrooms, and all other adjacent supporting
structural elements will not fail from the detonation in the parking area
of an explosive equivalent to explosive weight II [No controlled
perimeter explosive weight I] in Table B-1,
c) All structural elements within and adjacent to the parking area will
be subject to all progressive collapse provisions of Standard 6 except
that the exterior member removal provision will also apply to interior
vertical or horizontal load carrying elements. Apply those provisions
based on an explosive equivalent to explosive weight II [No controlled
perimeter explosive weight I] in Table B-1. [Standard 6 applies to all
new and existing inhabited buildings of three stories or more.
(Basements will be considered stories if they have one or more
exposed walls.) Again only the sales area, areas/offices at the front of
the store, and the employee breakroom/restrooms meet the definition
of inhabited space and meet the population requirements of primary
gathering space. Since none of these areas are typically more than
one story, standard 6 typically will not apply.]
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
15. If minimum standoff distances are achieved and conventional B-2.4
construction used, as a minimum has the exterior masonry walls, of
the sales area and the break room/employee restrooms, been
reinforced with at least 0.05 percent vertical reinforcement with a
maximum spacing of 1200 mm (48 in), or for existing buildings have
mitigating measures been implemented to provide an equivalent level
of protection?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
16. If minimum standoff distances from the sales area and the break B-3.1
room/employees restrooms are achieved, has the glazing
requirements for standard windows in the sales area and the break
room/employee restrooms, provided their visual glazing openings do
not exceed 3 square meters (32 SF), (For larger windows, refer to the
DoD Security Engineering Design Manual.) been achieved to include:
a) Use of a minimum of 6-mm (1/4-in) nominal laminated glass for all
exterior windows, skylights, and glazed doors. The 6-mm (1/4-in)
laminated glass consists of two nominal 3-mm (1/8-in) glass panes
bonded together with a minimum of a 0.75-mm (0.030-inch) polyvinyl-
butyral (PVB) interlayer. For insulating glass units, use 6 mm (1/4 inch)
laminated glass inner pane as a minimum. (For glazing alternatives to
the 6-mm (1/4-in) laminated glass that provide equivalent levels of
protection, refer to the DoD Security Engineering Design Manual.)
b) Window and skylight frames, mullions, and sashes and door rails
and stiles of aluminum or steel as detailed below. (Alternatively, use
frames that provide performance to the required level of protection
shown in Tables 2.1 and 2.2). Steel members may be designed using
ultimate yield stresses and aluminum members may be designed
based on a 0.2% offset yield strength. Equivalent static design loads
for the window, skylight, and door members shall be 7 kilopascals (1 lb
per square in) applied to the surface of the glazing and frame
Deformations shall not exceed 1/60 of the unsupported member
lengths. The glazing shall have a minimum frame bite of 9.5 mm (3/8-
in) for structurally glazed systems and 25-mm (1-in) for window
systems that are not structurally glazed. Equivalent static design loads
for connections of the window, skylight, or doorframe to the
surrounding walls or roof, hardware and associated connections, and
glazing stop connections shall be 75 kilopascals (10.8 PSI) for glazing
panels with a vision area less than or equal to 1.0 square meters (10.8
SF) and 30 kilopascals (4.4 PSI) for glazing panels with a vision area
greater than 1.0 square meters (10.8 SF) but less than or equal to 3.0
square meters (32 SF). Loads shall be applied to the surface of the
glazing and frame. Connections and hardware may be designed
based on ultimate strength for steel and 0.2% offset yield strength for
aluminum. Design supporting wall and roof elements and their
connections based on their ultimate capacities. In addition, because
the resulting dynamic loads are likely to be dissipated through multiple
mechanisms, it is not necessary to account for reactions from the
supporting wall or roof elements in design of remainder of structure.
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
17. If the minimum standoff distances cannot be met, has glazing and B-3.1.3
frames been provided, for the sales areas and employee
breakroom/restrooms, that will provide an equivalent level of protection
to that provided by the glazing and frames as described above and in
Tables 2-1 and 2-2 for the applicable explosive weight in Table B-1?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
18. For new buildings, is the main entrance to the sales area B-3.2.1
positioned so it does not face an installation perimeter or other
uncontrolled vantage points with direct lines of sight to the entrance or
are there means provided to block the lines of sight?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
19. For existing buildings where the main entrance to the sales area B-3.2.2
faces an installation perimeter, are provisions being taken to employ a
different entrance as the main entrance or is screening being provided
to limit the ability of potential aggressors to target people entering and
leaving the sales area?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
20. For new and existing buildings are all exterior doors to the sales B-3.3
area or employee breakroom/restrooms designed so they open
outwards, or if they fail in response to a blast is there other means
provided to ensure that the doors do not become hazards to building
occupants?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
21. For a new building has all external roof access been eliminated by B-3.5.1
providing access from internal stairways or ladders, such as in
mechanical rooms?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
22. For an existing building has external access been eliminated B-3.5.2
where possible or has external ladders or stairways been secured with
locked cages or similar mechanisms?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
23. For new and existing buildings, have all overhead mounted B-3.6
architectural features in the sales area and employee
breakroom/restrooms weighing 14 kilograms (31 pounds) or more
been mounted so that they resist forces of 0.5 times the component
weight in any direction and 1.5 times the component weight in the
downward direction? (This standard does not preclude the need to
design architectural feature mountings for forces required by other
criteria such as seismic standards.)
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
24. For new buildings have all air intakes, serving the sales area and B-4.1.1
employees breakroom/restrooms, been located at least 3 meters (10
ft) above the ground?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
25. For existing buildings, have all air intakes, serving the sales area B-4.1.2
and employee breakroom/restrooms, been located at least 3 meters
(10 ft) above the ground? (This requirement is recommended, but not
mandatory, for existing inhabited buildings.)
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
26. For new and existing inhabited buildings, is there an emergency B-4.3
shutoff switch provided in the HVAC control system, serving the sales
area and employee breakroom/restrooms, that can immediately shut
down air distribution throughout the area and is this switch easily
accessible at the front of the sales area?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
27. For new buildings is the generator and associated exterior conduit B-4.4.3
and wiring or other backup power source for emergency lighting
separated from the normal power source and power entrance
equipment? (This requirement is recommended, but not mandatory, for
existing buildings).
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
28. For new and existing buildings, have all overhead utilities and B-4.5
other fixtures, located in the sales area and employee
breakroom/restrooms weighing 14 kilograms (31 pounds) or more
been mounted so that they resist forces of 0.5 times the component
weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the
downward direction? (This standard does not preclude the need to
design equipment mountings for forces required by other criteria such
as seismic standards.)
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
29. Is access to crawl spaces, utility tunnels, and other means of B-4.6
under building access controlled?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
30. Is the public address system operational and in good repair and is B-4.7
it connected to the emergency power generator so that it can serve as
the mass notification means?
YES _____ NO _____ If no, provide justification.
Table B-1 Minimum Standoff Distances and Separation
for New and Existing Buildings
Location Building Category Standoff Distance or Separation Requirements
Applicable Convention Effective Applicable
Level of al Standoff Explosive
Protection Constructio Distance(1) Weight
(2)
n
Standoff
Distance
Controlled Billeting Low 45 m (4) 25 m (4)
Perimeter (148 ft.) (82 ft.) I
or
Parking and Primary Gathering Low 45 m (4) (5) 25 m (4) (5)
Roadways Building (148 ft.) (82 ft.) I
without a
Controlled
Perimeter Inhabited Building Very Low 25 m (4) 10 m (4)
(82 ft.) (33 ft.) I

Parking and Billeting Low 25 m (4) 10 m (4)


Roadways (82 ft.) (33 ft.) II
within a Primary Gathering Low 25 m (4) (5) 10 m (4) (5)
Controlled Building (82 ft.) (33 ft.) II
Perimeter Inhabited Building Very Low 10 m (4) 10 m (4)
(33 ft.) (33 ft.) II
Trash Billeting Low 25 m 10 m
Containers (82 ft.) (33 ft.) II

Primary Gathering Low 25 m 10 m


Building (82 ft.) (33 ft.) II

Inhabited Building Very Low 10 m 10 m


(33 ft.) (33 ft.) II

Building Billeting Low 10 m No


Separation (33 ft.) antiterrorism III (3)
minimum
(for new
buildings Primary Gathering Low 10 m No
only) Building (33 ft.) antiterrorism III (3)
minimum

Inhabited Building Very Low No No


antiterrorism antiterrorism Not applicable
minimum minimum

(1) Even with analysis, standoff distances less than those in this column are not allowed for new buildings, but are allowed for
existing buildings if constructed/retrofitted to provide the required level of protection at the reduced standoff distance.
(2) See UFC 4-010-2, for the specific explosive weights (kg/pounds of TNT) associated with designations I, II, III. UFC 4-010-2 is
For Official Use Only (FOUO)
(3) Explosive for building separation is an indirect fire (mortar) round at a standoff distance of half the separation distance.
(4) For existing buildings, see paragraph B-1.1.2.2.
(5) For existing family housing, see paragraph B-1.1.2.2.3.
Figure B-1 Standoff Distances and Building Separation Controlled Perimeter

Trash
Containers

25 m

45 m
45 m = 148 ft
25 m = 82 ft
Controlled Perimeter

10 m = 33 ft
10 m 10 m Uninhabited Note: Standoff
Portion of distances are from
Parking

25 m
Building Conventional
Construction

10 m
Inhabited Standoff Distance
Buildings column of Table B-1

10 m
25 m
10 m
Primary Gathering
Buildings or Billeting
Unobstructed Space Uninhabited
Building
Roadways
Parking

Figure B-2 Standoff Distances and Building Separation No Controlled Perimeter

Parking Roadways

45 m = 148 ft
Trash
45 m

25 m = 82 ft
25 m

Containers
10 m = 33 ft
10 m Uninhabited
10 m Portion of
Uninhabited Building
25 m

Building
10 m

Inhabited
45 m Buildings

10 m

10 m
Note: Standoff distances Primary Gathering
are from Conventional Buildings or Billeting
Construction Standoff
Distance column of Unobstructed Space
Table B-1
Table 2-1 Levels of Protection New Buildings
Level of Potential Structural Potential Door and Potential Injury
Protection Damage Glazing
Hazards
Below AT Severely damaged. Doors and windows fail Majority of
standards Frame collapse/massive and result in lethal personnel suffer
destruction. Little left hazards fatalities.
standing.
Very Low Heavily damaged - onset Glazing will break and is Majority of
of structural collapse: likely to be propelled into personnel suffer
Major deformation of the building, resulting in serious injuries.
primary and secondary serious glazing fragment There are likely to
structural members, but injuries, but fragments be a limited
progressive collapse is will be reduced. Doors number (10% to
unlikely. Collapse of non-may be propelled into 25%) of fatalities.
structural elements. rooms, presenting
serious hazards.
Low Damaged unrepairable. Glazing will break, but fall Majority of
Major deformation of non- within 1 meter of the wall personnel suffer
structural elements and or otherwise not present significant injuries.
secondary structural a significant fragment There may be a
few (<10%)
members and minor hazard. Doors may fail,
fatalities.
deformation of primary but they will rebound out
structural members, but of their frames,
progressive collapse is presenting minimal
unlikely. hazards.
Medium Damaged repairable. Glazing will break, but will Some minor
Minor deformations of remain in the window injuries, but
non-structural elements frame. Doors will stay in fatalities are
and secondary structural frames, but will not be unlikely.
members and no reusable.
permanent deformation in
primary structural
members.
High Superficially damaged. Glazing will not break. Only superficial
No permanent Doors will be reusable. injuries are likely.
deformation of primary
and secondary structural
members or non-
structural elements.
Table 2-2 Levels of Protection Existing Buildings
Level of Potential Structural Potential Door and Potential Injury
Protection Damage Glazing
Hazards
Below AT Severely damaged. Doors and windows fail Majority of
standards Frame collapse/massive and result in lethal personnel suffer
destruction. Little left hazards fatalities.
standing.
Very Low Heavily damaged - onset Glazing will break and is Majority of
of structural collapse: likely to be propelled into personnel suffer
Major deformation of the building, resulting in serious injuries.
primary structural serious glazing fragment There are likely to
members, but injuries, but fragments be a limited
progressive collapse is will be reduced. Doors number (10% to
unlikely. Collapse of may be propelled into 25%) of fatalities.
secondary structural rooms, presenting
members and non- serious hazards.
structural elements.
Low Damaged unrepairable. Glazing will break and is Majority of
Major deformation of likely to be propelled into personnel suffer
secondary structural the building, but should significant
members and minor result in survivable injuries. There
deformation of primary glazing fragment injuries. may be a few
structural members, but
Doors may fail, but they (<10%) fatalities.
progressive collapse is
unlikely. Collapse of non-
will rebound out of their
structural elements. frames, presenting
minimal hazards.
Medium Damaged repairable. Glazing will break, but will Some minor
Minor deformations of remain in the window injuries, but
secondary structural frame. Doors will stay in fatalities are
members and no frames, but will not be unlikely.
permanent deformation in reusable.
primary structural
members. Major
deformation of non-
structural elements.
High Superficially damaged. Glazing will not break. Only superficial
No permanent Doors will be reusable. injuries are likely.
deformation of primary
and secondary structural
members or non-
structural elements.
CODE ANALYSIS - TYPICAL DECA COMMISSARY FACILITY

02 FEB 2011

CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010


including Change 2, dated 27 JAN 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

1 STRUCTURE OF MODEL CODES REFERENCED AS PART OF 1-2 1


ANALYSIS UFC 1-200-01 ANALYSIS INCLUDE:

- UFC 3-600-01 26 SEP 2007 (REFERENCED AS UFC)


including Change 1, dated 14 JUL 2009.
- IBC 2009 (REFERENCED AS IBC).
- IBC 2009 COMMENTARY PAGE NUMBER PREFIXED WITH
C (i.e., C7-124).
- NFPA 101, 2009 (REFERENCED AS NFPA).
- ABA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS FOR DEPARTMENT OF
DEFENSE FACILITIES (REFERENCE AS ADA/ABA).

REFERENCES INDICATED WITHOUT A PREFIX ARE FOR UFC


1-200-01.

CONCLUSIONS AND NOTES TO THE DESIGNER ARE SHOWN IN BOLD AND


ITALICIZED RED COLOR FONT.

2 ABSENCE OF WHEN A SPECIFIC APPLICATION IS NOT COVERED BY THE UFC 1-3.3 4


CRITERIA CRITERIA SPECIFIED IN THE UFC, FOLLOW NATIONAL
BUILDING CODES, RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS,
AND STANDARD ENGINEERING PRACTICES. IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH TECHNICAL INFORMATION, CONTACT
THE DoD COMPONENT AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION
(AHJ).

1.3 CONFLICTS IN IF CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN THE UFC AND ANY OTHER UFC 1-3 1
CRITERIA DoD DOCUMENT, REFERENCED CODE, STANDARD OR
PUBLICATION THEN THE UFC TAKES PRECEDENCE.

2.2 ANTITERRORISM ANTITERRORISM REQUIREMENTS MUST NOT PRECLUDE ANY UFC 3-3.1 7
STANDARDS FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS.

2.3 DESIGN ANALYSIS FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN ANALYSIS IS REQUIRED. UFC 1-4 6

2.2 BASIC CRITERIA FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS, ALLOWABLE FLOOR UFC 2-1 9
AREA, BUILDING HEIGHT LIMITATIONS, AND SEPARATION
DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO IBC.

1
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

3 USE AND USE CHAPTER 3 OF IBC AND UFC 3-600-01. IF ANY 2-3 2
OCCUPANCY CONFLICTS OCCUR, THE REQUIREMENTS OF UFC 3-600-01
CLASSIFICATION TAKE PRECEDENCE.

3.1 "CONSTRUCTION" STRUCTURES OR PORTIONS OF STRUCTURES SHALL BE IBC 302.1 23


OCCUPANCY CLASSIFIED WITH RESPECT TO OCCUPANCY GROUPS
CLASSIFICATION LISTED BELOW. STRUCTURES WITH MULTIPLE
OCCUPANCIES OR USES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 508.

THE FOLLOWING OCCUPANCIES ARE PART OF A TYPICAL


COMMISSARY:

GROUP "M" - MERCANTILE ( SALES AREAS ) IBC 309 34


display and sales of merchandise I.e. markets.

GROUP "B" - BUSINESS ( OFFICE AREAS ) IBC 304 24


office . . . including storage of records.

GROUP "S-1" - STORAGE ( MODERATE HAZARD ) IBC 311.2 35


storage of bags, cardboard and cardboard boxes, grains, soaps,
sugar, tobacco.

GROUP "S-2" - STORAGE ( LOW HAZARD ) IBC 311.3 36


storage of non-combustible materials as products on wood pallets or
in paper cartons, I.e. food products, fresh fruits & vegetables, etc.
NO REASON TO INCLUDE THIS USE SINCE MORE RESTRICTIVE USE
"S-1" IS ALREADY INCLUDED.

GROUP " F-1 " - FACTORY ( MODERATE HAZARD ) IBC 306.2 24


food processing areas . . . Meat, Produce, and Bakery/Deli.

3.2 MIXED EACH PORTION OF A BUILDING SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY IBC 508.1 84


OCCUPANCIES CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 302.1. C5-32

WHERE A BUILDING CONTAINS MORE THAN ONE


OCCUPANCY GROUP, THE BUILDING OR PORTION THEREOF
SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 508.1 (ACCESSORY
OCCUPANCIES), 508.3 (NONSEPARATED OCCUPANCIES),
508.4 (SEPARATED OCCUPANCIES) OR A COMBINATION OF
THESE SECTIONS.

3.3 MAIN OCCUPANCIES DeCA COMMISSARY FACILITIES SHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS A MIXED-


USE OCCUPANCY WITH MAIN USE GROUPS:
"M" MERCANTILE, "B" BUSINESS, AND "S-1" STORAGE (MODERATE
HAZARD).

2
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

3.4 ACCESSORY ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES ARE THOSE OCCUPANCIES IBC 508.2 84


OCCUPANCIES SUBSIDIARY TO THE MAIN OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING OR
PORTION THEREOF. AGGREGATE ACCESSORY
OCCUPANCIES SHALL NOT OCCUPY MORE THAN 10
PERCENT OF THE AREA OF THE STORY IN WHICH THEY ARE
LOCATED AND SHALL NOT EXCEED VALUES IN TABLE 503.

GROUP "F-1" FACTORY - MODERATE HAZARD (FOOD PROCESSING


AREAS) ARE TYPICALLY LESS THAN 10% OF FLOOR AREA
CONSIDERED ACCESSORY USE - IF GREATER THAN 10% FLOOR
AREA THEN ADD TO MAIN USE.

3.5 INCIDENTAL USE SPACES/ AREAS WHICH ARE INCIDENTAL TO THE MAIN IBC 508.2.5 85
AREAS OCCUPANCY SHALL BE SEPARATED OR PROTECTED IN C5-34
ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 508.2.5 AND SHALL BE
CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MAIN OCCUPANCY
OF THE PORTION OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH THE
INCIDENTAL USE AREA IS LOCATED.

TYPICAL COMMISSARY INCIDENTAL USE AREAS : IBC 85


Table 508.2.5 C5-35

FURNACE ROOM WHERE LARGEST PIECE OF EQUIPMENT IS IBC 85


OVER 400,000 BTU PER HOUR INPUT - REQUIRES ONE HOUR Table 508.2.5 C5-35
SEPARATION OR PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM.

BOILERS OVER 15 PSI AND 10 HORSEPOWER - REQUIRES IBC 85


ONE HOUR SEPARATION OR PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FIRE- Table 508.2.5 C5-35
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.

REFRIGERANT MACHINERY ROOMS - REQUIRES ONE HOUR IBC 85


SEPARATION OR PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. Table 508.2.5 C5-35

STORAGE ROOMS OVER 100 SQUARE FEET. IBC 80


Table 508.2 C5-26
NOTE: STORAGE ROOMS OVER 100 S.F. WOULD NOT BE &
INCIDENTAL USE SINCE ALREADY CLASSIFIED AS A MIXED USE IBC 508.2.1
BLDG OF WHICH STORAGE IS A MAIN USE.

NEW DeCA COMMISSARY CONSTRUCTION IS REQUIRED TO


BE FIRE SPRINKLERED - SO NO FIRE RATING REQUIRED.

3
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

WHERE TABLE 508.2.5 PERMITS AN AUTOMATIC FIRE- IBC 508.2.5.1 85


EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WITHOUT A FIRE BARRIER, THE
INCIDENTAL USE AREA SHALL BE SEPARATED BY
CONSTRUCTION CAPABLE OF RESISTING THE PASSAGE OF
SMOKE. THE PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM THE FLOOR
TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED
FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY OR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE
FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE. DOORS SHALL BE SELF-
CLOSING OR AUTOMATIC CLOSING UPON DETECTION OF
SMOKE. DOORS SHALL NOT HAVE AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS
AND SHALL NOT BE UNDERCUT IN EXCESS OF CLEARANCE
PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80.

SMOKE PARTITIONS (AND ASSOCIATED DOORS) ARE REQUIRED AT


INCIDENTAL USE AREAS, LISTED ABOVE, WHERE FIRE
SPRINKLERS ARE PROVIDED.

3.6 SEPARATED EACH PORTION OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY IBC 508.4 86
OCCUPANCIES CLASSIFIED AS TO USE AND SHALL BE COMPLETELY C5-39
SEPARATED FROM ADJACENT AREAS BY FIRE BARRIER
WALLS OR HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES OR BOTH HAVING A
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH TABLE 508.4 FOR THE USES BEING SEPARATED.

NO SEPARATION REQUIRED BETWEEN M, B, AND S-1 MAIN Table 508.3.3 86


OCCUPANCIES (F-1 OCCUPANCY AS WELL IF OVER 10% OF
FLOOR AREA, AND THEREFORE A MAIN OCCUPANCY).

A TYPICAL COMMISSARY WOULD MEET SEPARATED OCCUPANCY


CODE CRITERIA BUT SUGGEST CLASSIFYING AS A
NONSEPARATED TO CLARIFY THAT NO SEPARATION BETWEEN
USES IS REQUIRED.

3.7 NONSEPARATED EACH PORTION OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY IBC 508.3 86
OCCUPANCIES CLASSIFIED AS TO USE. THE REQUIRED TYPE OF C5-36
CONSTRUCTION FOR THE BUILDING SHALL BE DETERMINED
BY APPLYING THE HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR
EACH OF THE APPLICABLE OCCUPANCIES TO THE ENTIRE
BUILDING. THE MOST RESTRICTIVE TYPE OF
CONSTRUCTION, SO DETERMINED, SHALL APPLY TO THE
ENTIRE BUILDING. OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS SHALL
APPLY TO EACH PORTION OF THE BUILDING BASED ON THE
USE OF THAT SPACE EXCEPT THE MOST RESTRICTIVE
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 403 AND CHAPTER 9
SHALL APPLY TO THESE NON-SEPARATED USES. FIRE
SEPARATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED BETWEEN USES,
EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY OTHER PROVISIONS.

4
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

THEREFORE, TYPICAL DeCA COMMISSARY OCCUPANCY


CLASSIFICATION IS :
NON-SEPARATED, MIXED OCCUPANCY GROUPS "M"
MERCANTILE, "B" BUSINESS, AND "S-1" STORAGE
(MODERATE HAZARD).

4 SPECIAL DETAILED USE UFC 3-600-01 IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 4. 2-4 2


REQUIREMENTS
BASED ON USE AND
OCCUPANCY

4.1 COMBUSTIBLE LIMITATIONS ON COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE :


STORAGE HIGH PILED STOCK OR RACK STORAGE (IN EXCESS OF 12
FEET) SHALL COMPLY WITH UFC 3-600-01 AND NFPA 13.

DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA DOES NOT ALLOW STORAGE IN EXCESS


OF 12' HIGH - SO PROVIDE PAINTED WALL SIGNS ON EACH WALL (
OF HIGH CEILING STORAGE ROOMS AND RECEIVING AREA ) , AND
AT 50' MAX. SPACING ON LONG WALLS, PROHIBITING STORAGE
ABOVE 12' HEIGHT.

5 GENERAL BUILDING USE CHAPTER 5 OF IBC, EXCEPT REFER TO UFC-3-600-01 2-5 2


HEIGHT AND AREAS FOR LIMITATIONS REGARDING THE USE OF TABLE 503.

5.1 DEFINITION OF BUILDING AREA IS THAT AREA INCLUDED WITHIN IBC 502.1 79
BUILDING AREA SURROUNDING EXTERIOR WALLS AND AREAS WITHIN THE C5-2
HORIZONTAL PROJECTION OF THE ROOF OR FLOOR ABOVE.

5.2 HEIGHT AND AREA THE HEIGHT AND AREA FOR BUILDINGS OF DIFFERENT IBC 503.1 79
LIMITATIONS CONSTRUCTION TYPES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE C5-7
INTENDED USE AND SHALL NOT EXCEED THE LIMITS IN
TABLE 503 EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREAFTER.

ASSUME A TYPE II B CONSTRUCTION FOR TABLE 503.

GROUP "M" - MERCANTILE (MAIN USE GROUP) IBC Table 503 80


2 STORIES OR 55 FEET AND 12,500 SF.

GROUP "B" - BUSINESS (MAIN USE GROUP) IBC Table 503 80


3 STORIES OR 55 FEET AND 23,000 SF.

GROUP "S-1" - STORAGE (MAIN USE GROUP) IBC Table 503 80


2 STORIES OR 55 FEET AND 17,500 SF.

GROUP "F-1" - FACTORY (ACCESSORY USE) IBC Table 503 80


2 STORIES OR 55 FEET AND 15,500 SF.

PER MIXED OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS, COMMISSARY IBC 508.3.2 86


MUST MEET MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF HEIGHT C5-38
AND AREA OF ALL THE MAIN OCCUPANCIES.

5
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

AREA AND HEIGHT MODIFICATIONS AS IDENTIFIED BELOW.

5.3 HEIGHT AND STORY BUILDINGS PROTECTED THROUGHOUT WITH AUTOMATIC IBC 504.2 81
INCREASES SPRINKLER SYSTEM THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT MAY BE C5-12
INCREASED BY 20 FEET AND MAXIMUM NUMBER OF STORIES
INCREASED BY ONE STORY.

75' MAX. HT. AND 3 STORIES.

NOTE: UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS ARE LIMITED TO 2 STORIES -


SEE BELOW.

5.4 ALLOWABLE AREA 12,500 S.F. ALLOWABLE AREA ( MERCANTILE ) BASE AREA. IBC Table 503 80
BASED ON USE PRIOR TO MODIFICATIONS. & 506.4.1 82
GROUP

5.4 AREA AREA LIMITS OF TABLE 503 SHALL BE INCREASED DUE TO IBC 506.1 78
MODIFICATIONS FRONTAGE (If) AND AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION (Is)
PER THE FOLLOWING FORMULA.

Aa = { At + [ At x If ] + [ At x Is ] } ( Equation 5-1 )

Aa = ALLOWABLE AREA
At = AREA OF MOST RESTRICTIVE OCCUPANCY =
MERCANTILE = 12,500 S.F.
Is = INCREASE DUE TO INCLUSION OF FIRE SPRINKLER
= 3 ( I STORY BLDG OR AIR FORCE FACILITY( PER -
UFC 3-600-01) OR
= 2 ( 2 STORY BLDG ) OR
= 0 IF NOT SPRINKLERED UFC 2-5 2
If = INCREASE DUE TO BUILDING FRONTAGE

If = [ F / P - 0.25 ] x W / 30 (Equation 5-2) IBC 506.2 82

F = BLDG FRONTAGE THAT FRONTS ON PUBLIC WAY ( IN


FEET )
P = TOTAL BUILDING PERIMETER ( IN FEET )
W = WIDTH OF PUBLIC WAY ( IN FEET ) ( MAY NEED TO
AVERAGE ) - PER 506.2.1

DESIGNER MUST CALC AREA TO VERIFY THAT COMMISSARY


MEETS ( ALLOWABLE AREA ) Aa . IF AREA IS IN EXCESS OF
ALLOWABLE AREA, THEN MUST UPGRADE CONSTRUCTION TYPE
OR CLASSIFY AS AN UNLIMITED AREA BUILDING AND MEET THOSE
REQUIREMENTS.

NOTE : MOST COMMISSARY FACILITIES OVER 46,875 S.F. AND ALL


COMMISSARY FACILITIES OVER 59,375 S.F. WILL NOT MEET
ALLOWABLE AREAS AND THEREFORE NEED TO BE CLASSIFIED AS
UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS.

6
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

5.5 UNLIMITED AREA I-STORY BUILDINGS ALLOWED TO BE UNLIMITED IN AREA IF IBC 507.3 83
BUILDING EQUIPPED WITH AUTO SPRINKLER AND PER IBC 507.3 AND
INCLUDING A 60' CLEAR, OPEN AREA AROUND BUILDING.

2-STORY BUILDINGS ALLOWED TO BE UNLIMITED IN AREA IF IBC 507.4 84


EQUIPPED WITH AUTO SPRINKLER AND PER IBC 507.4
INCLUDING A 60' CLEAR, OPEN AREA AROUND BUILDING.

REQUIRED 60' OPEN SPACE MAY BE REDUCED TO 40' FOR UP 507.5 83


TO 75% OF BUILDING PERIMETER IF PROVIDE 3 HOUR
CONSTRUCTION AND OPENING PROTECTION AT
CONSTRUCTION FACING THE REDUCED SPACE.

SEPARATION BETWEEN BUILDINGS: USE IBC TO DETERMINE UFC 2-5 2


REQUIRED SEPARATION DISTANCES.

TYPICAL DeCA COMMISSARY FACILITIES ARE UNLIMITED AREA


BUILDINGS. IF SITE CANNOT ACCOMMODATE OPEN AREA
REQUIREMENTS THEN BUILDING IS NON-COMPLIANT AND
DESIGNER MUST RECEIVE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF NON-
COMPLIANCE FROM AHJ (AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION).

5.6 MEZZANINES SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PORTION OF THE STORY IBC 505.1 81


BELOW. SUCH MEZZANINES SHALL NOT CONTRIBUTE TO C5-13
EITHER THE BUILDING AREA OR THE NUMBER OF STORIES.

AGGREGATE AREA OF MEZZANINE(S) WITHIN A ROOM SHALL IBC 505.2.2 81


NOT EXCEED ONE-HALF OF THE ROOM OR SPACE IN WHICH C5-13
THEY ARE LOCATED IF EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH A
SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND AN EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.

THERE IS FURTHER DEFINITION OF A MEZZANINE IN THE IBC


COMMENTARY.

MEZZANINE SHALL BE OPEN AND UNOBSTRUCTED TO THE IBC 505.4 81


ROOM IN WHICH SUCH MEZZANINE IS LOCATED EXCEPT FOR C5-15
WALLS NOT MORE THAN 42" HIGH, COLUMNS AND POSTS.

EXCEPTIONS:
1. MEZZANINE AREA ENCLOSED BY AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF
NOT MORE THAN 10.
( FOR EXAMPLE, CAN ENCLOSE A MECHANICAL AREA OF UP
TO 3,000 S.F WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 1/300 = 10.)

2. MEZZANINE AREAS NOT EXCEEDING 10% OF THE TOTAL


MEZZANINE AREA.

7
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

EXCEPTION 1 & 2 ABOVE ADDRESS ROOM SIZE AND ENCLOSURE -


SO IBC CODE GOVERNS. EXCEPTION 3, BELOW, ADDRESS EXITING
FROM A MEZZANINE SO NFPA 101 GOVERNS.

3. A MEZZANINE WITH 2 OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS MAY NFPA 101 101-88


BE ENCLOSED PROVIDED AT LEAST ONE OF THE MEANS OF 8.6.9.3.2
EGRESS PROVIDES DIRECT ACCESS FROM THE ENCLOSED
AREA TO AN EXIT AT THE MEZZANINE LEVEL.
( THE EXIT MUST BE CONTINUOUS TO THE EXTERIOR ).

TYPICALLY, MEZZANINE STAIRS DO NOT NEED TO BE RATED OR


ENCLOSED BUT THIS EXCEPTION REQUIRES AT LEAST ONE STAIR
BE A 1-HOUR EXIT STAIR ( ENCLOSURE ) SIMILAR TO THE
STAIRWELL FROM A SECOND STORY.

5.61 DEFINITION AND AGGREGATE AREA OF MEZZANINE(S) WITHIN A ROOM SHALL IBC 505.2 81
LIMITS NOT EXCEED ONE-THIRD OF THE ROOM OR SPACE IN WHICH C5-13
THEY ARE LOCATED IF EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH A
SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND AN EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.

IBC COMMENTARY BETTER DEFINES MEZZANINE.


DESIGNER MUST DETERMINE IF AN AREA IS A MEZZANINE OR A
SECOND FLOOR. THE STAIR(S) FROM A SECOND FLOOR ROOM
WILL REQUIRES A 1-HR RATED EXIT ENCLOSURE OUT TO THE
EXTERIOR ( OR ENCLOSED LOBBY - NOT TYP. IN COMMISSARIES).

5.62 ENCLOSURE REQ'S MEZZANINE SHALL BE OPEN AND UNOBSTRUCTED TO THE IBC 505.4 81
ROOM IN WHICH MEZZANINE IS LOCATED. C5-15
EXCEPTIONS:
1. MAY BE ENCLOSED IF OCCUPANT LOAD OF ENCLOSED
MEZZANINE SPACE DOES NOT EXCEED 10.
2. MEZZANINE HAS TWO OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS WITH
ONE PROVIDING DIRECT ACCESS TO AN EXIT FROM THE
MEZZANINE.
3. AGGREGATE FLOOR AREA OF ENCLOSED SPACE DOES
NOT EXCEED 10% OF MEZZANINE AREA.

USING EXCEPTION NO. 1, AREA OF ENCLOSED MECHANICAL


EQUIPMENT MEZZANINE CANNOT EXCEED 3.000 S.F.
( STORAGE AREA OCCUPANT LOAD OF 1/300 ).

5.63 MEZZANINE MEANS TWO INDEPENDENT MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIRED FROM 505.3 81
OF EGRESS MEZZANINE UNLESS MEZZANINE IS OPEN (NOT ENCLOSED)
AND MEETS ALL REQ'S OF IBC 1015.1.
1. OCCUPANT LOAD IS NO MORE THAN 49 AND IBC 1015.1 238
2. COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL DOES NOT EXCEED BUILDING
TRAVEL DISTANCE AND
3. PER IBC SECTIONS 1015.3, 1015.4 & 1015.5.

8
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

6 TYPES OF USE CHAPTER 6 OF IBC AND UFC 3-600-01. IF 2-6 2


CONSTRUCTION ANY CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN CHAPTER 6 AND UFC 3-
600-01, THE REQUIREMENTS OF UFC 3-600-01 TAKE
PRECEDENCE.

6.1 CONSTRUCTION TYPICAL COMMISSARY CLASSIFIED AS IBC 602.2 89


CLASSIFICATION TYPE II B UNPROTECTED NON-COMBUSTIBLE C6-7
CONSTRUCTION.

6.3 FIRE-RESISTIVE NO FIRE RESISTANCE RATING REQUIRED ON STRUCTURAL IBC Table 601 89
RATINGS FRAME, BEARING WALLS, FLOOR, & ROOF.

EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS PER IBC Table 601. IBC Table 602 90

2 HOUR IF < 5' FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE.


1 HOUR IF 5' 10' FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE.
0 HOUR IF > 10' FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE.

INTERIOR PARTITIONS: UFC 2-1.2 9


- IBC FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR PERMANENT
PARTITIONS DO NOT APPLY TO NON-BEARING PARTITIONS IN
TYPE I AND TYPE II CONSTRUCTION- EXCEPT AS NOTED
BELOW. COMPLY WITH NFPA 101 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATINGS OF NON-BEARING PARTITIONS.
- OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WALLS, WHERE REQUIRED,
MUST COMPLY WITH THE IBC - ( THERE ARE NONE WITH NON-
SEPARATED OCCUPANCY).

0 HR. INTERIOR PARTITIONS; NFPA 101 REQ'S DO NOT NFPA 101


REQUIRE ADDITIONAL FIRE RATINGS FOR INTERIOR
PARTITIONS FOR TYPICAL COMMISSARY OCCUPANCIES AND
CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION.

NOTED EXCEPTIONS: EXIT STAIRS FROM A SECOND STORY


AND ELEVATOR ENCLOSURES ( SEE CH. 30 FOR NAVY AND
DLA REQ'S FOR ELEVATOR HOISTWAYS ).

6.3 COMBUSTIBLE ALLOWABLE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN TYPE I AND II IBC 603.1 91


MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION. SOME TYPICAL ITEMS NOTED BELOW: C6-15

1. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED (FRT) WOOD ALLOWED IN : IBC 603.1.25 92


- NONBEARING PARTITIONS ( LESS THAN 2 HR RATING).
- NON-BEARING WALLS WITH NO FIRE RATING.

- FRT PLYWOOD MUST NOT BE USED IN ANY PART OF THE UFC 2-13.1 16
ROOF OR ROOFING SYSTEM.

9
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

2. THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION, OTHER THAN IBC 603.1.1 91


FOAM PLASTICS, HAVING A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT C6-15
MORE THAN 25 (100 IF CONTAINED IN GWB PARTITION - PER
EXCEPTION 1).

3. ROOF COVERINGS THAT HAVE AN A, B, OR C IBC 603.1.3 91


CLASSIFICATION. C6-15

4. INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH AND INTERIOR FINISH, TRIM, AND IBC 603.1.4 91
MILLWORK SUCH AS DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, WINDOW C6-15
SASHES, AND FRAMES.

5. BLOCKING SUCH AS FOR HANDRAILS, MILLWORK, IBC 603.1.13 91


CABINETS, AND WINDOW & DOOR FRAMES. C6-15

7 FIRE-RESISTANT USE CHAPTER 7 OF IBC AND UFC 3-600-01. IF ANY CONFLICT 2-7 2
RATED OCCURS BETWEEN CHAPTER 7 AND UFC 3-600-01, THE
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF UFC 3-600-01 TAKE PRECEDENCE.

7.1 PROJECTIONS CORNICES, EAVE OVERHANGS AND SIMILAR IBC 705.2 & 97
ARCHITECTURAL APPENDAGES EXTENDING BEYOND THE 705.2.1 C7-22
FLOOR AREA IN TYPE II CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF
NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.

ENTRY/EXIT CANOPIES AND DOCK CANOPIES NEED TO BE OF NON-


COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION.

7.2 PARAPETS PARAPETS NOT REQUIRED BY ANY OF THE EXCEPTIONS, 704.11 100
1. 0 HR. RATED WALLS OR
3. NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION.

7.3 FIRE WALLS NOT TYPICAL ON DeCA COMMISSARIES UNLESS BUILDING IS IBC 706 101
DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO ANOTHER.

7.4 FIRE BARRIERS FOR BUILDINGS WITH A SECOND FLOOR: IBC 707.3 & 103
-SHAFTS : TYP. I HOUR RATED CONSTRUCTION PER IBC 707. 708 104
-STAIRWELLS: CONSIDERED EXIT ENCLOSURES AND
REQUIRE 1 HR. RATED CONSTRUCTION AND PER IBC 1020.

NOTE: MEZZANINE STAIRWELLS DO NOT TYPICALLY NEED TO BE


RATED CONSTRUCTION.

10
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

ELEVATORS: UFC 3-600-01 83


- 1-HR CONSTRUCTION TYPICAL FOR PARTITIONS AND 6-30.1
SUPPORTING MEMBERS.
- FOR NAVY AND DLA PROJECTS, PROVIDE 2-HR FIRE
RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL ELEVATOR
HOISTWAYS.
2-HR. EXCEPTION: EXISTING BUILDINGS THAT ARE BEING
RENOVATED WITH EXISTING ELEVATOR SHAFTS NOT BEING
MODIFIED AND THAT DO NOT REQUIRE 2-HOUR RATED FIRE
RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC.

7.5 OPENING OPENINGS IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION ARE REQUIRED IBC 715 113
PROTECTIVES PER IBC 715.

7.6 CONCEALED DRAFTSTOPPING NOT REQUIRED IN NONCOMBUSTIBLE IBC 717.1 121


SPACES CONSTRUCTION.

FIRESTOPPING NOT REQUIRED IN NONCOMBUSTIBLE IBC 717.2 121


CONSTRUCTION.

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS NOT PERMITTED IN CONCEALED IBC 717.5 123


SPACES WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

1. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH


SECTION 603.

2. CLASS A INTERIOR FINISHES ( PER SECTION 803).

3. OTHER MECHANICAL AND PIPING MATERIALS - SEE 717.5.

7.7 INSULATING USE ASTM E84 OR UL 723 FOR SMOKE AND FLAME RATINGS. IBC 719.1 124
MATERIALS

CONCEALED INSULATION: IBC 719.2 124


MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD 25 (PER IBC). C7-129
MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX 150 (PER UFC). UFC 2-7.1 12
- DOES NOT APPLY TO MASONRY CAVITY WALL INSULATION
PER UFC 2-7.2.2 WHERE MASONRY SEPARATES INSULATION
FROM INTERIOR OF BUILDING.
- DOES NOT APPLY TO INSULATION WITHIN HOLLOW METAL
DOORS PER UFC 2-7.2.2.

EXPOSED INSULATION : IBC 719.3 124


MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD 25 (PER IBC).
MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX 150 (PER UFC). UFC 2-7.1 12

11
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

ROOF INSULATION: IBC 719.5 129


THE USE OF COMBUSTIBLE ROOF INSULATION NOT C7-130
COMPLYING WITH SECTIONS 719.2 AND 719.3 SHALL BE
PERMITTED IN ANY TYPE CONSTRUCTION PROVIDED IT IS
COVERED WITH APPROVED ROOF COVERINGS DIRECTLY
APPLIED THERETO.

COMMISSARY ROOF INSULATION IS TYPICALLY PART OF A CLASS


"A" ROOFING SYSTEM AND THEREFORE COMPLIES.

8 INTERIOR FINISHES USE UFC 3-600-01 IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 8. 2-8 2

UFC 3-600-01 REQUIRES CEILING, WALL AND FLOOR UFC 2-6 12


FINISHES CONFORM TO NFPA 101.

8.1 CLASSIFICATION WALL AND CEILING INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL BE TESTED IN NFPA 101 101-95
RATINGS ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, OR UL 723 AND BE 10.2.3.4
CLASSIFIED AS FOLLOWS:
CLASS A: FLAME 0-25; SMOKE 0-450.
CLASS B: FLAME 26-75; SMOKE 0-450.
CLASS C: FLAME 76-200; SMOKE 0-450.

8.2 WALLS AND CEILING INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS A NFPA 101 101-282
FINISHES OR CLASS B. 36.3.3.2

8.3 FLOOR FINISHES INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 101 101-282
10.2.7.1 ( CARPET) OR 10.2.7.2 ( MATERIALS OTHER THAN 36.3.3.3.3
CARPET).

0.1 W / cm (squared ) MIN. RADIANT FLUX REQUIRED FOR NFPA 101 101-97
FLOORING OTHER THAN CARPET. 10.2.7.2

SEE ADDITIONAL SECTIONS FOR FINISHES IN RATED EXIT


ENCLOSURES.

8.4 TRIM AND CLASS "C" WALL AND CEILING TRIM AND INCIDENTAL NFPA 101 101-97
INCIDENTAL FINISH FINISHES ( SUCH AS BULLETIN BOARDS) ALLOWED IF LESS 10.2.5
THAN 10% OF AGGREGATE WALL AND CEILING AREA.

9 FIRE PROTECTION USE UFC 3-600-01 IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 9. 2-9 2


SYSTEMS

COMPLETE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION MUST BE UFC 4-2.2 31


PROVIDED IN ALL NEW OR RENOVATED DoD FACILITIES.

10 MEANS OF EGRESS USE UFC 3-600-01 IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 10. 2-10 2

COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 101 EXCEPT AS UFC 2-5.1 11


MODIFIED BY UFC 3-600-01.

12
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

10.1 LIFE SAFETY TO DETERMINE NFPA EGRESS REQUIREMENTS, MUST FIRST


CLASSIFICATION OF CLASSIFY BUILDING OCCUPANCY PER NFPA.
OCCUPANCY

CLASSIFICATION: NFPA 101 101-42


MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY - MIXED OCCUPANCY. 6.1.14.3 101-43
36.1.1.2 101-278

MAIN OCCUPANCY GROUPS:

MERCANTILE (SALES AREA): NFPA 101


6.1.10.1 & 101-42
- SUB CLASSIFIED AS CLASS "A" MERCANTILE. 36.1.4.2.1 101-279

BUSINESS ( OFFICE AREAS ). NFPA 101


6.1.11.1 101-42

STORAGE : STORAGE AND RECEIVING AREAS: NFPA 101


6.1.13.1 & 101-42
- SUB CLASSIFIED AS ORDINARY HAZARD. 6.2.2.3 101-43

ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES : AREAS TOTAL LESS THAN


10 % OF TOTAL AREA AND INCLUDE:

INDUSTRIAL (BAKERY/DELI, MEAT & PRODUCE WORK NFPA 101


ROOMS). 40.1.1.2 101-299
SUB-CLASSIFIED AS SPECIAL PURPOSE INDUSTRIAL: 40.1.4.1.2 101-300

10.2 LIFE SAFETY - MIXED THE ENTIRE BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MOST NFPA 101
OCCUPANCIES RESTRICTIVE FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF 6.1.14.3.2 101-43
THE PREDOMINANT OCCUPANCIES INVOLVED WHICH IS
CLASS "A" MERCANTILE WITH ORDINARY HAZARD STORAGE.

10.3 CLASSIFICATION OF ORDINARY HAZARD NFPA 101


HAZARD OF 6.2.2.3 101-43
CONTENT

10.4 OCCUPANT LOAD FOLLOW TABLE 7.3.1.2. NFPA 101


Table 7.3.1.2 101-70

MERCANTILE: NFPA 101


Table 7.3.1.2 101-66
SALES AREA ON STREET LEVEL . . . . . . 30 S.F./ PERSON.

BUSINESS ( OFFICES ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 S.F./ PERSON.

STORAGE ( STORAGE & RECEIVING) . . 300 S.F. / PERSON.

INDUSTRIAL ( WORK ROOMS ) . . . . . . 100 S.F. / PERSON.

13
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

A/E TO PREPARE OCCUPANCY / EGRESS PLANS TO


GRAPHICALLY DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH EGRESS
AND TRAVEL DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS.

10.5 MINIMUM NO. OF NOT LESS THAN 2 SEPARATE EXITS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON NFPA 101
MEANS OF EGRESS EVERY STORY - SEE MECHANICAL EXCEPTION BELOW. 36.2.4.1 (2) 101-280
- BUILDING
EXCEPTION : STORIES USED EXCLUSIVELY FOR NFPA 101
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, FURNACES, OR BOILERS SHALL 7.12.2 101-79
BE PERMITTED TO HAVE A SINGLE MEANS OF EGRESS
WHERE THE TRAVEL DISTANCE TO AN EXIT ON THAT STORY
IS NOT IN EXCESS OF THE COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL.

3 EXITS ( MIN.) REQUIRED FOR OCCUPANCY LOAD OF 500 - NFPA 101


1000. 7.4.1.2 101-72

4 EXITS ( MIN ) REQUIRED FOR OCCUPANCY LOAD OF 1000+.

10.6 MINIMUM NO. OF A SINGLE MEANS OF EGRESS IS ALLOWED FROM A NFPA 101
MEANS OF EGRESS MEZZANINE PROVIDED THE COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL 36.2.4.5 101-281
- MEZZANINE ( TO AN EXIT ) DOES NOT EXCEED MAX. COMMON PATH
( 100' W/ SPRINKLER ).

10.7 EGRESS FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS, BOILER ROOMS AND NFPA 101 101-79
SPECIAL USE FURNACE ROOMS. 7.12
ROOMS
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL NOT EXCEEDING 100' FOR NEW NFPA 101 101-79
AND 150' FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS WITH AN APPROVED , 7.12.1 (1) (a)
SUPERVISED AUTO SPRINKLER. 7.12.1 (2) (a)

NOTE: THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) DENOTES IBC 1015.3 & 239
SPECIAL SECOND MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIREMENTS FOR 1015.4 &
BOILER, FURNACE AND REFRIGERATION MACHINERY ROOMS 1015.5
WHICH HAVE BEEN A PART OF COMMISSARY DESIGN FOR MANY
YEARS. HOWEVER, PER UFC, THE IBC MEANS OF EGRESS CODE
IS SUPERSEDED WITH THE NFPA MEANS OF EGRESS CODE WHICH
HAS NO SUCH SIMILAR REQUIREMENTS.

10.8 ARRANGEMENT OF IN BUILDINGS PROTECTED THROUGHOUT BY AN APPROVED, NFPA 101 101-73


MEANS OF EGRESS SUPERVISED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM, THE 7.5.1.3.3
MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO EXITS
SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE-THIRD THE DIAGONAL OF
THE BUILDING OR AREA SERVED.

10.9 DEAD END DEAD ENDS CORRIDORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 50 FEET NFPA 101 101
CORRIDORS (WITH APPROVED, SUPERVISED AUTO. SPRINKLER 36.2.5.2.1
SYSTEM).

14
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

10.10 COMMON PATH OF COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 100 FEET NFPA 101 101-294
TRAVEL (WITH APPROVED, SUPERVISED AUTO. SPRINKLER SYSTEM). 36.2.5.31

10.11 TRAVEL DISTANCE TRAVEL DISTANCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 250' IN ORDINARY NFPA 101 101-281
HAZARD, MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES WITH AN APPROVED, 36.2.6.2
SUPERVISED AUTO. SPRINKLER SYSTEM.

USE TRAVEL DISTANCES IN MERCANTILE SINCE MORE


RESTRICTIVE THAN THE OTHER OCCUPANCIES.

10.12 EGRESS CAPACITY LEVEL COMPONENTS AND RAMPS = .2" / OCCUPANT. NFPA 101 101-72
AND WIDTH STAIRWAYS = .3 " / OCCUPANT. Table 7.3.3.1

36" MIN. EXIT ACCESS WIDTH IN NEW BUILDINGS. NFPA 101 101-72
7.3.4.1
28" MIN. EXIT ACCESS WIDTH IN EXISTING BUILDINGS. NFPA 101 101-72
7.3.4.1.2
10.13 MERCANTILE FRONT WALL EXITING: NFPA 101 101-281
SPECIFIC EGRESS IF THE ONLY MEANS OF CUSTOMER ENTRANCE IS THROUGH 36.2.5.7
REQUIREMENTS ONE EXTERIOR WALL OF THE BUILDING, A MINIMUM OF ONE-
HALF OF THE REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH FROM STREET
FLOOR SHALL BE LOCATED IN SUCH WALL.

CALCULATE THE TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (BASED ON


SQUARE FOOTAGE PER OCCUPANCY) OF THE MERCANTILE AREA
AND SMALL ADJOINING BUSINESS AND STORAGE AREAS WHICH
EXIT THRU THE MERCANTILE AREA . DIVIDE THAT NUMBER BY 2.
RESULTING NUMBER IS THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS
FOR WHICH THE TOTAL FRONT WALL EXITS MUST ACCOMMODATE.
FRONT WALL EXITING IS TYPICALLY DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE
MORE THAN THIS MINIMUM NUMBER.

EXITING THRU CHECKSTANDS: NFPA 101 101-281


NOT LESS THAN ONE-HALF OF THE REQUIRED EXITS SHALL 36.2.5.8
BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE REACHED WITHOUT PASSING
THROUGH CHECKOUT STANDS.

REQUIRED AISLES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 36" IN WIDTH. NFPA 101 101-281
36.2.5.5

15
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

WHERE WHEELED CARTS OR BUGGIES ARE USED BY NFPA 101 101-281


CUSTOMERS, ADEQUATE PROVISION SHALL BE MADE FOR 36.2.5.10
THE TRANSIT AND PARKING OF SUCH CARTS TO MINIMIZE
THE POSSIBILITY THAT THEY MIGHT OBSTRUCT MEANS OF
EGRESS.

CART CORRALS WITH PERIMETER RAILINGS AND ADEQUATE


PARKING AREAS (FOR POWERED CARTS) ARE TYPICALLY
PROVIDED TO COMPLY WITH THIS.

EXIT ACCESS THROUGH STOREROOMS IS ACCEPTABLE IN NFPA 101 101-281


CLASS "A" MERCANTILE WITH APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE 36.2.5.11
SPRINKLER SYSTEM IF:

NOT MORE THAN 50% OF EXIT ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED


THROUGH STOREROOM.
(2) THE STOREROOM SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO LOCKING.
(3) THE MAIN AISLE THROUGH STOREROOM SHALL NOT BE
LESS THAN 44 INCHES WIDE.
(4) THE PATH OF TRAVEL THROUGH THE STOREROOM,
DEFINED WITH FIXED BARRIERS, SHALL BE DIRECT AND
CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED IN AN UNOBSTRUCTED
CONDITION.

TYPICAL COMMISSARY EXITING IS NO LONGER DESIGNED TO EXIT


MERCANTILE PATRONS THROUGH STOREROOM / RECEIVING
AREAS ALTHOUGH THIS IS AN OPTION. THE REQUIREMENT FOR
"FIXED BARRIERS" HAS VARIED GREATLY FROM AHJ TO AHJ
SOMETIMES REQUIRING FIXED RAILS ACROSS STOREROOM FLOOR
- WHICH IS NOT CONDUCIVE TO TRAFFIC FLOW.

10.14 ILLUMINATION OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL BE ILLUMINATED IN NFPA 101 101-281


MEANS OF EGRESS ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.8. 36.2.8

10.15 EMERGENCY CLASS "A" MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES SHALL HAVE NFPA 101 101-281
LIGHTING OF MEANS EMERGENCY LIGHTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.9. 36.2.9
OF EGRESS

10.16 MARKING OF MEANS WHERE AN EXIT IS NOT IMMEDIATELY APPARENT FROM ALL NFPA 101 101-281
OF EGRESS PORTIONS OF THE SALES AREA, MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL 36.2.10
HAVE SIGNS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.10.

THIS SECTION OUTLINES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXIT SIGNS.


PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS IN ADDITION TO EXIT SIGNS .

IN NEW BUILDINGS, TACTILE SIGNAGE SHALL BE LOCATED NFPA 101 101-77


AT EACH EXIT DOOR REQUIRING AN EXIT SIGN AND SHALL 7.10.1.3
READ " EXIT" AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1.

16
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

10.17 DOORS AS PART OF SWINGING DOORS : NFPA 101 101-47


MEANS OF EGRESS EGRESS CAPACITY SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE 7.2.1.2.1 (5)
FACE OF THE DOOR (WHEN OPENED 90 DEGREES) AND THE
STOP ON THE OPPOSITE JAMB.
MIN. DOOR WIDTH IS 32" (ALSO MINIMUM FOR ADA). NFPA 101 101-48
7.2.1.3.2

SLIDING DOORS: NFPA 101 101-48


HORIZONTAL-SLIDING DOORS COMPLYING WITH 7.2.1.14 7.2.1.4 (4)
SHALL BE PERMITTED.

CURRENT SPECIFIED SLIDING DOORS ARE LISTED TO BE NFPA 101


COMPLIANT.

LOCKS :
LOCKS COMPLYING WITH 7.2.1.5.4 SHALL BE PERMITTED NFPA 101 101-280
ONLY ON PRINCIPLE ENTRANCE EXIT DOORS. 36.2.2.2.2

SEE APPENDIX A FOR DEFINITION OF PRINCIPLE ENTRANCE -


SUMMARIZE - ONLY AUTO-SLIDING DOORS AND MAYBE ADMIN
ENTRY DOOR QUALIFY FOR PRINCIPLE ENTRY/EXIT, THEREFORE,
PROVIDE EXIT HARDWARE ON TYP. EXIT MAN DOORS THAT DOES
NOT REQUIRE A KEY TO UNLOCK.

AUTO-SLIDING DOORS MAY BE KEY LOCKED PROVIDED NFPA 101 101-49


1- A READILY VISIBLE, DURABLE SIGN IN LETTERS NOT LESS 7.2.1.5.4
THAN 1 INCH HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND IS
LOCATED ADJACENT TO OR ON THE DOOR "THIS DOOR TO
REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED."
2- THE LOCKING DEVISE IS OF A TYPE THAT IS READILY
DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED.
3- A KEY IS IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE TO ANY OCCUPANT
INSIDE THE BUILDING WHEN IT IS LOCKED.
OR
PROVIDE LOCK WHERE KEY CANNOT BE REMOVED WHEN NFPA 101 101-49
THE DOOR IS LOCKED FROM THE SIDE FROM WHICH 7.2.1.5.6
EGRESS IS MADE.

DELAYED-EGRESS LOCKS ARE PERMITTED ON EXIT MAN NFPA 101


DOORS PROVIDED THEY MEET PROVISIONS OF NFPA 101 36.2.2.2.5 & 101-280
7.2.1.6.1. 7.2.1.6.1 101-50

ACCESS-CONTROLLED EGRESS DOORS ARE PERMITTED ON NFPA 101


EXIT MAN DOORS PROVIDED THEY MEET PROVISIONS OF 36.2.2.2.6 & 101-280
NFPA 7.2.1.6.2. 7.2.1.6.2 101-50

POWERED DOORS :
WHERE MEANS OF EGRESS DOORS ARE OPERATED BY NFPA 101 101-52
POWER, THE DESIGN SHALL BE SUCH THAT, IN THE EVENT 7.2.1.9.1
OF POWER FAILURE, THE DOORS OPEN MANUALLY TO
ALLOW EGRESS TRAVEL.

17
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON NFPA 101 101-52


THE EGRESS SIDE OF EACH DOOR "IN EMERGENCY, PUSH 7.2.1.9.3
TO OPEN."

11 ACCESSIBILITY USE THE ABA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD FOR DEPARTMENT 2-11 3


OF DEFENSE FACILITIES AS ADOPTED BY THE DEPUTY
SECRETARY OF DEFENSE MEMORANDUM DATED OCTOBER
31, 2008, IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 11.
REFERENCED AS (ABA).

11.1 APPLICATION ALL AREAS OF NEWLY DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED ABA F201.1
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES, AND ALTERED PORTIONS OF
EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH THESE
REQUIREMENTS.

ADDITIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW ABA F202.2


CONSTRUCTION.

ALTERATIONS SHALL COMPLY EXCEPT: ABA F202.3

1. AN EXISTING CIRCULATION ROUTE - TO AN ALTERED AN


AREA OR SPACE, WHICH IS NOT A PRIMARY FUNCTION AREA
OR SPACE - IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. (
SEE 202.4 FOR ADD'L INFO ).

2. IN ALTERATIONS WHERE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE


REQUIREMENTS IS TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE( SEE
DEFINITIONS) , THE ALTERATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE.

NOTE: SEVERAL REQUIRED UPGRADES TO EXISTING ABA


FACILITIES WITHIN A BUILDING WITH A NEW ADDITION. F202.2.1-5

11.2 EXEMPT SPACES ACCESSIBLE EXEMPT SPACES:


- MACHINERY SPACES FREQUENTED ONLY BY SERVICE ABA F203.6
PERSONNEL - INCLUDING ELEVATOR ROOMS AND PITS.
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS ROOMS.

- LIMITED ACCESS SPACES ACCESSED BY LADDERS, CRAWL ABA F203.5


SPACES OR VERY NARROW PASSAGEWAYS.

11.3 ACCESSIBLE EACH SITE ARRIVAL POINT MUST BE CONNECTED BY AN ABA F206.2.1
ROUTES ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE(S)
SERVED.

AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ABA F206.2.2


ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS OR ELEMENTS THAT ARE ON THE
SAME SITE UNLESS THE ONLY MEANS OF ACCESS BETWEEN
THEM IS A VEHICULAR WAY WITH NO PEDESTRIAN ACCESS.

18
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE ( SUCH AS ELEVATOR ) REQUIRED TO ABA F206.2.3


EVERY STORY AND MEZZANINE UNLESS THE SECOND LEVEL
HAS AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF FIVE OR FEWER ( ALSO SEE
F203.5 & 6 EXEMPTIONS).

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE REQUIRED BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE ABA F206.2.4


ENTRANCE AND ALL ACCESSIBLE AREAS.

ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COINCIDE OR BE LOCATED ABA F206.3


WITHIN THE SAME AREA AS GENERAL CIRCULATION PATHS.
WHERE CIRCULATION PATHS ARE INTERIOR, SO SHALL BE
ACCESSIBLE ROUTES.

AT LEAST 60% OF ALL PUBLIC ENTRANCES SHALL BE ABA F206.4.1


ACCESSIBLE.

11.4 ACCESSIBLE PARKING LOT IS NOW REFERENCED AS 'FACILITY' WHICH ABA F208.2
PARKING SPACES INDICATES BOTH PARKING LOTS AND PARKING ADVISORY
STRUCTURES.

WHERE MORE THAN ONE PARKING FACILITY ( LOT ) EXISTS ABA F208.2
ON A SITE, CALCULATE MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES ADVISORY
WITHIN EACH FACILITY BASED ON PARKING TOTAL OF CARS
WITHIN EACH FACILITY - NOT BASED ON TOTAL NUMBER OF
SPACES FROM ALL FACILITIES ON A SITE.

TOTAL PARKING SPACES MINIMUM REQUIRED ABA F208.2


1 - 25 1
26 - 50 2
51 - 75 3
76 - 100 4
101 - 150 5
151 - 200 6
201 - 300 7
301 - 400 8
401 - 500 9
501 - 1,000 2% OF TOTAL
1001AND OVER 20, PLUS 1 FOR EACH
100, OR FRACTION
THEREOF, OVER 1000.

PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 1 VAN PARKING SPACE PER 502 AND ABA F208.2.4
NOT LESS THAN ONE VAN PARKING SPACE FOR EVERY 6
PARKING SPACES REQUIRED OR FRACTION THEREOF.

19
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

STANDARD PARKING STALL: PROVIDE MINIMUM 8' WIDE ABA F502.2 &
STALL WITH A MINIMUM 5' WIDE ( FULL LENGTH) ACCESS F502.3
AISLE WHICH IS MARKED TO DISCOURAGE PARKING ( CROSS
STRIPE ) AND IS CONNECTED TO ACCESSIBLE ROUTE.
ACCESS AISLES MAY BE SHARED BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE
STALLS.
VAN PARKING STALL : 11' WIDE WITH ACCESS AISLE ABA F502.2 &
SIMILAR TO STANDARD ABOVE. MAY RECONFIGURE VAN F502.3
SPACE TO 8' WIDE STALL WITH 8' WIDE ACCESS AISLE.
- BOTH CONFIGURATIONS ARE A 16' WIDE VAN SPACE.
- NOT REQ'D BUT BEST TO CONFIGURE ACCESS AISLE ON
RIGHT SIDE OF VAN PARKING.

PARKING SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ONE LOT AND ON THE ABA F208..3.1
SHORTEST ROUTE TO AN ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. WHERE
THERE IS MORE THAN ONE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE,
ACCESSIBLE STALLS MAY BE DISPERSED IN DIFFERENT
LOTS AND LOCATED ON SHORTEST ROUTES TO EACH DOOR
IF THAT IS A BENEFIT - SEE ADVISORY F208.3.1.

11.5 PASSENGER MINIMUM 8' WIDE X 20' LONG VEHICULAR PULL-UP SPACE. ABA F503.2
LOADING ZONE
ADJACENT TO PULL-UP SPACE, PROVIDE 5' WIDE ACCESS
AISLE X LENGTH OF PULL-UP, FOR LOADING OF
PASSENGERS. ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE SLOPED < = 1:48, AT
SAME LEVEL AS PULL-UP AISLE AND MARKED TO
DISCOURAGE PARKING.

DeCA COMMISSARY FACILITIES OFTEN HAVE DECORATIVE


BOLLARDS BETWEEN PULL-UP SPACE AND ACCESS AISLE.
BOLLARDS PREVENT PARKING IN AISLE WHILE STILL ALLOWING
ROOM BETWEEN BOLLARDS TO LOAD PEOPLE.

11.6 GENERAL STAIRWAYS:


ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS - 7" MAX RISER, 11" MAX. TREAD DEPTH. ABA 504.2
- OPEN RISERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. ABA 504.3
- THOSE SUBJECT TO WET CONDITIONS, DESIGN TO ABA 504.7
PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF WATER.

HANDRAILS :
- PROVIDE ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS AND RAMPS. ABA 505.2
- 34-38" ABOVE NOSINGS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS. ABA 505.4
- EXTEND SLOPING HANDRAIL 1 TREAD DEPTH AT BOTTOM ABA
OF STAIRS, 1'-0" HORIZ. AT TOP OF STAIRS AND 1'-0" HORIZ. 505.10.1 - 3
AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF RAMPS.

11.7 PLUMBING DRINKING FOUNTAINS SHALL COMPLY WITH 602:


FACILITIES

20
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

- NO FEWER THAN 2 DRINKING FOUNTAINS SHALL BE ABA F211.2


PROVIDED. ONE D.F. SHALL COMPLY WITH 602.1 - 6 AND THE
OTHER SHALL COMPLY WITH 602.7 ( STANDING PERSONS).
- EXCEPTION FOR A COMBINATION D.F. THAT COMPLIES
WITH BOTH 602.1-6 AND WITH 602.7.

- WHERE 3 OR MORE DRINKING FOUNTAINS PROVIDED, ABA F211.3


PROVIDE 1/2 OF TOTAL ( +/- .5) SHALL BE OF EACH TYPE.

- FORWARD APPROACH ( CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ) REQUIRED. ABA 602.2

SINKS SHALL COMPLY WITH 606 : ABA F212.3


KITCHENS AND KITCHEN SINKS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. ABA F212.1

- SIDE APPROACH ALLOWED FOR A KITCHEN ( TYPE ) SINK ABA 606.2


WHEN NO COOK TOP OR RANGE PROVIDED ( I.E., BREAK
ROOMS ).
- TOP OF COUNTER AT 34" A.F.F. ABA 606.3
-EXCEPTION: MOP AND SERVICE SINKS: ABA F212.3
NO ACCESSIBLE FLOOR SPACE REQ'D.

TOILET ROOMS SHALL COMPLY WITH 603 : ABA F213.2


- PROVIDE COMPLIANT TURNING SPACE. ABA 603.2.1
- CLEARANCES AT FIXTURES ARE ALLOWED TO OVERLAP ABA 603.2.2
TURNING SPACE.
- DOOR SWING MAY OVERLAP TURNING SPACE BUT NOT ABA 603.2.3
FIXTURE CLEARANCES.
- ALTERING AN EXISTING TOILET ROOM SHALL NOT BE ABA F213.2
REQUIRED, WHERE TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE, AND WHERE
A NEW, SINGLE, UNISEX TOILET ROOM IS PROVIDED IN THE
SAME AREA.
FOR ALTERATIONS : IT WOULD SEEM, THOUGH NOT STATED,
ADDITIONAL MALE AND FEMALE TOILET ROOMS IN THE SAME
AREA WOULD ALSO ALLOW EXISTING ROOMS TO REMAIN.

- IN ADDITIONS, EXISTING TOILET FACILITIES MAY REMAIN ABA F202.3.1


WHERE NEW TOILET FACILITIES ARE PROVIDED AND SERVE
THAT ADDITION.

- A MINIMUM OF ONE TOILET, TOILET STALL (IF PROVIDED), ABA


LAVATORY, URINAL (IF PROVIDED), AND MIRROR SHALL F213.1 - .5
MEET ADA/ABA REQUIREMENTS.

WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET STALLS PER 604. ABA F213.3.2

- 56" DEEP X 60" WIDE MIN. ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL SIZE ABA 604.8.1.1
( WITH WALL-HUNG TOILET ).

21
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

- IF 6 OR MORE TOILETS AND URINALS IN A ROOM, THEN ABA F213.3.1


ONE STALL ( IN ADDITION TO THE ACCESSIBLE STALL ) MUST
BE AN "AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL " AND
MEET 604.8.2 ( 60" DEEP X 35" WIDE ).

11.8 OTHER FACILITIES LOCKER ROOMS : ABA 803


- SHALL HAVE COMPLIANT TURNING SPACE WITHIN THE
ROOM.
- REQUIRES A BENCH PER 903 (BENCH WITH BACK) WHERE
LOCKERS ARE PROVIDED. BACK IS NOT REQUIRED IF
BENCH IS PLACED AGAINST WALL ANSD SECURED IN-PLACE.

WHERE LOCKERS (OR STORAGE) ARE PROVIDED, PROVIDE ABA F225.2.1


AT LEAST 5% AND NO FEWER THAN ONE OF EACH TYPE
THAT COMPLIES WITH 811.

11.9 FIRE ALARM PERMANENTLY INSTALLED AUDIBLE AND VISIBLE ALARMS ABA 702
SYSTEMS COMPLYING WITH NFPA 72 ( 2002) WITH EXCEPTIONS.

11.10 WORK SURFACES 5% OF PERMANENT WORK SURFACES NEED TO BE


ACCESSIBLE PER 902 (I. E., COUNTERS IN ROOM 4)
- EXCEPTIONS : SALES COUNTERS AND SERVICE
COUNTERS.

11.11 SALES AND SERVICE PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE COUNTER AREA: ABA 904.4.1 &
COUNTERS FRONT APPROACH: 30" WIDE X 36" MAX. HIGH COUNTER. 904.4.2
SIDE APPROACH: 36" LONG X 36" MAX. HIGH COUNTER.

11.12 CHECK-OUT AISLES, ALL SHALL COMPLY WITH 904 - ABA F227.1
QUEUES (ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE ).

ACCESSIBLE CHECK-OUT AISLES : ABA F227.2


SHALL COMPLY WITH 904.3 ( 36" AISLE )
IF SALES AREA < 5,000 S.F., PROVIDE 1 MIN. AISLE.
IF SALES AREA > 5,000 S.F., PROVIDE AISLES AS SUCH :

TOTAL NO. CHECK-OUT AISLES MIN. ACCESSIBLE AISLES


1- 4 1
5 - 18 2
9 - 15 3
16 and Over 3 + 20% OF ADD'L AISLES.

22
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

12 INTERIOR USE IBC CHAPTER 12. 2-12 3


ENVIRONMENT (AND MINOR REVISIONS, NOTED, THAT ARE NOT A PART OF
THIS CODE ANALYSIS.)

MOST IBC CHAPTER 12 REQUIREMENTS CONCERN RESIDENTIAL


REQUIREMENTS AS WELL AS MECHANICAL VENTILATION AND
LIGHTING OF SPACES - WHICH IS NOT PART OF THIS CODE
ANALYSIS AND IS PART OF THE MECHANICAL CODE ANALYSIS.
REMAINING REQUIREMENTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

12.1 FLOORS TOILET ROOM FLOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NON- IBC 1210.1 274
ABSORBENT SURFACE THAT EXTENDS WITH A 4" MINIMUM C12-16
HIGH WALL BASE.

12.2 WALLS WALLS WITHIN 2 FEET OF URINALS AND TOILETS SHALL IBC 1210.2 274
HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NON-ABSORBENT SURFACE TO A C12-16
HEIGHT OF 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR AND WALL MATERIALS
SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS NOT ADVERSELY
AFFECTED BY MOISTURE.

13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY USE UFC 3-400-01 IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 13. 2-13 3

NOT PART OF THIS CODE REVIEW.

14 EXTERIOR WALLS USE IBC CHAPTER 14. 2-14 3

MOST CHAPTER 14 REQUIREMENTS ARTICULATE REQUIREMENTS


FOR GOOD AND ACCEPTABLE PRACTICES FOR EXTERIOR WALLS -
WHICH ARE TYPICALLY SPECIFIED AND DETAILED WITH EVERY
DECA FACILITY. THEREFORE, REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION
ARE NOT REPRODUCED AS PART OF THIS ANALYSIS.

15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES USE IBC CHAPTER 15. 2-15 3


AND ROOFTOP
STRUCTURES MOST CHAPTER 15 REQUIREMENTS ARTICULATE REQUIREMENTS
FOR GOOD AND ACCEPTABLE PRACTICES FOR EXTERIOR WALLS -
WHICH ARE TYPICALLY SPECIFIED AND DETAILED WITH EVERY
DECA FACILITY. THEREFORE, REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION
ARE NOT REPRODUCED AS PART OF THIS ANALYSIS. WITH THE
FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

15.1 LOW-SLOPE FULLY ADHERED ROOF SYSTEMS . . . SHALL BE TESTED IN IBC 1504.3.1 288
ROOFING ACCORDANCE WITH FM4450, FM4470, UL 580 OR UL 1879. C15-5

THIS WOULD APPLY SINCE DECA COMMISSARY'S STANDARD LOW-


SLOPE ROOFING CRITERIA SPECIFIES A FULLY ADHERED, SINGLE-
PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING. MOST APPLICABLE CHAPTER 15 CODE
REQUIREMENTS WOULD BE ADDRESSED BY TYPICAL DECA
COMMISSARY ROOF SPECIFICATION.

23
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

15.2 HIGH-SLOPE ROOF SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC 1504.3.2 288
ROOFING UL 580 OR ASTM E 1592. C15-5

15.3 METAL FASCIAS AND LOW-SLOPE ROOF SYSTEM METAL EDGE SECUREMENT , IBC 1504.3.2 288
COPINGS EXCEPT GUTTERS, SHALL BE ANSI/SPRI ES-1, -03 TESTED. C15-5

FIELD-FORMED FASCIAS AND COPINGS WOULD BE ACCEPTABLE


BUT RECEIVING ACCEPTABLE ASNI/SPRI TESTING DATA HAS BEEN
PROBLEMATIC TO THIS POINT. DECA COMMISSARY CRITERIA NOW
SPECIFIES PREMANUFACTURED FASCIAS AND COPINGS THAT ARE
ANSI/SPRI TESTED.

15.4 ROOF COVERINGS TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS:


ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOF - FOLLOW 1507.2. IBC 1507.2 290
C15-8
CLAY TILE ROOFING - FOLLOW 1507.3. IBC 1507.3 291
C15-11
METAL PANEL ROOFING - FOLLOW 1507.4. IBC 1507.4 292
C15-13
- 3:12 MINIMUM SLOPE UNLESS PROVIDE LAPS AND SEAM IBC 1507.4.2 292
SEALANT, THEN OK DOWN TO 1/2 : 12. C15-15

15.5 ROOF INSULATION THERMAL INSULATION PERMITTED PROVIDED IT IS COVERED


WITH AN APPROVED ROOF COVERING AND PASSES THE
TESTS OF FM 4450 OR UL 1256 WHEN TESTED AS AN
ASSEMBLY.

POLYISOCYANURATE ROOF BOARD INSULATION SHALL IBC TABLE 299


MEET ASTM C 1289, TYPE I OR II. 1508.2 C15-27

15.6 REROOFING SHALL COMPLY WITH 1510. IBC 1510.1 301


C15-29

16 STRUCTURAL USE IBC CHAPTER 16 AND UFC 3-310-01 FOR STRUCTURAL 2-16 3
DESIGN LOADING DATA AND USE UFC 3-310-04 TOGETHER WITH IBC
CHAPTER 16 FOR SEISMIC DESIGN.

17 STRUCTURAL TESTS USE IBC CHAPTER 17 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. 2-17 3


AND INSPECTIONS

18 SOILS AND USE IBC CHAPTER 18 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. FOR 2-18 4
FOUNDATIONS NAVY AND MARINE CORPS FACILITIES, ALSO USE UFC 3-220-
01N.

19 CONCRETE USE IBC CHAPTER 19 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. 2-19 4

20 ALUMINUM USE IBC CHAPTER 20 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. 2-20 4

24
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

21 MASONRY USE IBC CHAPTER 21 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. 2-21 4

21.1 MATERIALS LOAD-BEARING CMU SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C 90. IBC 2103 432
C21-14

-HOLLOW, CLAY FACE BRICK SHALL CONFORM TO IBC 2103.2 432


ASTM C 652. C21-15
-SOLID, CLAY FACE BRICK SHALL CONFORM TO
ASTM C 216.

22 STEEL USE IBC CHAPTER 22 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. 2-22 4

23 WOOD USE IBC CHAPTER 23 AS MODIFIED BY UFC 3-301-01. 2-23 4

24 GLASS AND GLAZING USE IBC CH. 24. 2-24 4

24.1 SAFETY GLAZING THE FOLLOWING GLAZED AREAS SHALL BE CONSIDERED IBC 2406.3 524
HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS REQUIRING SAFETY GLAZING C24-14
MATERIALS:
1. ALUMINUM & GLASS SWINGING DOORS.
2. FIXED AND SLIDING PANELS OF AUTOMATIC SLIDING
ENTRY/EXIT DOORS.
3. GLAZING WITHIN 24" HORIZONTAL OF A DOOR JAMB AND
WHERE BOTTOM OF PANE IS LESS THAN 60" ABOVE FLOOR.
(CURTAIN WALLS AND STOREFRONT ADJACENT TO ENTRY
DOORS).
4. GLAZING IN A WINDOW PANE > 9 S.F. AND EXPOSED
BOTTOM EDGE < 18 " A.F.F. AND EXPOSED TOP EDGE > 36"
AND WITHIN 3' HORIZONTAL OF A WALKING SURFACE.

THE FIRST 3 ARE TYPICAL SAFETY GLAZING LOCATIONS IN DECA


COMMISSARY FACILITIES. THE 4TH LOCATION CAN BE ELIMINATED
BY SIMPLY ADDING A HORIZONTAL MULLION SOMEWHERE
BETWEEN 18" AND 36" A.F.F. - WHICH IS TYPICAL IN MOST DECA
COMMISSARY CURTAIN WALL & STOREFRONT DESIGNS.

SAFETY GLAZING MUST BE IDENTIFIED BY A IBC 2406.2 524


MANUFACTURER'S MARK PER 2406.2 , EXCEPT AS NOTED IN C24-14
2406.2.1

WALL-MOUNTED MIRRORS ARE EXEMPT FROM SAFETY IBC 2406.3.1 525


GLAZING. C24-14

25 GYPSUM BOARD USE IBC CHAPTER 25. 2-25 4


AND PLASTER - MOST CHAPTER 21 REQUIREMENTS ARTICULATE
REQUIREMENTS FOR GOOD AND ACCEPTABLE PRACTICES -
WHICH ARE TYPICALLY SPECIFIED AND DETAILED WITH EVERY
DECA FACILITY, AND THEREFORE NOT PART OF THIS CODE
ANALYSIS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:

25
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

- 1/2" MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB IS NOT PERMITTED ON IBC 2509.3 532


CEILINGS WHERE FRAME SPACING EXCEEDS 12" O.C. C25-13
- 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB IS NOT PERMITTED ON
CEILINGS WHERE FRAME SPACING EXCEEDS 16" O.C.

26 PLASTIC USE IBC CHAPTER 26. 2-26 4

26.1 FOAM PLASTIC NOTE : THE FOAM PLASTIC NOTED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS
INSULATION WOULD ENCOMPASS THE RIGID INSULATION TYPICALLY USED
WITHIN DECA COMMISSARY ROOFING AND MASONRY CAVITY
WALLS AS WELL AS THE INSULATION MATERIAL WITHIN COOLER
AND FREEZER WALL PANELS.

FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM IBC 2603.4 536


THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING BY A MINIMUM OF 1/2" GWB C26-5
WHEN INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH IBC 2603.4.

EXCEPTIONS: IBC 2603.4.1.1 536


- FOAM PLASTIC WITHIN A MASONRY CAVITY WALL WHERE C26-6
THERE IS AT LEAST A 1" MASONRY COVERAGE SEPARATING
THE INSULATION FROM THE BUILDINGS INTERIOR.

- FOAM PLASTIC THAT IS PART OF A CLASS A, B, OR C ROOF- IBC 2603.4.1.5 536


COVERING ASSEMBLY. C26-7
- FOAM PLASTIC COOLER / FREEZER WALLS THAT MEETS IBC 2603.4.1.2 536
ALL THE FOLLOWING : C26-6
1. HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE-
DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450 WHERE TESTED
IN A MINIMUM 4" THICKNESS.
2. HAVE A COVERING OF NOT LESS THAN .032-INCH
ALUMINUM OR CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL HAVING A
BASE METAL THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 0.0160 INCHES.
3. HAVE FLASH IGNITION AND SELF-IGNITION TEMPS. OF
NOT LESS THAN 600 AND 800 DEGREES F., RESPECTIVELY.
4. BE IN AN AREA OF A BUILDING PROTECTED BY AN
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM.

- FOAM PLASTIC IN OR ON EXTERIOR WALLS IN ONE STORY 2603.4.1.4 536


BUILDINGS WHERE IT IS NOT MORE THAN 4" THICK; HAS A C26-6
FLAME SPREAD OF NOT GREATER THAN 25; HAS A SMOKE
DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450; IN A BUILDING
EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTO SPRINKLER
SYSTEM; IS COVERED WITH A METAL FACING PER 2603.4.1.4.

26.2 FOAM PLASTIC FOAM PLASTIC INSTALLED AS INTERIOR TRIM MUST MEET IBC 2604.2 539
FINISH AND TRIM SECTIONS 2604.2.1 - 4 WHICH INCLUDES DENSITY, C26-13
THICKNESS, AREA LIMITATION AND FLAME SPREAD.

26
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

27 ELECTRICAL USE IBC CHAPTER 27 AND THE FOLLOWING: 2-27 4&5


1. USE UFC 3-501-01 FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENT CRITERIA.
2. USE UFC 3-520-01 FOR INTERIOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CRITERIA.
3. USE UFC 3-530-01 FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING
AND CONTROLS CRITERIA.
4. USE UFC 3-550-01 FOR EXTERIOR POWER DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS CRITERIA.
5. USE UFC 3-560-01 FOR ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND
ELECTRICAL O&M CRITERIA.
6. USE UFC 3-580-01 FOR INTERIOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CRITERIA.
7. USE UFC 4-021-01 FOR MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS
CRITERIA.

28 MECHANICAL 2-28-1 USE IBC CHAPTER 28 AND UFC 3-400-10N FOR NAVY 2-28 4&5
SYSTEMS AND MARINE CORPS FACILITIES.
2-28.2 USE UFC 3-410-01FA IN LIEU OF IBC CHAPTER 28 FOR
ARMY AND AIR FORCE FACILITIES.
2-28.3 USE UFC 3-400-02 TO ACCESS CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA
FOR USE IN DESIGNING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.

29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS USE IBC CHAPTER 29 AND UFC 3-420-01. 2-29 5

29.1 MINIMUM NUMBER NUMBER OF FIXTURES SHALL FOLLOW TABLE 2902.1 AND BE IBC 2902.1 549
BASED ON NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS. THE NUMBER OF C29-3
OCCUPANTS SHALL BE DETERMINED THE SAME AS FOR
MEANS OF EGRESS OCCUPANT LOAD (UFC REPLACES IBC
CHAPTER 7 WITH NFPA CHAPTER 7).

USING THE OCCUPANT LOAD FROM NFPA , AND THE AREA


OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION FROM IBC, CHAPTER 3, REFER
TO TABLE 2902.1 (THESE TABLES ARE REPRODUCED FROM
INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE 403.1 PAGE 23,24).

WATER CLOSET LAVATORY DRINKING FOUNTAIN IBC TABLE 550 & 551
/ OCCUPANT / OCCUPANT / OCCUPANT 2902.1 C29-4 & 5

MERCANTILE 1 / 500 1 / 750 1 / 1,000


STORAGE 1 / 100 1 / 100 1 / 1,000
FACTORY 1 / 100 1 / 100 1 / 400
BUSINESS (NON- 1 / 25 UP TO 50 1 / 40 UP TO 80 1 / 100
NAVY)
THEN 1 PER 50 THEN 1 / 80 1 / 100

BUSINESS ( NAVY ) 1 / 20 UP TO 100 1 / 20 UP TO 100 1 / 75 UFC 3-420-01 A-4


THEN 1 PER 40 THEN 1 PER 45 403.1 D.

27
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

ADDITIONAL NOTES:
- ADD TOTALS AND DIVIDE WATER CLOSETS AND
LAVATORIES BY 2. PROVIDE THIS NEW NUMBER
(ROUNDED UP IF IT IS A FRACTION) FOR EACH SEX.
- PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 1 SERVICE SINK OR FLOOR SINK
TOTAL PER FLOOR (STORY) WHERE ACCESSIBLE BY ALL
OCCUPANCIES.
- URINALS ( NON-NAVY ) URINALS CAN REPLACE A MAXIMUM
OF 2/3 OF THE TOILETS. EACH TOILET ROOM MUST HAVE AT
LEAST ONE WATER CLOSET.
- URINALS (NAVY ONLY) URINALS CAN REPLACE A MAXIMUM UFC 3-420-01 A-4
OF 1/3 THE TOILETS RATHER THAN THE TYP. 2/3. 403 D.

29.3 FAMILY OR ASSITED IN MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES, AN ACCESSIBLE UNISEX INTERNAT'L 28


USE TOILET ROOMS TOILET ROOM SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE AN AGGREGATE PLUMBING
OF SIX OR MORE MALE OR FEMALE WATER CLOSETS ARE CODE 403.1.2
REQUIRED. USE ONLY MERCANTILE AREA FOR THIS
REQUIREMENT. THE WATER CLOSET IN THIS UNISEX TOILET
ROOM IS ALLOWED TO COUNT TOWARD TO TOTAL FIXTURES
REQUIRED.
A MERCANTILE FLOOR AREA OF 180,000 S.F OR LARGER WOULD
QUALIFY FOR THIS REQUIREMENT : (180,000 S.F. X 1 OCC. / 30 S.F. =
6,000 OCCUPANTS) 6,000 OCC. X 1 WC / 500 OCC. = 12 WC. = 6 WC
MEN / WOMEN.

30 ELEVATOR AND USE IBC CHAPTER 30 AND UFC 3-600-01, AND ITG 01-01. 2-30 5
CONVEYING WHEN UFC 3-490-06 IS PUBLISHED, USE IBC CHAPTER 30,
SYSTEMS UFC 3-600-01 AND UFC 3-490-06.

30.1 GENERAL PASSENGER ELEVATORS SHALL CONFORM TO ICC A117.1. IBC 3001.3 C30-2
REQUIREMENTS - ICC A117.1 CONTAINS REQ'S FOR OPERATIONS, CLEARANCES,
CALLS, BUTTONS, MARKINGS ETC.

30.2 FIRE-RATING HOISTWAY ENCLOSURE SHALL BE A SHAFT ENCLOSURE IBC 3002.1.1 553
AND SHALL FOLLOW REQ'S OF IBC CHAPTER 7. C30-2
1-HR. RATED ENCLOSURE ( LESS THAN 4 STORIES ). IBC 707.4 103
C7-47
- EXCEPTION : NAVY PROJECTS REQUIRE A UFC 3-600-01 83
2-HOUR FIRE RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL 6-30.1
ELEVATOR HOISTWAYS.

DO NOT PROVIDE ANYTHING THROUGH THE HOISTWAY IBC 707.7.1 104


SHAFT (I.E., PIPES OR DUCTWORK) THAT IS NOT C7-49
SPECIFICALLY FOR THE HOISTWAY.

28
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

OPENINGS IN HOISTWAY WALLS REQUIRE A 1-HOUR IBC TABLE 114


DAMPER. 715.4 C7-96

30.3 EMERGENCY SIGNS PROVIDE "IN FIRE EMERGENCY, DO NOT USE ELEVATOR. IBC 3002.3 553
USE EXIT STAIRS." PICTOGRAPH. C3-2

30.4 ELEVATOR AND AN ELEVATOR CANNOT BE IN THE SAME ENCLOSURE AS A IBC 3002.7 553
STAIRS STAIR. C30-6

30.5 SECONDARY POWER WHERE A BUILDING HAS ONLY ONE ELEVATOR, THE IBC 3003.1.2 554
ELEVATOR SHALL AUTOMATICALLY TRANSFER TO STANDBY C30-7
POWER WITHIN 60 SECONDS AFTER NORMAL POWER
FAILURE.

30.6 EMERGENCY ELEVATORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH PHASE 1 ( IBC 3003.2 554
OPERATIONS EMERGENCY RECALL) AND PHASE II ( IN-CAR OPERATION) C30-7
OPERATIONS.

30.7 MACHINE ROOMS 1-HR FIRE RATED FIRE BARRIER WALLS WITH 1-HR FIRE IBC 3006.4 555
RATED DOORS. C30-12
- IBC DOES NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTE WALL RATING FOR
MACHINE ROOMS BUT REQ. CAN BE INFERRED FROM TEXT.

31 SPECIAL USE IBC CHAPTER 31. 2-31 5


CONSTRUCTION

32 ENCROACHMENT USE IBC CHAPTER 32. 2-32 5


INTO THE PUBLIC
RIGHT-OF-WAY

33 SAFEGUARDS USE IBC CHAPTER 33 AND UFC 3-600-01. IF ANY CONFLICT 2-33 5
DURING OCCURS BETWEEN IBC CHAPTER 33 AND UFC 3-600-01, THE
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF UFC 3-600-01 TAKE PRECEDENCE.

29
CODE ANALYZED : UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA UFC 1-200-01, 16 AUG 2010

NO. ITEM SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE PAGE

34 EXISTING USE IBC CHAPTER 34 AND THE INTERNATIONAL EXISTING 2-34 5


STRUCTURES BUILDING CODE, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BELOW.

2-34.1 USE SECTION 3410 WITH UFC 3-600-01. IF ANY


CONFLICT OCCURS BETWEEN SECTION 3410 OR THE
INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE AND UFC 3-600-
01, THE REQUIREMENTS OF UFC 3-600-01 TAKE
PRECEDENCE.

2-34.2 USE IBC CHAPTER 34 WITH UFC 3-310-04 FOR SEISMIC


EVALUATION AND SEISMIC REHABILITATION OF EXISTING
BUILDINGS. EXISTING BUILDINGS INSIDE THE UNITED
STATES, ITS TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS MUST
COMPLY WITH ICSSC RP6 / NISTIR 6762. ALL REFERENCES
IN ICSSC RP6 / NISTIR 6762 TO FEMA 310 AND FEMA 356
SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO BE REFERENCES TO ASCE/SEI 31-
03 AND ASCE/SEI 41-06 RESPECTIVELY.

35 REFERENCE USE IBC CHAPTER 35 AND APPENDIX "A" IN UFC 1-200-01. 2-35 6
STANDARDS

36 APPENDICES DELETE IBC APPENDIX "A" THROUGH APPENDIX "K." 2-36 6

30
DESIGN A/E NOTE - GUIDE SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS

Color-highlighted text

Yellow: Editors Notes. Comments inserted into the text are addressed to the A/E, not the
Contractor. Editors Notes are formatted as hidden text. Editors Notes are not identified with an
update. Do not print Editors Notes in issue for distribution to Bidders/Contractors.

Tip: To not print Editors Notes (hidden text) in document choose Tools on Menu bar, click Options, Print
tab, under Include with document, uncheck Hidden text (check to print text), click OK. Save.
Tip: To view Editors Notes (hidden text) in a document choose Tools on Menu bar, click Options, View
tab, under Formatting marks, check Hidden text (uncheck to hide text), click OK. Save.

Red: Text updated in 1st quarter. April June.


Strikethrough text and highlighting (not text) in previously issued quarters are deleted. Only 1st quarter
highlighted updated text is indicated.

Turquoise: Text updated in 2nd quarter. July September.


1st quarter updated text remains highlighted.

Pink: Text updated in 3rd quarter. October December.


1st and 2nd quarter updated text remain highlighted.

Bright Green: Text updated in 4th quarter. January March.


1st, 2nd and 3rd quarter updated text remains highlighted.

Text Editing

Select options [in brackets] and edit <notes> before issuing specifications for distribution to
Bidders/Contractors.

Delete Strikethrough text.

Tip: To delete strikethrough text, choose Edit on Menu bar, click Find, Find tab, More (Search Options
opens), select All, click Format, Font, check Strikethrough, OK.
Click Replace tab, Replace All, OK, Close. Save.

Delete all highlighting of text from issue to be distributed to Bidders/Contractors.

Tip: To delete highlighting, locate cursor at beginning of Section and block all text in Section,
press Shift + Control + End, click No Highlight icon on Formatting toolbar. Save.

IMPORTANT: Retain month and year in footer indicating updated Guide Specification
Section issue used. Actually this now is located at the beginning of the section right
below the section title!

Note: This page will not print when Hidden text is unchecked as indicated in Editors Notes Tip.

IF THE HIDDEN GUIDE SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS DO NOT APPEAR PRECEEDING THIS


NOTE, TURN THEM ON AS FOLLOWS.

FOR MICROSOFT WORD 2000 and 2003, CLICK ON SHOW/HIDE ICON IN MENU BAR OR CHOOSE
TOOLS IN MENU BAR. THEN CLICK OPTIONS, VIEW TAB, UNDER FORMATTING MARKS, CHECK
HIDDEN TEXT.

FOR MICROSOFT WORD 2007, CLICK ON MICROSOFT OFFICE ICON LOCATED IN UPPER LEFT
CORNER OF MENU BAR. CLICK ON WORD OPTIONS AT BOTTOM OF DROP DOWN. THEN CLICK
ON DISPLAY. CHECK THE HIDDEN TEXT BOX.

FOR MICROSOFT OFFICE 2010, CLICK ON FILE BUTTON LOCATED IN UPPER LEFT CORNER OF
MENU BAR. IN THE DROP DOWN, CLICK ON OPTIONS, AND A WORD OPTIONS BOX WILL
APPEAR. CLICK ON DISPLAY. CHECK THE HIDDEN TEXT BOX.

THE GUIDE SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS SHOULD NOW BE VISIBLE IN THE DOCUMENT.


(Delete this note before printing.)

SECTION 01 45 00

QUALITY CONTROL
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL
SECTION 01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Miscellaneous provisions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Division 01 Section Work Restrictions for temporary use of premises.


2. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment, and Electrical
Coordination.
3. Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation.
4. Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls for temporary utilities, support
facilities, security, and protection.
5. Division 01 Section Government Furnished Products.

1.2 PROJECT

A. The Work performed under this Contract consists of providing all plant, labor, appliances,
equipment, materials, permits, bonds, insurance, and performing all operations necessary and
incidental to the work, in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications to complete
the following project:

1. Project Name: <Enter project name as it appears on the drawings. (i.e., Additions /
Alterations Commissary Facility>.
2. Project Location: <Enter project location as it appears on the drawings>.
3. Project Number: <Enter project number. Note: This is not a solicitation number or
contract number>.
4. Project Type: [New Store] [Add/Alter].
5. Design Loads: [As indicated on drawings].

Retain option above and delete subparagraphs below if design


loads are indicated on the drawings. The following design loads
and other information pertinent to the structural design are required
by the applicable building code and also by the Contractor when
the design of structural components are delegated to the
Contractor.

a. Floor Live Load: <Insert load>.


b. Roof Live Load: <Insert load>.
c. Roof Snow Load: <Insert load>.

<Insert project name and location>


SUMMARY OF WORK
01 11 00 - 1
d. Wind Design Data: <Insert data>.
e. Earthquake Design Data: <Insert data>.
f. Other Loads: <Insert other special or pertinent loads>.
g. Unless otherwise indicated calculate design loads according to building code.
h. Provide construction, including anchorage, capable of resisting the effects of
applicable design loads.
i. Determine loads using the appropriate exposure coefficient for the construction
configuration indicated.

6. Design and Construction Criteria:

a. Department of Defense (DoD) Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC).

1) Design: General Building Requirements, UFC 1-200-01, 27 16 August


2010.
2) Building Code: 2009 International Building Code as supplemented and
amended by UFC 1-200-01.

b. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, provide materials, systems


and equipment designed in accordance with design criteria specified herein.
c. Where performance criteria differ from each other within the Contract Documents,
the more stringent performance criteria shall govern in accordance with the
Contracting Officer's interpretation.

1.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

A. The primary function of the facility is to provide sales and processing of miscellaneous
commodities and grocery items for the military community of the installation. The paragraphs
below depict the general nature of the work. The work includes, but is not limited to, the items
listed in the paragraphs.

The following are examples for a new store. Edit for Project.

1. New Store: A new single-story commissary facility [with mezzanine].


2. Building construction includes: Structural-steel frame on cast-in-place concrete
foundations.
3. Building exterior consists of: Tilt-up precast concrete with aluminum windows and single-
ply roof.
4. The Work also includes: Loading-dock equipment, refrigeration system, fire-protection
system, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work.
5. Interior finishing and related construction includes: Interior partitions, floor coverings,
suspended ceilings, and doors.
6. The sales area includes: Meat, dairy, frozen, produce, deli, bakery, grocery departments,
and their refrigerated display cases.
7. Food preparation and storage areas including prefabricated coolers and freezers.
8. The front end includes: Checkout counters and space for bagging and cart storage.
Administrative offices and storage areas are also included.

The following are examples for an existing store. Edit for Project.

B. Existing Store: An existing structure with continued commissary operations during construction
operations. Commissary operations remain in complete and full operation during the contract
duration.

<Insert project name and location>


SUMMARY OF WORK
01 11 00 - 2
The following are examples for an existing store requiring
additions. Edit for Project.
C. Addition to Existing Store:

1. Expansion of existing building to the rear (southeast). Exterior architectural features are
site cast concrete tilt-up wall panels matching existing. Interior finishes of panels are
metal studs, batt insulation and gypsum board except at warehouse area where interior
finish is concrete masonry units.
2. Front of existing commissary has canopy extended across front. Administration area
entrance has similar canopy.
3. Provide three new vestibules (one for entry and two for exit/bagger return) by enclosing
areas under existing canopy with aluminum/glass storefront system and sliding automatic
entrance doors.

D. The addition shall have an insulated single-ply fully adhered EPDM roofing system over metal
decking.

The following are examples for an existing store requiring


alterations. Edit for Project.

E. Alterations to Existing Store:

1. Interior alterations include: Prefabricated insulated coolers and freezers; floor finishes of
sealed concrete, terrazzo, vinyl composition tile, carpeting, ceramic tile, and resinous
flooring; wall finishes of paint, ceramic tile, and fiberglass reinforced panels; and ceiling
finishes of suspended acoustical panels and gypsum wallboard.
2. Replace all display cases throughout Sales Area and update decor in the Sales and
Checkout Area. New decors includes wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, lighting systems,
department signage, accent graphics, aisle directory signs, and slot boards.
3. Rework existing Entry/I.D. Check Area: Include new I.D. Desk located closer to entry
doors and rework floral alcove directly behind it.
4. Rework Checkout Area: Eliminate 5 of 21 checkstands and provide Mass Display Areas
on north and south sides of Checkstands. Enclose Mass Display Area with low partitions
on three sides of south end.
5. Rework Administration Area to make it more efficient for use of staff and vendors.
Provide updated decor in reworked rooms.
6. Replace Meat Storage Freezer and west wall of Frozen Food Storage Freezer. Provide
new cooler wall/ceiling system for Produce Processing. Provide new concrete curbs in
Meat Processing.
7. Additional work includes repair/replacement of existing deficiencies throughout the
Commissary Facility.
8. Remove existing roof system and replace with new E.P.D.M. single-ply membrane roof
system.

The following are examples of an existing store requiring


architectural and refrigeration upgrading. Edit for Project.
9. Architectural and refrigeration upgrade including electrical upgrades and modifications,
mechanical and plumbing improvements and modifications.
10. Modifications to prefabricated insulated coolers and freezers; floor finishes of vinyl
composition tile, and ceramic tile renovation; wall finishes of paint; ceiling finishes of
suspended acoustical panels and gypsum wallboard.
11. Replace display cases indicated throughout Sales Area.
12. Repair of roofing system at new rooftop mechanical units.

<Insert project name and location>


SUMMARY OF WORK
01 11 00 - 3
The following are examples of a store requiring site construction.
Edit for Project.

F. Site Work:

1. Site construction includes parking areas, sidewalks and landscape improvements around
the facility.
2. Benches, trash receptacles, and a bicycle rack are required.

Below is in accordance with Standard 15, United Facilities Criteria


(UFC), Department of Defense (DoD) Minimum Antiterrorism
Standards For Buildings, latest edition. Verify if project requires the
following provisions. Coordinate with individual sections.

1.4 OVERHEAD MOUNTED ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES

A. Mount overhead mounted architectural features weighing 31 lbs or more (excluding distributed
systems such as suspended ceilings that collectively exceed that weight) in accordance with the
following to minimize the likelihood they will fall and injure building occupants:

1. Mount such systems so they resist forces of 0.5 times the component weight in any
horizontal direction and 1.5 times the component weight in the downward direction.
2. This requirement does not preclude the need to design architectural feature mountings
for forces required by other criteria such as seismic requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


SUMMARY OF WORK
01 11 00 - 4
SECTION 01 13 00
NOTICE TO PROCEED
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Notice to Proceed.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Contract Modification Procedures.


2. Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.

Edit below if no project phasing required


4. Division 01 Section Project Web Site.
5. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
6. Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls.
7. Division 01 Section Environmental Management.
8. Division 01 Section Government Safety Requirements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal List:

Div Section Title Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action


00 Solicitation See General Liability and other X I
Section items required in this Section
00 Solicitation See SF1413 X R
Section
01 Notice to Proceed 1.3C.2.b. Roster of Personnel, X R
Suppliers and Subcontractors
01 Quality Control See Quality Control Plan X R
Section
01 Construction Progress See CPM schedule and Sub- X R
Documentation Section schedules
01 Government Safety See Security Plan X R
Requirements Section
01 Government Safety See Fire Prevention Plan X R
Requirements Section
01 Government Safety See Safety Plan X R
Requirements Section

<Insert project name and location>


NOTICE TO PROCEED
01 13 00 - 1
Div Section Title Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action
01 Temporary Facilities See Temporary Utilities Plan X R
and Controls Section
01 Temporary Facilities See Temporary Support Facilities X R
and Controls Section Plan
01 Administrative See Record Photographs X R
Requirements Section
01 Environmental See Spill Prevention and X R
Management Section Response Procedure (SPRP)
Plan
01 Environmental See Hazardous Material List X R
Management Section
01 Environmental See Storm Water Pollution X R
Management Section Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
01 Environmental See Notice of Intent (NOI) X R
Management Section
01 Environmental See Solid Waste, Construction, X R
Management Section and Demolition Debris Waste
Management Plan

X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

1.3 NOTICE TO PROCEED

A. The Contracting Officer will issue the Notice to Proceed only after Government receipt of
Performance and Payment Bonds.

B. Contract Completion:

1. The Notice to Proceed sets the Contractor's Contract start and completion date.

C. Mobilization and Submittal Processing:

1. The activities listed are all included in the time period set forth to complete the Project.
2. Within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, generate and submit all
items listed for Government review and/or approval. Government acknowledgement of
their approval of these items is a condition-precedent to the Contractors commencement
of any building construction[ or demolition] activity. Allow for Government review time
of 21 calendar days for the first submission and an additional 14 calendar days for any
re-submittals, if required.

a. SF 1413 for all trades.


b. A Project roster of Contractors personnel, subcontractors, and suppliers that
includes the name of the firm, names, titles, mailing addresses, email addresses,
business phones, and emergency phone numbers.
c. Quality Control Plan - Reference Division 01 Section Quality Control.

<Insert project name and location>


NOTICE TO PROCEED
01 13 00 - 2
d. Security Plan - Reference Division 01 Section Government Safety Requirements.
e. Safety Plan - Reference Division 01 Section Government Safety Requirements.
f. Fire Prevention Plan - Reference Division 01 Section Government Safety
Requirements.
g. Site Usage Plan and submittals related to Governments Designated Inspectors
office, Contractors temporary facilities, fencing, and staging area.

1) Applicable submittal requirements for temporary facilities. See performance


and submittal requirements in Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and
Controls.

h. The Governments Designated Inspectors and Contractors temporary offices,


utilities, other facilities, fencing, and staging are installed according to the
approved submittals and operational.
i. All of the Contractors contractually required field staff is on site.
j. Record photographs.
k. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Notice of Intent.
l. Hazardous Material List and Waste Management Plan.

D. Construction[/Demolition]:

1. Notify the Contracting Officer upon 100 percent completion of the items listed under
Mobilization and Submittal Processing and then commence construction[/demolition]
activities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


NOTICE TO PROCEED
01 13 00 - 3
SECTION 01 14 00
WORK RESTRICTIONS
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Contractor use of premises.


2. Occupancy requirements.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


2. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment, and Electrical
Coordination.
3. Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation.
4. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
5. Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls.
6. Division 01 Section Environmental Management.
7. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.

1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES - NEW STORES

A. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated in the Contract
Documents. Confine operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb
portions of the site beyond the indicated work areas. Utilize the lay down area identified in the
Contract Drawings for all materials and supplies.

B. Driveways and Entrances: Unless otherwise indicated, keep driveways and entrances serving
the premises clear and available to the government, government employees, store patrons,
truck traffic, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage
of material. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on site.

C. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.

D. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of material, equipment, and products
stored on premises.

E. Keep temporary office, yard, and material storage (staging) areas arranged in orderly manner,
clean, and mowed. Repair areas damaged during construction operations.

F. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weather tight condition throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its
occupants during construction period.

<Insert project name and location>


WORK RESTRICTIONS
01 14 00 - 1
G. Provide temporary chain link fence enclosure (gated and locked) around material storage area as
indicated and as specified in Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls. The temporary
construction fence remains in place until final acceptance of the project. Provide temporary barriers
around site work areas to keep pedestrians out of the construction areas.

H. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas as needed for Contractor operations.

I. Provide signage and physical barriers to control, direct, and maintain vehicular and pedestrian traffic
during the construction process.

1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES - ADD/ALTER PROJECTS

A. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated in the contract documents.
Confine operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site
beyond the indicated work areas. Utilize the lay down area identified in the Contract Drawings
for all materials and supplies.

B. Government Occupancy: Allow for government occupancy. Do not disrupt operations of the
existing facility. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Contracting Officer. Provide
and maintain signage and barriers to prevent patrons and DeCA store employees access into
construction areas.

C. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure.

D. Relocate stored construction materials or equipment that interferes with commissary operations.

E. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on-site. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.

F. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of material, equipment, and products
stored on premises.

G. Keep temporary office yard and material storage (staging) areas arranged in orderly manner,
clean and mowed. Repair areas damaged during construction operations.

H. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weather tight condition throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Secure and protect
building and its occupants during construction period.

I. Provide temporary chain link fence enclosure (gated and locked) around material storage area
as indicated and as specified in Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls. The
temporary construction fence remains in place until final acceptance of the Project. Provide
temporary barriers around site work areas to keep pedestrians out of the construction areas.

J. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas as needed for Contractor operations.

K. Provide signage and physical barriers to control, direct, and maintain vehicular and pedestrian
traffic during the construction process.

L. Do not impact/disturb surfaces that are known to contain hazardous materials until properly
trained workers and systems are established to prevent release, transport, and disposal. If
unknown/suspect hazardous materials are scheduled to be disturbed, Contractor to cease work,
notify Contracting Officer, and allow confirmation by CIH prior to proceeding.

<Insert project name and location>


WORK RESTRICTIONS
01 14 00 - 2
1.4 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS - NEW STORES

A. Partial Government Occupancy: The government reserves the right to occupy and to place and
install equipment in areas of the facility under construction prior to construction completion,
provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the work.

1.5 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS - ADD/ALTER PROJECTS

A. Full Government Occupancy: The government will occupy the site and existing facility during
the entire construction period. Cooperate with the government during construction operations to
minimize conflicts, store disruptions, and facilitate government usage. Perform the work so as
not to interfere with the government's operation.

B. Contractor Occupancy: [Seven] calendar days prior to Contractor occupancy of any phase or
subphase of construction, submit a written request to the Contracting Officer for approval to
move and work in the area. Approval of said request will depend on Contractor's satisfactorily
completing other contract requirements, such as but not limited to, returning other phases to the
Commissary in a condition ready for occupancy.

C. Partial Government Occupancy: The government reserves the right to occupy and to place and
install equipment in areas of the facility under construction prior to construction completion,
provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the work.

1. The Governments Designated Inspector will record a Beneficial Occupancy Date as


established by the Contracting Officer for each specific portion of the work prior to
government occupancy.
2. Prior to government occupancy of a phase, within the phase, make equipment and
systems fully operational, complete construction and finishes, and verify there are no
limits to the intended use of the area and systems in that phase or previously accepted
phases. Successfully complete required inspections and tests.
3. Upon occupancy, the government will assume responsibility for loss or damage to work
resulting from the governments use and possession. The government will assume
responsibility for maintenance (Exception: HVAC and refrigeration) and custodial service
for occupied portions of the facility.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


WORK RESTRICTIONS
01 14 00 - 3
SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Funding.
2. Construction versus equipment elements.
3. Modification procedures.

B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01 Section Notice to Proceed.
2. Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.
3. Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation.
4. Division 01 Section Project Web Site.
5. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
6. Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls.
7. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements for procedures.

B. Submittal List:

Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action

1.5 Contract Modification Procedures X R

X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

1.3 FUNDING

A. Elements of Work: The Government may fund different elements of the Work from different
funding sources. Identify and segregate costs of the different elements of the Work when
preparing the Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule and Contract modification
proposals.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION VERSUS EQUIPMENT ELEMENTS

A. Refer to the attachment at the end of this Section for identification of building components and
process equipment.

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 1
B. Use this attachment and the other specifically identified funded work requirements as it relates
to CLIN allocation and as an aid in developing the schedule of values, the Contractors Critical
Path Method Construction Schedule, applications for payment, and Contract modification
proposals.

1.5 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

A. Supplemental Instructions:
1. From time to time during progress of the Work the Contracting Officer may issue
supplemental instructions which interpret the Contract Documents or order minor
changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.
2. Should the Contractor consider that these instructions or minor changes require a change
in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, he shall comply with F.A.R. notice requirements,
and then submit an itemized proposal to the Contracting Officer prior to proceeding with
the Work. If the government agrees to entitlement and the proposal is satisfactory and in
proper order, a Contract Modification for that event will supersede the supplemental
instructions.

B. Proposal Requests:
1. From time to time during progress of the Work, the Contracting Officer may issue a
proposal request for an itemized quotation for a potential change in the work that affects
the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
2. This is not a direction to proceed with the changes described therein.

C. Government's Right to Change:


1. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the Contracting Officer
may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the work,
within the general scope of the Contract.

D. Modification Requests:
1. Government-initiated Proposal Requests: The Contracting Officer will issue a detailed
description of proposed changes in the work that will require adjustment to the Contract
um or Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised
Drawings and Specifications. Proposal requests issued by the Contracting Officer are for
information only. Do not consider them an instruction either to accelerate or stop work in
progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Contractor-initiated Proposals: When differing or unforeseen conditions require
modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a
request for change to the Contracting Officer. Comply with F.A.R. notice requirements.
Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on
the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of
the proposed change on the Contract sum or schedule by including a detailed cost
proposal and the CPM Construction Schedule depicting affected critical path changes.

E. Allowances:
1. Allowance Adjustment: For unit cost allowance adjustment, base each modification
proposal on the difference between the actual unit purchase amount and the unit
allowance, multiplied by the final measurement of work-in-place. Where applicable,
include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal
product imperfections, and similar margins.
2. Unless specifically directed otherwise, include furnishing and installing the allowance
item, inclusive of any testing or start-up requirements, in the allowance cost.

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 2
3. Notify the Contracting Officer or Governments Designated Inspector at least 24 hours in
advance of installing allowance based items. Coordinate with the Governments
Designated Inspector who must be present for witness and certification of the quantity
installed.
4. Submit proposals for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the
allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order unit
amount or the contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit.
5. Submit proposals within 10 days of receipt of the modification or directive authorizing
work to proceed. The Contracting Officer will reject claims submitted later than 10 days
after the event giving rise to the claim.
6. There is no change to the Contractor's indirect expense for selection of higher or lower-
priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.

F. Differing Site Conditions: Refer to F.A.R 52.236-2.


1. Promptly, and before disturbing such conditions (except in an emergency), notify the
Contracting Officer.
2. Comply with written F.A.R. notice requirements. The Contracting Officer will not allow
any claim for additional compensation by the Contractor under this clause unless the
Contractor first gives notice required by this Contract.
a. Promptly is defined as "without delay."
3. In the event the Contracting Officer and the Contractor are unable to reach an agreement
concerning an alleged differing site condition, keep an accurate and detailed record
which will indicate the actual cost of the work done under the alleged differing site
condition. Failure to keep such record precludes the Contractors recovery of alleged
differing site conditions. Contractor must give the Contracting Officer the opportunity to
supervise and check the keeping of such record.

G. Errors or Omissions:
1. Promptly, and substantially before work scheduled on such conditions (except in an
emergency), notify the Contracting Officer in writing of:
a. The discovery of an error, omission, or some other conflict with the Contract
Documents that materially affect the intended use of the facility.
2. The Governments Designated Inspector will promptly investigate the conditions and will
notify the Contracting Officer who will provide the Contractor with instruction.

H. Proposal Preparation:
1. Include a detailed list of quantities of required products, labor, hours, rates, and unit
costs, with the total amount of purchases.
a. State proposed change in the Contract Sum, if any.
b. State proposed change in the Contract Time of completion supported by a fragnet.
c. Clearly describe other changes in the Work, if any, required by the proposed
change.
d. Include full backup data such as subcontractors letter of proposal or similar
information.
2. List and include applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
3. Comply with paragraphs of this Contract that address substitution.
4. Within 10 days of receipt of a proposal request, on AF 3052, submit the proposal of cost
necessary to execute the change, including time impact related costs, to the
Governments Designated Inspector for review.
5. Refer to Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation for required schedule
related attachments to the proposal.
6. The Contracting Officer will negotiate maximum mark-ups allowed in proposal cost
estimates.

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 3
7. Use the modification numbering sequence established by the Contracting Officer to
identify the various proposed modifications and approved modifications.
8. Instruct any subcontractor to comply with above requirements when the cost proposal
includes a quotation from a subcontractor. Review subcontractors cost and time
proposals for legitimacy and reasonableness. Do not forward any illegitimate or
unreasonable proposals to the Contracting Officer.
9. Upon the Contracting Officers approval of a modification proposal, the Contracting
Officer will issue a modification for the Contractors signature. The Contract Modification
will become effective upon execution by the Contracting Officer and Contractor.

I. Processing Proposal Requests:


1. Make written reply to the Contracting Officer in response to each proposal request.
a. Submit response in single copy and simultaneously e-mail the Contracting Officer
and Governments Designated Inspector a duplicate PDF version.
2. When the Contracting Officer and the Contractor have agreed upon a change, or when
the Contracting Officer directs that cost or credit be determined in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract, the Contracting Officer will issue a Contract Modification to the
Contractor.

J. Processing Contract Modifications:


1. The Contract Modification will describe the change or changes, will refer to the proposal
requests or supplemental instruction involved, and contain the Contracting Officers
signature.
2. The Contracting Officer will issue the Contract Modification to the Contractor.
a. Promptly sign and return to the Contracting Officer and electronically transmit a
duplicate scanned copy bearing both signatures to the Contracting Officer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 4
CONSTRUCTION VERSUS EQUIPMENT ELEMENTS
Refer to Schedule "B" attachment to Standard
Form 1442, "Solicitation, Offer, and Award," for
CLINs applicable to this project.

CONSTRUCTION
BUILDING SITE WORK

normal building construction, including site clearing.


foundations, slab and structural elements,
roofing, walls and partitions. grading and drainage improvements.

normal architectural finishes, both interior and Improvements for parking, circulation, walks,
exterior. and receiving areas, including lighting more
than 5' outside building lines.
plumbing, including sinks, toilets, and other
fixtures Traffic safety devices, controls and other
improvements.
utility meters.
landscaping.
fire protection and alarm systems.
retention ponds, environmental mitigation.
electrical power & lighting to the building and
equipment, including power to all equipment site demolition.
such as balers, material handling equipment,
charger units, processing equipment, etc. (but utilities more than 5' outside building lines and
NOT to refrigerated equipment). associated costs of extending utilities to the
site.
fire extinguisher cabinets
berms and force protection barriers
toilet partitions
exterior protective bollards and guard rails
toilet and bath accessories fencing and other screening

building demolition (including foundation, and


all building systems to 5 line
utilities 5' or less from building lines
entry/exit automatic doors and associated
appurtenances to include electrical connections
overhead warehouse/receiving/shipping doors
and door operating systems
HVAC systems and associated appurtenances,
including associated platforms and electrical
connections, except systems serving the
commissary sales area
loading dock levelers and dock accessories
including electrical connections
trash chutes and conveyors, including
associated doors and connections for
compactors and storage containers.

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 5
EQUIPMENT

GENERAL SALES AREA MEAT DEPARTMENT

all refrigerated and non-refrigerated display tables, freestanding.


cases and shelving.
conveyors.
island merchandisers. slicers.
aisle markers and decor saws.
carts (carryout, grocery, stocking, etc.). grinders.
cash registers and associated equipment. scales
scanning equipment. labelers.
scales. wrappers.
checkout stands and lane number lights. fat testers.
queuing directors. platters and trays.
pizza carts and tables. tenderizers.
plant and floral display units. molders.
mass merchandising pedestals. carts
merchandise demonstration tables. mixers.
equipment and wall protective bollards and rails patty machines.
sales area HVAC systems and appurtenances

BAKERY/DELI STAGING AND RECEIVING


reach-in freezers and coolers. bumper guards.
shelving. dock seals.
ovens. storage racks.
oven/proofer. materials handling equipment.
retarders. chargers.
glazing and icing centers. forklifts.
mixers. pallet jacks.
FURNITURE AND FIXTURES order selectors.
systems furniture. balers.
modular seating units. compactors.
desks. sweepers and scrubbers.
file cabinets.
refrigerators.
microwave ovens.

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 6
EQUIPMENT, continue

DAIRY DEPARTMENT
PROCESSING AREAS
roll-in dairy milk bossy carts
ice machines.

Insulated curtains wire rack shelving for refrigerated walk-in units.


Glass door merchandisers and accessories garbage disposal units.

work tables
PRODUCT REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
scales.
walk-in coolers and freezer enclosures.
refrigerated unit doors, seals, strips, and heater
elements. OTHER

electrical power tie-in to all refrigerated telephone, intercom, public address and other
systems. in-store communications systems.

plumbing tie-ins to all refrigerated equipment. background music systems.

condenser units. emergency generators and transfer switches

compressor units. safe.

blowers and exhaust systems. sales area marketing dcor, including all
departmental and store signage
refrigeration system controls and monitoring
devices. lockers

refrigeration lines protective bollards and rails in product storage


and transfer areas
Electrical Service from panel to compressor
system security systems (duress and intrusion)
all prewiring and connection junctions for IT
systems.
closed circuit television (CCTV) systems.
Key cabinets and cipher locking systems

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 7
Retain below for Add/Alter Stores only
FACILITY MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
ASSOCIATED WITH BUILDING RENOVATION
AND REMODELING, INCLUDING REPAIRS BY
REPLACEMENT:

architectural building finishes for repair of


walls, ceilings, and flooring (exterior and
interior)
roofing.
repainting.
patching, reconstruction, or overlay of
deteriorated pavements.
repair by replacement of utility systems inside
and outside the building.
domestic hot water systems.
structural systems, including upgrades for
code compliance.
site systems, including drainage, landscaping,
paving and striping.
communications systems, internal and
external.
closed circuit television (CCTV) systems.
public address (PA) systems.

Retain below for Add/Alter Stores only.

THIS FUNDING CATEGORY INCLUDES


ADDITIONAL ITEMS THAT ARE CLASSIFIED AS
EQUIPMENT WHEN PART OF AN ALTERATION,
RENOVATION, REMODELING AND/OR
REFRIGERATION UPGRADE PROJECT.
loading dock levelers and dock accessories,
including electrical connections.
HVAC systems and appurtenances, including
special platforms and electrical connections
specialty lighting systems for product
merchandising.
entry/exit automatic doors and associated
appurtenances, including electrical connections.
overhead warehouse/receiving/shipping doors
and door operating systems.
trash chutes and conveyors, including associated
connections for compactors and storage
containers.

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 26 00 - 8
SECTION 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

This Section specifies certain requirements and procedures


pertaining to sustainable resources and construction practices that
are to be performed by the Contractor.

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Project coordination.
2. Submittal procedures.
3. Shop Drawings.
4. Product data.
5. Quality Assurance submittals.
6. Samples.
7. Substitutions.
8. Requests for information procedures.
9. Project Register.
10. Contractor Production Report.
11. Record photographs.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Notice to Proceed.


2. Division 01 Section Contract Modification Procedures.
3. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment, and Electrical
Coordination.
4. Division 01 Section Sustainable Design Reporting.
5. Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation.
6. Division 01 Section Project Web Site.
7. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
8. Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls.
9. Division 01 Section Environmental Management.
10. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule:

1. Provide the indicated quantity. Note that the Government will retain three copies and the
pdf file.

B. Submittal List:

Verify/coordinate Referenced Paragraphs below.

Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 1
1.9 Substitutions X R
1.10 Requests for Information X I
1.11 Project Meeting Minutes X R
1.12 Project Register X R
1.13 Contractor Production Reports X R
1.13.D Record Photographs X R

X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

1.3 PROJECT COORDINATION

A. Comply with the Governments procedures for intra-project communications; submittals, report
and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution of
ambiguities and conflicts.

B. Coordinate construction operations of work described in these Contract Documents to ensure


orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations that depend on
each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Sequence construction operations where installation of one part of the work depends on
installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
2. Sequence construction operations to ensure that completed or work in progress is not
subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the
construction period.
3. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum accessibility for
required maintenance, service, and repair.
4. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

C. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and
attendance at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for the government and outside contractors where required
for coordination of work.

D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative


procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of
the work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Review of the Contract Documents well in advance of the Work.


2. Preparation, production, and maintenance of Project CPM Construction Schedule and
Phasing Plan (if Add/Alter project).
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Weekly progress meetings, toolbox meetings, and meetings with other parties and
entities as required to facilitate the construction effort.
6. Contractor Quality Control meetings, testing, etc., preparation/submittal of the
Contractor's Daily Inspection Log, and coordination of testing and inspections with the
Governments Designated Inspector.
7. Production of Short Interval Schedules.
8. Project close-out activities.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 2
E. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to ensure that operations give consideration
to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

F. General Coordination Provisions:

1. Inspection of Conditions: Require the installer of each major component to inspect the
substrate and conditions for compatibility with manufacturer's installation requirements.
Do not proceed until the remedy of the unsatisfactory conditions.
2. Coordinate required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering
completed construction.

G. Cleaning and Protection:

1. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during
handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection
from damage or deterioration at substantial completion.

H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through


the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Definitions:

1. Field samples are full size physical examples erected on site to illustrate finishes,
coatings, or finish materials. Field samples will establish the standard by which the
Contracting Officer will judge the work.
2. Delegated-Design:

a. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or


certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the
Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific
performance and design criteria indicated.

1) If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification


required, submit a written request for additional information to Contracting
Officer.

b. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and


other required submittals, submit copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the
responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned
to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1) Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design
criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other
factors used in performing these services.

B. Send all material submittals for review to the Contracting Officer or Governments Designated
Inspector.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 3
C. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related
construction activities to avoid delay.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,
and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of work so
processing does not delay by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. The reviewer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring


coordination with other submittals until receipt of all related submittals.
b. Review of separate items does not constitute review of an assembly in which items
function.

3. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to
process submittals:

a. Allow 21 calendar days for initial review. Allow additional time if the reviewer must
delay processing to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal.
c. Allow 14 calendar days for reprocessing each submittal.
d. Contracting Officer will not extend contract time because of failure to transmit
submittals to the reviewer sufficiently in advance of the work to permit processing.

D. Provide the following types of submittals to the Governments Designated Inspector:

1. Requests for interpretation.


2. Requests for substitution.
3. Shop Drawings, product data, and samples.
4. Test and inspection reports.
5. Design data.
6. Manufacturers instructions and field reports.
7. Applications for payment and change order requests.
8. Progress schedules (Print and electronic).
9. Coordination drawings.
10. Closeout submittals.
11. Operations and Maintenance Manuals.
12. Submittal Schedules.
13. Submittal Registers.
14. Record Photographs.
15. Submittals for Authorities in Jurisdiction.
16. SOVs.
17. AF3052 (Modifications).
18. Sustainable Design submittals.

E. Quantity of Submittals: Unless otherwise noted, provide four originals and 1 PDF version. The
Government will retain three copies and the pdf. To obtain additional reviewed sets, submit
additional sets over these requirements. The pdf file is not required for physical samples.

F. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for
identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title
block.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 4
1. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on the label or beside the title block on
shop drawings to record the contractor's review and approval markings and the action
taken.

a. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action
taken.
b. Project name.
c. Date.
d. Name and address of the reviewer.
e. Name and address of the Contractor.
f. Name and address of the subcontractor.
g. Name and address of the supplier.
h. Name of the manufacturer.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

G. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal from the contractor to the reviewer using the Government transmittal
form. The reviewer will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.

1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. Comply with
paragraphs entitled "Substitutions," for deviations from contract document requirements,
including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information
complies with contract documents requirements.
2. Transmittal Form: Use Government Form Number AF 3000, "Material Approval
Submittal."

H. Submittal Information. Include the following information on submittals, as applicable:

1. Room names and numbers in which Contractor will install equipment.


2. Identification of product or material:

a. Use identifying symbols indicated on Contract Documents.


b. Indicate salient features and other information necessary for complete equipment
identification.
c. Clearly identify model submitted where catalog cuts show more than one model of
a product.
d. Submit capacity and performance data in same form, units, and completeness
given in Contract Documents.

3. Relation to adjacent structure or material and clearances required.


4. Field dimensions, clearly identified.
5. Applicable standards, such as ASTM, ANSI, Federal Specifications.

I. Submittal Register and Schedule:

1. Develop two documents; a submittal schedule and a submittal register.


2. Coordinate submittals progress schedule with the Schedule required in Division 01
Section Construction Progress Documentation.
3. Prepare the schedule in chronological order and the register in specification order. On
each, provide the following information for each required submittal.

a. Scheduled date for the first submittal.


b. Specification Section number.
c. Related Section numbers.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 5
d. Submittal category (shop drawings, product data, samples, certificates, or other).
e. Description of the part of the work covered.
f. Scheduled date for submission or resubmission.
g. Scheduled date for the reviewer's final release or approval.

4. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the
reviewer, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with submittal dates
indicated. Post copies in the project meeting room and field office.

a. When Contractor makes revisions, distribute to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the work.

J. Submittal Action by Reviewer:

1. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Contracting Officer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated
in individual Specification Sections as follows:

a. R: Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.

2. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do
not require Contracting Officer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not
complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in
individual Specification Sections as follows:

a. I: Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will occur.

1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise
indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce contract documents or
copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared
without specific references to the Project is not a Shop Drawing.

B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates, and similar drawings. Include the following information:

1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specific standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements.
6. Sheet size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches.
7. Submittal: Submit blue or black line prints for review.
8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken.
9. Do not submit Shop Drawings until Contractor confirms compliance with requirements of
the contract documents.
10. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installer, subcontractors, suppliers,
manufacturer, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities.
Show distribution on transmittal form.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 6
a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of the approved or approved as noted
Shop Drawing is in the installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Shop Drawings for construction.

1.6 PRODUCT DATA

A. Collect product data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product
data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts,
standard color charts, rough-in diagrams, templates, standard wiring diagrams, and
performance curves.

1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed product data
includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate
the applicable information. Include the following information:

a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.


b. Compliance with trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurements.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.

2. Do not submit product data until Contractor confirms compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents.
3. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installer, subcontractors, suppliers,
manufacturer, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities.
Show distribution on transmittal form.

a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of the approved product data is in the
Installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of product data for construction.

B. Bind each group of manufacturer's data and catalog cuts in a heavy paper binder such as "Duo-
tang" binder or an "Accopress" press board binder.

1.7 SAMPLES

A. Submit full-size fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and physically identified
with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or
fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing
color, texture, and pattern.

1. Mount or display samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated.


Prepare samples to match the reviewer's sample, if any. Include the following:

a. Specification Section number and reference.


b. Generic description of the sample.
c. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Availability and delivery time.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 7
2. Submit samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit samples for a
final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these
characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and
installed.

a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the


material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show
approximate limits of the variation.
b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for samples that illustrate
workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operations,
and similar construction characteristics.
c. Refer to other Section for samples returned to the Contractor for incorporation in
the work. Such samples must be undamaged at the time of use. On the
transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of sample submittals.

1) Samples not incorporated into the work, or otherwise designated as the


Government's property, are the property of the Contractor and Contractor
must remove from the site prior to project's final acceptance.

3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Contractor submits samples
for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard
choices.

a. The reviewer will review and return preliminary submittals with the reviewer's
notations, indicating selection and other action. Do not proceed with installation
until a copy of the approved sample is in the Installer's possession.

4. Maintain sets of samples, as returned, at the project site, for quality comparisons
throughout construction.

a. Unless Contracting Officer observes noncompliance with Contract Documents


provisions, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
b. Contractor may use sample sets to obtain final acceptance of the construction
associated with each set.

5. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,


manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance
of the work. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

a. Field samples are full size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings,
or finish materials, and to establish the project standard.

1) Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.

1.8 SUBMITTAL REVIEW

A. Government Reviewer's Action:

1. Review of submittal is to determine approval for general conformance with the design
concept and Contract Documents. Reviewer's approval is not an approval of any
deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the reviewer takes no
exceptions or comments or marks on or attaches to the submittal, it does not relieve the
Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. It does not construe

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 8
authorization of departures or a change. Only when the parties to the original Contract
agreement sign a written Contract modification are changes in the Contract Documents
made effective. If there is conflict between the Contract Documents and submittals, the
Contract Documents govern. Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy,
for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication
processes, for techniques of assembly, for coordination of work between trades, and for
performing work safely.
2. Where reviewer requests submittals for information or record only, the reviewer will
receive and file such submittals for its use. The reviewer will not necessarily take any
action on such submittals unless in its judgment action is required. Reviewer not taking
action does not imply in any way its approval of any submittal.
3. Except for submittals for the record or information, where Contract Documents require
action and return, the reviewer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken,
and return promptly.

a. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.

4. Action Stamp: The reviewer will stamp each submittal with a uniform action stamp. The
reviewer will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken as follows:

a. Final Unrestricted Release: When the reviewer marks a submittal "Approved" the
work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements
of the Contract Documents.
b. Final-but-Restricted Release: When the reviewer marks a submittal "Approved as
Noted," the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with
notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract
Documents.
c. Returned for Re-submittal: When the reviewer marks a submittal "Not approved,
Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with work covered by the submittal,
including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a
new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain a different action mark.

1) Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked "Not Approved,


Revise and Resubmit" at the project site or elsewhere where work is in
progress.

5. Unsolicited Submittals: The reviewer will return unsolicited submittals to the sender
without action.

1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. General:

1. Definition: Substitutions - Changes in Contract-required products, materials, equipment,


and methods of construction. Contracting Officer will consider substitutions proposed by
the Contractor after award of the Contract. The Government does not consider the
following requests for substitutions:

a. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Contracting Officer.


b. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract
Documents.
c. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and
orders issued by governing authorities.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 9
B. Conditions:

1. The Contracting Officer will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution
when Contractor satisfies a, b, and c of the following conditions and one or more of the
items in d through k of the following conditions, as determined by the Contracting Officer.
If the Contractor does not satisfy these conditions, the Contracting Officer will return the
request without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.

a. The Contract Documents do not require extensive revisions.


b. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract
Documents.
c. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted.
d. The Contractor cannot provide the specified product or method of construction
within the Contract Time. The Contracting Officer will not consider the request if
the contractor cannot provide the product or method as a result of failure to pursue
the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly.
e. The request directly relates to an "or-equal" clause or similar language in the
Contract Documents.
f. The requested directly relates to a "product design standard" clause in the
Contract Documents.
g. The requested substitution offers the Government's a substantial advantage in
cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities the Government must assume. The Government's additional
responsibilities may include compensation to the Architect-Engineer for redesign
and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Government,
and similar considerations.
h. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary
approval by a governing authority, and the Contracting Officer can approve the
requested substitution.
i. The Contractor cannot provide the specified product or method of construction in a
manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies
that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility.
j. The Contractor cannot coordinate the specified product or method of construction
with other materials and where the Contractor certifies they can coordinate the
proposed substitution.
k. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty
required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the
proposed substitution provides the required warranty.

2. The contractor's submittal and the Contracting Officer's acceptance of Shop Drawings.
Shop drawings, product data or samples for construction activities not complying with the
Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitutions,
nor do they constitute approval.

C. Submittals:

1. Substitution Request Submittal: The Contracting Officer will consider requests for
substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Contracting
Officer will reject requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work
at his discretion.

a. Submit requests in submittal format and according to procedures required for


contract modification proposals. Display in bold and in a conspicuous area the
words "REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION."

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 10
b. Identify the replacement for the product or the fabrication or installation method in
each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers.
c. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for
substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate.

1) Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed


to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Government
and separate contractors, which will be necessary to accommodate the
proposed substitution.
2) A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution
with those of the size, durability, and visual effect.
3) Product data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
4) Samples, where applicable or requested.
5) A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's
Construction Progress Management Schedule compared to the schedule
without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed
substitution on overall Contract Time.
6) Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the
Contract Sum.
7) The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to
requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate
for the applications indicated.

2. Contracting Officer's Action: If necessary, the Contracting Officer will request additional
information or documentation for evaluation for a request for substitution. The
Contracting Officer will notify of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 20
calendar days after receipt, or 7 calendar days after receipt of additional information or
documentation. Acceptance will be in the form of a change to the Contract.
3. Use the product specified if the Contracting Officer cannot make a decision on the use of
a proposed substitute within the time allocated.

1.10 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION

A. General:

1. Submit a Request for Information (RFI) when questions arise concerning interpretation,
conflicts, omissions, errors, or regulatory violations within the Contract Documents.

B. Review:

1. Review all RFIs prior to submission to the Contracting Officer or Governments


Designated Inspector. The General Contractor is responsible to have a thorough and
working knowledge of the entire Contract Documents and to review subcontractors and
in-house RFIs for legitimacy and reasonableness. Do not forward questions to the
Contracting Officer or Governments Designated Inspector that are easily answerable
from a cursory review of the Contract Documents.
2. Form a review committee composed of the General Contractors superintendent, quality
control manager, and project manager.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 11
a. When source of RFI is from the contractors staff:

1) Assign independent members (not the originator of the RFI) of the


contractors management team to review the question and Contract
Documents for potential answers available within the documents.

b. When source of RFI is from subcontractors or suppliers:

1) Assign management members of the contractors staff to review information


requesters question and the entire contract documents for potential
answers available within the documents.

3. For RFIs determined as reasonable and a change to the contract price or time is not
involved, submit to the government using the transmittal processes described hereafter.

C. Transmittal:

1. On the project website enter the following information:

a. Include brief synopsis.


b. State a precise question.
c. List the Specification Section.
d. List the Drawing page number.
e. Suggest a recommendation(s) to solve the issue. Include:

1) The specific [line item(s)] impact to the schedule.


2) The impact to the Contract (if any).
3) A technical solution recommendation.

D. Response:

1. Response Time:

a. Allow 14 calendar days for government review of the RFI. The Government will
respond to all RFI's on the Project website only. The Contractor will be able to
print out a hardcopy of the response from the website for its files.

2. If the response to the RFI does not involve a change to the contract, after receipt of the
government response, proceed as if the answer to the RFI existed within the Contract
Documents.

E. Changes to Contract:

1. For RFIs where the government determines a change to the Contract price or time is
appropriate, officially close the RFI and refer thereafter as a pending modification.
Comply with the modification requirements of Division 01 Section Contract Modification
Procedures.

F. Refer to Division 01 Section Project Web Site for project website related requirements.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 12
1.11 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. Pre-Performance Conference:

1. The Government will schedule a Pre-performance conference before construction begins,


at a time convenient to the Government and the Contractor. The conference will be at or
near the project site. The meeting will include the review of responsibilities and
personnel assignments.

a. Attendees: Contracting Officer, Governments Designated Inspector, other


authorized representatives of the Government, and their consultants; the
Contractor (project manager, CQC, and his superintendent); major subcontractors;
manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties.
b. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:

1) Preliminary construction schedule.


2) Critical work sequencing/phasing.
3) Designation of responsible personnel.
4) Procedures for processing field decisions and changes to the Contract.
5) Procedures for processing applications for payments.
6) Distribution of Contract Documents.
7) Submittal of Shop Drawings, product data, and samples.
8) Preparation of record documents.
9) Use of the premises.
10) Availability of parking.
11) Office, work, and storage areas.
12) Equipment deliveries and priorities.
13) Security.
14) Housekeeping.
15) Working hours.
16) Request for Information (RFI) process.
17) Significant contractual terms and conditions.
18) Adequacy of Temporary Storage of Government Furnished Equipment.
19) Other relevant matters.

Retain first paragraph below if a separate LEED coordination


conference is required.

B. LEED Coordination Conference: Schedule and conduct a LEED coordination conference


before starting construction, at a time convenient to Governments Designated Inspector.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Government, Governments Designated


Inspector, Commissioning Authority, Architect and Engineers of Record; Contractor and
its superintendent and LEED coordinator; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other
concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be
familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect meeting requirements for LEED
Silver certification, including the following:

Revise subparagraphs below to suit Project.

a. LEED Project Checklist.


b. General requirements for LEED-related procurement and documentation.
c. Project closeout requirements and LEED certification procedures.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 13
d. Role of LEED coordinator.
e. Construction waste management.
f. Construction operations and LEED requirements and restrictions.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting
minutes.

C. Progress Meetings:

1. Attendees: Provide representative(s) of entities concerned with the current progress, or


involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities of the Work. In
addition to the Governments Designated Inspector, mandatory attendees include the
Contractors staff [Superintendent, CQC, and on site Project Manager (if so staffed)],
every major subcontractor (as determined by the Governments Designated Inspector),
and other Government representatives as deemed necessary by the Government (for
example: Commissary Store Director, Base Civil Engineering Representative). Have all
participants at these conferences familiar with the project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meetings. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to the status of the Project.

a. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:

1) Interface requirements.
2) Time.
3) Sequences.
4) Status of submittals.

Retain first subparagraph below for projects with LEED or other


sustainable design documentation requirements.

5) Status of LEED documentation.


6) Deliveries.
7) Off-site fabrication problems.
8) Access.
9) Site utilization.
10) Temporary facilities and services.
11) Hours of work.
12) Hazards and risks.
13) Housekeeping.
14) Quality and work standards.
15) Changes to the contract.
16) Documentation of information for payment requests.
17) Short Interval Schedule (SIS).
18) Status of RFIs.
19) Safety.
20) Other topics as required.

3. Reporting: Provide minutes for the prior weeks progress meeting prior to each new
weekly meeting. No later than 3 days after each meeting, distribute minutes of the
meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a
brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 14
D. Red Zone Meeting:

1. An initial Red Zone meeting will be held to build a schedule of events necessary to
achieve project and fiscal completion within 120 days of the Project Beneficial Occupancy
Date (BOD). The initial meeting identifies key project milestones, responsibilities, and
target task completion dates. Particular attention must be given to the BOD and Grand
Opening (or Re-Opening) dates. The initial Red Zone meeting is held approximately 60
days prior to BOD.

a. There are three objectives to the initial meeting:

1) Representatives responsible for specific remaining tasks must be identified


and be in attendance at the meeting.
2) Representatives in attendance must be able to fully identify remaining work
necessary to complete their portion of the scope.
3) Representatives must commit to finishing the task they are responsible for
by the agreed date.

2. The objective of each follow on weekly meeting is to discuss and record actual progress
of each task. If a specific task appears to be slipping or occurs earlier than the completion
date; means methods and resources will be discussed, identified, and committed to
maintain the Red Zone Schedule. The impact to related activities is determined and
discussed. The entire team is notified of the potential impact to the remaining work.
3. Attendees: At a minimum, the following attendees shall participate in the initial Red Zone
Meeting.

a. DeCA Project Manager: Chair of the Red Zone Meeting, Responsible for Design
and Construction of the Project.
b. DeCA Operations Monitor: Responsible for the operations activities related to the
Project.
c. DeCA Store Director: Responsible for Operational aspects of the Project.
d. DeCA Zone Manager.
e. DeCA Region Engineer.
f. DeCA Communications.
g. CARTS-DeCA POSM Personnel.
h. DeCA Equipment Personnel.
i. DeCA Contacting Branch/AMDF Contracting Officer: Authority for Construction
Contract.
j. Construction Contractor:

1) Superintendent.
2) Quality Control Manager.
3) Major Sub-Contractor Representatives.
4) Installation Personnel:

a) Fire Department Representative.


b) Civil Engineer or Public Work Representative.
c) Environmental Representative.
d) Safety Representative.
e) Security Representative.
f) Communications Representative.

5) Program Management Assistance Contractor (PMAC):

a) PMAC Program Manager.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 15
b) PMAC Technical Inspector.
c) Specialty Inspectors (As required per specific project requirements).

6) Commissioning Agent.
7) Architect of Record (As required per specific project requirements).

4. At a minimum, the following attendees shall participate in the follow on weekly Red Zone
Meetings. All other attendees from the initial meeting that are not listed below will attend
as required and shall receive copies of all weekly red zone meeting discussions.

a. DeCA Store Director.


b. Construction Contractor.

1) Superintendent.
2) Quality Control Manager.
3) Major Sub-Contractor Representatives.

c. Program Management Assistance Contractor (PMAC).

1) PMAC Technical Inspector.

5. Initial Red Zone Meeting Process:

a. Initial Red Zone Meeting Date: The PMAC technical inspector will notify the DeCA
Project Manager of an estimated initial Red Zone Meeting date. This date will be
based on the construction Contractors CPM schedule and shall be estimated as
approximately 60 days prior to the construction Contractors scheduled BOD date.
The DeCA Project Manager will coordinate with the DeCA Operations Monitor and
a final date will be determined.
b. The DeCA PM; in conjunction with the PMAC TI will invite attendees related to the
construction portion of the Project to the meeting and the DeCA Operations
Monitor will invite the required attendees related to the operational activities of the
Project. Invitations to the meeting shall be distributed no later than 30 days prior to
the established initial Red Zone meeting date.
c. The DeCA PM chairs the initial Red Zone Meeting. The meeting discussions will
focus on the following three major areas:

1) Construction Activities and Milestones.


2) Operation Activities and Milestones (incorporate the P-Plan into the Red
Zone schedule).
3) Fiscal Activities and Milestones.

6. Initial Red Zone Meeting Discussions: The group discusses remaining construction
activities and reaches a consensus on percent complete and remaining durations
required for each to include the agreed completion date. Operational activities are
identified and estimated durations and responsibilities are assigned to include the agreed
completion date. Participants build a schedule for completing each task in a logical
sequence, and assign responsibility for actions to reach financial completion. The
technical inspector records key project milestones, responsibilities and dates and
provides distribution to all team members prior to the close of the meeting. The TI shall
prepare minutes of the meeting to include all agreed dates, milestones, durations and
represented attendees. The team shall:

a. Plan to finish on schedule.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 16
b. Identify and emphasize the importance of the key milestones, especially Grand
Opening.
c. Identify outstanding modifications and obstacles to closure.
d. Identify outstanding activities, whose responsible and scheduled completion.
e. Review Contract and contingency balance for all operational and construction
requirements remaining.
f. Discuss Warranty plan implementation.
g. Commitment to finish the DD Form 1354.
h. Discuss transfer from Construction Contractor maintenance to DeCA Maintenance
Contractor.

7. Follow on Weekly Red Zone Meeting Process: The PMAC technical inspector holds a
weekly construction meeting. Following the initial red zone meeting, the inspector will add
the red zone update to the weekly meeting agenda. Each member identified as a
mandatory attendee will provide input as to the status of each Red Zone
activity/milestone. The technical inspector will update the red zone schedule template
during the meeting. If any activity/milestone duration is different than originally planned,
the TI will identify the impact to remaining activities through the schedule software tool.
The TI will discuss with the Construction Contractor available options to maintain the
original agreed upon schedule. Emphasis shall be placed on maintaining the original
schedule. The TI shall review each impact and record the new status in the minutes. The
minutes shall be distributed to all responsible parties with specific attention brought to
any critical changes to the agreed upon schedule. If required, the DeCA PM will establish
a special meeting to help mitigate any problem that has the potential to extend the
Project end date and determine measures required to recover any lost time and bring the
activities back on schedule.
8. Suggested Activities/Milestones Listed by Responsibility:

CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES/MILESTONES

General Contractor
Communication System PA/Sound Beneficial Occupancy Date (BOD)
Installation As-Built Delivery
Lock and Key Plan Warranty Documents
Landscaping Complete Government Punchlist Complete
Test and Balance Systems User Training
Commissioning O & M Manual Submittal
GC Punchlist Complete DD 1354
Final Cleaning Construction Contract Complete
Pre-Final Inspection Release of Claims

Commissioning Agent
Commissioning

Installation
Fire System Inspection Installation Fire Department
Safety Inspection Installation Safety Department
Security Inspection Installation Security Department

PMAC
Run Weekly Meetings with Red Zone
Discussion PMAC TI
Update Red Zone Schedule PMAC TI
Photographer PMAC and/or Government
PMAC TI leaves site

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 17
DeCA Project Manager
Chair Red Zone Meeting DD 2626 Contractor Evaluation
Red Zone Process DD 2631 AE Performance Evaluation
Final Inspection DeCA Site Visit

Operations Monitor
Order GFGI
Order Vendor Contracts

Store Director
Furniture Installation/GFGI Installation
Store Set
Final Cleaning for Opening
User Move-in
Grand Opening

Government Contractor
Communication Phone System Installation
POS Installation

DeCA Contacting Branch/AMDF


Final Payment DeCA Contacting Branch/AMDF Contracting
Officer
Return of Un-obligated Funds DeCA Contacting Branch/AMDF Contracting
Officer
Refrigeration/HVAC Maintenance DeCA Contacting Branch/AMDF Contracting
Meeting Officer
Refrigeration/HVAC Maintenance DeCA Contacting Branch/AMDF Contracting
Transfer Officer

1.12 PROJECT REGISTER

A. Register:

1. Maintain Registers of proposal requests, supplemental instructions, RFIs, submittals, and


Contract modifications in electronic version at the jobsite that accurately reflects current
status of all pertinent data.
2. Make register available to the Contracting Officer for review when requested.
3. Develop and provide a project roster to the Governments Designated Inspector within 30
days of mobilization. Include contractors staff, subcontractors, and suppliers. Include
names, titles, addresses, phone numbers, email addresses of management personnel
and emergency contacts associated to the project for each firm involved.

1.13 CONTRACTOR PRODUCTION REPORT

A. Submit reports for each day that Contractor performs work to the Governments Designated
Inspector by 10 AM (local) the following workday. Account for each calendar day throughout the
life of the Contract. Use the same terminology used in the construction schedule. The project
superintendent must prepare, sign, and date the Contractor Production Reports and include the
following information:

1. Date of report, report number, name of Contractor, Contract number, title and location of
contract and superintendent present.

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 18
2. Weather in the morning and in the afternoon including maximum and minimum
temperatures.
3. The site conditions and its suitability for performing work.
4. A list of Contractor and subcontractor personnel on the work site, their trades, work
classification (e.g., journeyman, labor, etc.), employer, work location, number of
employees, description of work performed, hours worked, and etc.
5. Did Contractor release hazardous material/waste into the environment? (If YES, attach a
description of meetings held and actions taken.)
6. Safety events or inspections.
7. A list of equipment/material received each day.
8. A list of construction and plant equipment on the work site including the number of hours
used, idle and down for repair.
9. Include a "remarks" section in this report to document pertinent information including
directions received, problems encountered during construction, work progress and
delays, conflicts or errors in the Drawings or Specifications, field changes, safety
incidents, instructions given and corrective actions taken, delays encountered, and a
record of visitors to the work site.
10. Refer to the example at the end of this Section for other information required.

B. Include a Governments Designated Inspector "comments" section with signature block.

C. Provide electronically via the project website. Refer to Division 01 Section Project Web Site, for
other requirements.

D. Record Photographs:

1. Prior to starting construction, coordinate with and accompany the Governments


Designated Inspector to the project site and take photographs depicting existing site
conditions as the Governments Designated Inspector may direct.

AE to determine appropriate number of photographs based on size


of project. Consult with DeCA Project Manager.

2. Take a minimum of [100] digital color photographs.


3. Deliver [two] 5-inch by 7-inch prints each of the photographs and .jpg data (maximum
quality) copies on CD-ROM media to the Governments Designated Inspector within 15
days of the shoot. Identify the filenames on the back of each print.
4. Photographic work shall be of a quality that illustrates conditions clearly. Take the
photographs from various positions at the cameras highest quality jpg setting and at a
resolution no less than five megapixels in size.
5. Identify each photograph to show the date made, contract title and number, and include a
brief description of what each photograph depicts.
6. Insert each photograph in its own individual "see-through" plastic pouch (don't arrange
prints back-to-back) and enclose the two sets in two separate vinyl covered "D-ring"
binders for submission.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 19
EXAMPLE PRODUCTION REPORT:
DATE
CONTRACTOR PRODUCTION REPORT
(ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NECESSARY)

CONTRACT NO. TITLE AND LOCATION REPORT NO.

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDENT

AM WEATHER PM WEATHER MAX TEMP: MIN TEMP:


F F

WORK PERFORMED TODAY

WORK LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION EMPLOYER NO. TRADE HOURS

WAS A JOB SAFETY MEETING HELD THIS DATE? oYES oNO TOTAL WORK HOURS ON JOB SITE
(If YES attach a copy of the meeting minutes) THIS DATE
WERE THERE ANY LOST TIME ACCIDENTS THIS DATE? oYES oNO
(If YES attach copy of completed OSHA report)
WAS TRENCHING/SCAFFOLD/HV ELECTRICAL/HIGH WORK DONE? oYES oNO CUMULATIVE TOTAL OF WORK
PART 1 - JOB

(If YES attach statement or checklist showing inspection performed) HOURS FROM PREVIOUS REPORT
WAS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE RELEASED INTO THE ENVIRONMENT
(If YES attach description of incident and proposed action) oYES oNO
TOTAL WORK HOURS FROM START OF
CONSTRUCTION

LIST SAFETY ACTIONS TAKEN TODAY/SAFETY INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED SAFETY REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET

EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL RECEIVED TODAY TO BE INCORPORATED IN JOB

CONSTRUCTION AND PLANT EQUIPMENT ON JOB SITE TODAY. INCLUDE NUMBER OF HOURS USED TODAY

REMARKS

CONTRACTOR/SUPERINTENDENT DATE
FORM 01400-1 6/91
SHEET OF

<Insert project name and location>


ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 30 00 - 20
SECTION 01 31 13.13
MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, AND
ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. General reference.
2. Related requirements.
3. Space reference.
4. Standards, laws, ordinances.
5. Operation and maintenance of equipment.
6. Wiring.
7. Grounding.
8. Access panels.
9. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
10. Excavation and backfill.
11. Painting.
12. Vandal proofing.
13. Protective covering.
14. Interruption of service.
15. Demolition and remodeling.
16. Disposition of salvaged equipment and material.
17. Cleaning.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 08 Section Access Doors and Frames.


2. Division 09 Section Painting and Coating.
3. Division 11 Equipment.
4. Division 13 Special Construction.
5. Division 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.
6. Division 26 Electrical.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements for procedures.

B. Submittal Schedule:

1. Provide the indicated quantity. Unless otherwise stated, Provide four originals and 1 PDF
version. The Government will retain three copies and the pdf file.
2. Submittal action by reviewer: Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and
return.

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 1
C. Each Section of the Specifications may contain submittal requirements. Review all Sections of
the Specifications and provide all required submittals. Submittal requirements for this Section
are as follows:

1. Coordination Drawings.
2. Access panels.

1.3 GENERAL

A. Coordinate with other trades regarding the location and size of pipes, equipment, fixtures,
conduit, ducts, openings, switches, outlets, etc., so that there may be no interference between
the installation or the progress of the work of any Contractor or subcontractor on the Project.

B. The Mechanical and Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic. Follow as closely as actual
construction of the building and the work of other trades will permit. Where the Contractor
provided Shop Drawings approved by the Contracting Officer; follow the Shop Drawings.
Formally advise the Contracting Officer's Representative of any required changes from the
approved Shop Drawings, and record variances in Record Drawings.

C. The Contracting Officers Representative may change the location of any equipment 5-feet and
any piping, ductwork, conduit, etc., up to 10-feet in any direction without incurring extra charge
from the Contractor, provided such changes occur before installation.

D. Unless specified otherwise, furnish and install each item of equipment or material complete with
all necessary fittings, supports, trim, piping (supply, discharge, and drain), valves, switches,
relays, disconnects, cable, cords, conduit, overcurrent and overload protection, interfaces or
contacts, insulation, connection to power supply or source pipe, etc., as required for a complete
and operating installation in accordance with applicable codes and regulations.

E. Install all equipment and material according to the manufacturer's written instruction unless
otherwise specified.

1.4 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND SPACE PREFERENCE

A. Review the Architectural, Civil, Structural, Demolition, and any special Drawings to ensure the
inclusion of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing included in those drawings but omitted in the
Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Drawings. Distribute such information to the appropriate
subcontractor(s) for inclusion in the Work.

B. Carefully verify and coordinate the location and level of all pipes, ducts, etc. Run preliminary
levels and coordinate with all other contractors to avoid conflicts in other locations.

C. Plumbing lines below plumbing fixtures and electrical conduits above or below electric
switchgear and panels have precedence over ductwork or heating mains. Do not install piping
or ductwork directly over, under or within code required frontal clearances of the electrical
equipment.

D. In spaces with high concentrations of inter-related equipment, piping, conduit, and ductwork
(spaces like Mechanical Rooms), provide coordination drawings clearly depicting the layout
(both plan and elevation, or perspective). Clearly define in advance of construction the

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 2
relationship of all piping, conduit, ductwork, and equipment. Demonstrate clearance space
sufficient to service the equipment.

1.5 STANDARDS, LAWS, AND ORDINANCES

A. Where laws require, obtain written approval of systems (such as fire alarm, sprinklers) from
proper authorities before ordering equipment.

B. Supplementing the requirements of the General Conditions for compliance with laws and
ordinances, meet or exceed the requirements of the following:

Building ABA, International Building Code in conjunction


with the UFC 1-200-01
Plumbing National Standard Plumbing Code (NAPHCC)
Electrical equipment and wiring NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) in conjunction
with the ICC EC - 06 ADA
HVAC NFPA 90A in conjunction with the UFC 3-410-
01FA
Boilers, water heaters, pressure vessels ASME Boiler Code, Section VIII, Division 1 and 2
with Addenda; AGA
Sprinkler systems NFPA 13, NFPA 24 in conjunction with the UFC
3-600-01

1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT

A. Be responsible for the operation, maintenance, and safety of all equipment furnished, make all
necessary repairs, and do all necessary maintenance required to maintain the equipment in first
class condition until acceptance by the government.

B. Unless otherwise stated in this or other Specifications, where other contractors operate such
equipment, the other Contractor is solely responsible for the operation and safety of such
equipment.

C. Maintenance work includes, but is not limited to:

1. Lubrication.
2. Adjustments.
3. Filter replacements.
4. Chemical treatment.

1.7 WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MOTORS

A. Furnish and install all conduit, wiring, disconnects, starters, thermal overload heaters, holding
coils, remote push buttons stations, "hand-off-auto," multi-speed switches, and pilot lights for all
electrically operated mechanical equipment, including the final connections for ready operation,
as specified and shown on the Drawings.

B. Where motor starters come as an integral part of the equipment, comply with the Contract
Documents including, but not limited to, overload protection on all phases. Install "hand-auto-
off" switches on all heating, ventilating, air conditioning and temperature control starters.

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 3
C. Where starters or control panels come as an integral part of the respective equipment such as
boilers, packaged air conditioning units, sump pumps, etc., furnish and install all wiring and
make final connections to the line side of the starter or disconnect device and all wiring beyond
this point.

D. Furnish and install all required control and interlock wiring for all automatic control devices,
alarms, accessories, etc. Install on the holding coils of the starters or in the grounded load side
of TT switches unless otherwise specifically shown on the Electrical Drawings or specified
elsewhere.

E. Perform all electrical work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Install control wiring at
120 volt or less. Install all control wiring in conduit.

F. Consult with the electrical subcontractors before ordering or installing equipment. Coordinate
the motor type, voltage, and sizes with starter type, voltage and sizes, holding coil voltage,
thermal overload capacities, interlocks, etc. Each trade is equally responsible to ensure that the
equipment installed is of proper size and type.

G. Electrical subcontractor(s) shall consult with all other contractors furnishing motors that require
starters by the electrical subcontractor(s) to verify the exact type of starter required (e.g., part
winding, across the line, two speed, etc.) for each motor before ordering starters.

H. After the electrical subcontractor(s) completes the wiring, have each Contractor inspect the
wiring before operating their respective motors. The Contractor who furnished the motor is
completely responsible for the motors protection during the warranty period, including initial
startup of each motor, unless specifically shown otherwise in the Contract Documents.

I. Furnish motor protection devices on all 3 phase motors 5 HP and larger.

1.8 GROUNDING

Retain, delete or edit the following referenced NFPA publication and


Sections as required by Project.

1. Ground all electrically powered equipment per electrical specifications and NFPA 70.
See specifically Sections 250-1, 42, 43, 44, 50, 70, and 90.
2. Non-electrical powered roof-mounted equipment such as roof hoods, chimneys, vents,
etc.: Ground as required by NFPA 70.

1.9 ACCESS PANELS

A. Where control valves, shut-off valves, drip traps, air vents, heating coils, pull boxes, or other
mechanical or electrical equipment are above inaccessible furred ceilings or back of masonry or
furred walls, provide access panels. The Drawings indicate the location of many, but not
necessarily all locations requiring access panels.

B. Size access panels of sufficient size for adequate servicing, adjustment, removal, and
replacement of concealed equipment through the opening provided. Size panels as shown on
the Drawings. Size panels not dimensioned a minimum of 16 inches by 24 inches in walls and
24 inches by 24 inches in ceilings.

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 4
C. Submit Shop Drawings for approval before ordering panels. Furnish appropriated labeled doors
where fire rating is required.

Retain, delete or edit the following as required by Project.

D. Division 08 Section Access Doors and Frames (if applicable) specify panels.

1. Install Panels:
Bilco Milcor Karp
Drywall B DW 214P
Masonry C M 214M
Acoustical tile D AT 210
Plaster A K 214P

1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Submit all Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals
with the initial submittals. Prior to completion of the Contract, provide inserts for the O&M
manuals containing testing documentation related to the performance testing for each piece of
equipment tested.

1.11 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. Each Contractor performs all excavation, sheathing, bracing, and backfill required for the
installation of his respective work.

Retain, delete or edit the following referenced Division as required


by Project.

1. See: Division 31 Section Earthwork (if applicable).

B. Bed piping, conduit, etc., firmly and continuously on undisturbed earth (or sand or pea gravel
where specified or required). Where piping has bells, excavate deeper at same.

C. Where the excavation is in rock, ashes, cinders, refuse or other unsuitable materials, make the
trench 6 inches deeper and 12 inches wider than required for the piping and backfill with sand
or pea gravel 6 inches deep. In these areas, provide 6 inches of sand or pea gravel backfill
around the entire perimeter of pipe, conduit, etc. The intent is to have a minimum of 6 inches of
the appropriate fill below, on both sides, and atop the pipe, conduit, etc.

D. Maintain trenches and excavations free of standing water. Do not backfill trench until pressure
tests are complete, joints and pipe are watertight and the installation inspected. Backfill
trenches in 6-inch layers. Compact by tamping and puddling. Do not install frozen backfill
material.

E. Place backfill for the first 12 inches over piping, etc., by hand and carefully tamp.

F. Use sand or pea gravel fill for trench backfill under floors, parking areas, streets, walks, drives,
etc. Backfill over excavation with sand or pea gravel in 8-inch layers, dampen (do not soak) and
mechanically tamp to 95 percent minimum of maximum density per ASTM D 1557-78. Where

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 5
backfill of other construction surrounds pipe, remove same to undisturbed earth and backfill with
sand or pea gravel.

G. Surplus earth is acceptable for backfill in yards and seeded areas of the Project only upon
approval. The backfill cannot contain cinders, ashes, wood, large rocks, concrete, or debris.
Promptly remove (from the site) surplus excavation material not needed for backfill or elsewhere
on the site.

H. Provide adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, red lanterns, guards, etc., as required
during the progress of the excavation, installation, and backfill work. Observe all applicable
regulations respecting safety provisions, sheathing, and barricades.

I. For excavations made through streets, lawns, sidewalks, curbs, parking areas or other finished
surfaces, replace surfaces with material to match existing surfaces as approved by proper
authorities, including reinforced steel, where required. Neatly perform all cuts with saws, etc.

J. Protect utilities, trees, shrubbery, fences, poles, sidewalks, curbs and all other property and
surface structures from damage. Restore all disturbed by construction.

K. Before beginning excavation work, contact utility companies or, if applicable, responsible host
installation shops and request they locate and stake buried piping, wiring, etc. Expose such
piping, wiring, etc., by hand excavation prior to the use of power equipment.

Specify frost depth in construction documents.

L. The minimum cover over buried water pipe is frost depth plus 12 inches.

1.12 PAINTING

A. Clean, prepare, and paint the following with rust inhibitor followed by enamel paint at the time of
fabrication to stop rusting, whether exposed or concealed, insulated or un-insulated:

1. Welds to building structural members.


2. Welds on pipes without insulation.

Retain, delete or edit the following referenced Divisions as required


by Project.

3. Supplementary steel supports (see Division 21 Section Fire-Suppression Sprinkler


Systems, Divisions 22 Section Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and
Equipment, Division 23 Section Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment,
and Division 26 Section Common Work Results for Electrical).

B. Paint all surfaces visible through grilles of fin tube radiation, cabinet unit heaters, etc., with flat
black paint.

C. Touch up all damaged or chipped paint on all materials furnished.

Retain, delete or edit the following referenced Division and Section


as required by Project.

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 6
D. Perform all other painting and all finish painting (if any) of mechanical and electrical equipment,
materials, etc. See Division 09, Finishes. Leave all materials and equipment clean and dust
free and ready for paint. Do not paint over manufacturers' name plates. Do not paint sprinkler
heads.

1.13 VANDAL PROOFING

A. Reduce the number of exposed screws, bolts, etc., used in the occupied areas of the building to
a minimum.

B. Where screws, bolts, etc. is unavoidable, provide a flat-span vandal proof type or Allen wrench
type.

1.14 PROTECTIVE COVERING

A. Furnish and install suitable covering and protection for all equipment, devices, and materials,
etc., stored or set-in-place on the Project.

B. Prevent damage from mortar, plaster, paint, or other construction procedures or debris to
coverings.

C. A 6 mil polyethylene covering securely attached is acceptable in most cases. In cases where
daily temperature fluctuations will cause condensation inside the wrappings, provide a lamp or
other heat source to prevent formation of corrosion on controls, contacts, etc.

D. Protect all equipment nameplates from damage or defacement.

1.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE

A. Arrange work to minimize the period of interruption or outages in the various services.

B. For ADD/ALTER PROJECTS

1. No extra payment is due if it is necessary to do this work after normal business hours on
premium time to minimize inconvenience to the occupants.
2. No less than 21 days before interruption of any service, notify the Contracting Office of
such necessity, including the extent of the work required during the outage, the probable
length of time required for that phase of the work, and the desired time at which the
outage will begin.
3. The Contracting Officer dictates the beginning time and other regulations governing each
particular outage to minimize inconveniences to the occupants.

Retain following Article for Add/Alter Projects only.

1.16 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING

A. Remove existing equipment and materials pertaining to this Contract as specified and as
required to prepare for the new work of all contracts.

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 7
B. Where necessary, reroute piping, conduits, wiring, etc., from within walls, floors, ceilings, etc.
scheduled for removal.

C. Report to the Contracting Officer's Representative; any existing receptacles, light fixtures,
switches, panels, mechanical, plumbing, etc., rendered inoperable in areas outside the
construction zone and caused by work under this Contract.

D. Cap all abandoned or terminated piping, conduit, etc., below floor, behind wall surfaces, above
ceiling, etc., as required to completely conceal before new work is complete. Properly caulk,
seal, and provide an appropriate and appropriately sized pre-manufactured cap, escutcheon, or
faceplate to penetrations through walls, ceilings, and floors.

E. Most mechanical and electrical remodeling work is shown on the Mechanical and Electrical
Drawings. Carefully study all Drawings (all contracts) for "demolition" and "remodeling" work in
the existing building and field check to verify locations where such is underway to determine the
exact extent of work required.

F. The electrical subcontractor(s) shall test all new and existing electrical panels for new work and
verify their adequacy before and after connecting new loads. Report any inadequacies
immediately.

Retain, delete or edit the following referenced Divisions as required


by Project.

G. See Division 21 Section Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems, Division 22 Section Hangers and
Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment, Division 23 Section Hangers and Supports for
HVAC Piping and Equipment, and Division 26 Section Common Work Results for Electrical for
additional requirements.

H. NOTE! IMPORTANT! Do not remove existing equipment, systems, or etc. scheduled for
replacement by new equipment, systems, etc. from service until the installation and make ready
of the new equipment, materials, systems, etc. is complete. Provide temporary feeds to the
existing devices so they remain in service while GC is performing new work. Deviation from this
requirement requires specific written approval.

Retain following Article for Add/Alter Projects only.

1.17 DISPOSITION OF SALVAGED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL

A. Where the Contract Documents specify removal of existing materials or equipment from service,
unless otherwise noted as items to be retained by the government, take possession and remove
them from the Project site promptly, except as specified below or unless otherwise noted in the
Contract Documents.

B. Prior to disposal of commissary operational equipment, fill out the appropriate form, provided by
the commissary store director (CSD), including, but not limited to a list of the itemized
equipment with name, model #, part number, and value. Return the completed form to the
Contracting Officer Representative with a copy to the CSD.

C. Coordinate removal of old salvageable equipment with the CSD prior to removal. Failure to do
so might result in GC compensating the government for lost sales due to premature equipment
removal.

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 8
1.18 CLEANING

A. Keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish caused by contractor
operations. At completion of each days work, remove rubbish from the construction area. At
the completion of the Project, remove all rubbish, tools, scaffolding, surplus materials, etc.

B. At completion, clean all surfaces of all paint, plaster, mortar, stains, paper labels, stickers, dust,
grime, etc. Do not mar or damage surfaces while cleaning.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


MECHANICAL, REFRIGERATION, FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT,
AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
01 31 13.13 - 9
SECTION 01 31 23
PROJECT WEB SITE
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating and reporting construction operations
on Project Web Site.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Contract Modification Procedures.


2. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment and Electrical
Coordination.
3. Division 01 Section Administration Requirements.
4. Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation.
5. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
6. Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls.
7. Division 01 Section Environment Management.
8. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.
9. Division 01 Section Government Safety Requirements.

1.2 PROJECT WEB SITE - FACTSdocs

A. General: The Government will provide the Contractor access to a web based application
"FACTSdocs," which will be utilized in submitting, transmitting, reporting, and uploading project
documents and data as indicated in the Contract Documents. The project management
software will be accessible to the project team members designated by the Contractor and the
Government. The Government will provide training in the use of this project management
software to the designated project team.

B. Manage forms, submissions, and correspondence as set forth below to assist the Government
in its monitoring and administration of this Contract. Use this system to record, maintain, and
submit information throughout the contract period. This joint Government-Contractor use will
facilitate electronic exchange of information and overall management of the Contract. This
approach provides the means for the Contractor to input, track, and electronically submit and or
share information with the Government in the following areas:

1. Administration.
2. Finances.
3. Requests for information (Project Website).
4. Price proposals and background data.
5. Quality control.
6. Submittal monitoring (Project Website).
7. Transmittals (Project Website).
8. Scheduling.
9. Import/export of data.

<Insert project name and location>


PROJECT WEB SITE
01 31 23 - 1
10. Deficiency tracking.
11. Accident/safety tracking.
12. Daily activity / production reporting.

C. The primary function of the project management software is to ensure timely processing and
approval of all documentation in coordination with the project schedule. The Contractor shall
use the "FACTSdocs" software to complete, submit, update and upload the following data.
Request for Information (RFIs), Daily Construction Quality Control and Contractor Production
Reports Submittals, Transmittals, Weekly, Schedules to include Preliminary, Baseline,
Progress, Weekly Short Interval, Phasing Plans, Submittal Register, Project Register, Test
Reports, QCM Meeting Minutes, Safety Meeting Minutes and all other documentation and
correspondence specified in the Contract Documents and as deemed necessary by the
Government.

D. The Government will require the following naming convention format be used for all files
uploaded: Project Name-YY-MO-DD-File Name and/or description. Example: Keesler 08-06-16
Submittal 001 Quality Control Plan.

E. Project RFIs: The Contractor shall enter and transmit all Requests for Information (RFIs)
through the Project Management software. The Government will then answer the RFIs through
the Project Management software only. The project team will be able to print record copies of
the RFIs from the Project Management software.

F. Project Submittals: The Contractor shall enter submittals into the FACTSdocs software. Copies
of the product data and Shop Drawings shall be hand delivered to the Technical Inspector as
required and entered and/or uploaded into the project management software as a PDF file
and/or native format as required and/or indicated in this document.

G. Daily Quality Control Reports and Daily Contractor Production Reports: The Contractor shall
submit these reports daily into the Project Management software and sign them electronically
The Technical Inspector will then add any comments and sign electronically. The daily reports
may be printed as separate files or in "Log Format" as a report for use by the "Project Team."

H. Application for Payment: In addition to submittal requirements and in accordance with the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall enter and/or upload all documents as listed in
Division 01 Section Contract Modification Procedures for progress payment, and final payment
and as deemed necessary by the Government in PDF format into the Project Management
software.

I. Transmittals: The Contractor shall log the transmittal of all documentation and correspondence
to the Government using the Project Management software. Likewise, the Government will log
the transmittal of all correspondence and documentation to the Contractor into the Project
Management software.

J. Weekly Progress Meeting Minutes: The Technical Inspector will chair the Weekly Progress
Meeting and will upload the meeting minutes in the Project Management Software where they
can be viewed / printed by the project team.

K. Quality Control and Safety Meeting Minutes: In accordance with the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall enter and/or unload Quality Control and Safety Meeting Minutes into the Project
Management software.

Delete paragraph below if no project phasing required.

<Insert project name and location>


PROJECT WEB SITE
01 31 23 - 2
M. Preliminary, Baseline, Progress, Fragnet and Weekly Short Interval Schedules: In addition to
submittal requirements, the Contractor shall upload Preliminary, Baseline, Progress, Fragnet
Schedules and the Weekly Short Interval schedules in accordance to time periods as listed in
the Contract Documents into the Project Management software in both PDF and their native
formats.

Delete paragraph below if no project phasing required. (Primarily


for ADD/ALTERS and Coordination Drawings)

N. Phasing Plans and Phasing Schedules: In addition to submittal requirements and in accordance
with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall upload Phasing Plans, Schedules, and
Coordination Drawings into the Project Management software in both PDF and their native
formats.

O. Submittal Register and Project Register: In addition to submittal requirements and in


accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall upload their submittal register
and project register/schedules into the Project Management software.

P. Test Reports, Rework Logs and Punchlists: In addition to submittal requirements and in
accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall enter and/or upload all required
test reports, outstanding rework items, and Punchlists into the Project Management software.

Q. Pre-Performance Inspections, Photos, Inspections, and Reports: In accordance with the


Contract Documents, the Contractor shall enter and/or upload Pre-Performance Inspections and
Photos, on-going inspections and reports into the Project Management software.

R. Training: The Government shall provide training on use of the Project Management software to
the entire project team as soon as practical and or the construction trailers are in place and a
broadband internet connection is established. The FACTSdocs Administrator offers training via
web and teleconference formats for the convenience of the project team members. Scheduling
of these sessions should occur at the pre-performance conference. Initial training sessions may
be performed onsite by a competent person. The FACTSdocs Administrator will provide
additional sessions and/or follow-up training and/or training for any team member unable to
attend the onsite session via teleconference, webex, and or webinar style meeting. The
Contractor must provide the following information to the Government for each person requesting
access to the FACTSdocs software. Employee Name, Company they Represent, Contact
Phone Number, and Company Email Address.

S. Printing: All components-RFIs, submittals, daily quality control reports, transmittals, weekly
meeting minutes, modification information, project logs etc., shall be available in print through
the FACTSdocs software.

T. There is no separate payment or line item for establishing and maintaining these requirements.
Include all associated costs within the Contract pricing for the Work.

1.3 CORRESPONDENCE AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

A. For ease and speed of communications, both the Government and Contractor shall exchange
correspondence and other documents in electronic format. As required by the Contracting
Officer, the Contractor shall provide correspondence, pay requests, requests for information,
and other documents comprising the official contract record in paper format, with original
signatures and dates. Paper documents shall govern, in the event of discrepancy with the

<Insert project name and location>


PROJECT WEB SITE
01 31 23 - 3
electronic version. The Technical Inspector shall store all paper documents after submittal and
approval.

B. Format and File Naming Convention for Electronic Files: The government requires use of the
following file naming convention for all electronic file uploads. Project Name-Date-File Name-
version.

C. Start file name with abbreviated job name. For example, abbreviate Ord Military Community to
"Ord," abbreviate Dyess AFB to Dyess, and Camp Pendleton MCB to Pendleton. Do not use
special characters in the filename (e.g. ! @ # $ % ^ & *) . Follow the name with the date YY-
MM-DD. Always use two digits. Always use one space between the name and the date. A
good example is as follows 08-08-13. Follow the date with a brief description such as this
example, "Bakery-Deli Floor Tile."

D. Use the following sequencing when uploading photos of the same subject: add a space then a
number such as 1, 2, or 3, etc. after the description. A good example is "West Point 08-05-12,
Produce 1.jpg" and "West Point 08-05-12 Produce 2.jpg". Always use one space between the
date and the description.

E. Submit all correspondence and document attachments in Adobe Acrobats - Portable Document
Format (PDF) and schedules in native formats as well as PDF.

F. Provide password-protected electronic signatures in all signature blocks requiring Contractor


representative signatures to correspond with actual signatures in the duplicate companion
paper documents.

G. Provide fillable PDF data blocks where appropriate on all forms and correspondence requiring
further action by the Government.

H. When specifically requested by the Contracting Officer, provide additional data files in native
formats, e.g. spreadsheet (Microsoft Excel (.xls)) and word processing (Microsoft Word (.doc))
files.

I. Identification: Identify all Contractor correspondence to the Government with a serial number.
Prefix correspondence initiated by the Contractor's site office separately from that initiated by
the Contractors home office. Start serial numbering format from 0001.

1.4 PROJECT WEBSITE AVAILABILITY

A. The FACTSdocs software shall be available during all normal working hours in all CONUS time
zones. Expect only minimum downtime of the FACTSdocs software for maintenance and or
repairs.

B. FACTSdocs Software Maintenance: Performance of all periodic maintenance shall occur during
non- working hours for the Project.

C. The name and contact information of the FACTSdocs Administrator will be provided by the
Government at the pre-performance conference. This person will issue passwords and access
rights to all Project participants, resolve site maintenance issues, and act as primary point of
contact for the duration of the Project. This person shall be available to respond to technical or
functional questions or issues with the site operations during all normal business hours or a
minimum of 40 hours per week Mondays through Fridays.

<Insert project name and location>


PROJECT WEB SITE
01 31 23 - 4
D. In accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall enter and/or upload
information in FACTSdocs by routing the information to the Technical Inspector and
Government Team as follows: Route All documentation and required correspondence first to
the Technical Inspector.

E. The Project Website shall be accessible via the internet by all Project members.

F. The Project data maintained by the FACTSdocs software shall be accessible to the Government
for a period of five years after the Date of Beneficial Occupancy (BOD).

G. The Government will determine Access to specific data fields and reports in the FACTSdocs
software.

1.5 DATA SUBMISSION VIA ELECTRONIC MEDIA

A. Whenever possible the Contractor is to provide all electronic file submissions in Adobe Acrobat
.PDF format and unless otherwise specified only .PDF format.

1. Where electronic files are required to be delivered on data disk use the following:
minimum 750 MB CR-R capable of running Microsoft Windows XP or newer.
Alternatively, DVD-ROMs may be used. As an option 210MB CD-R medium may be
used for small files. Ensure they conform to industry standards used in the United States.
Provide all data in English.

B. Disk or CD/DVD-ROM Labels: Affix a permanent exterior label to each diskette and CD/DVD-
ROM submitted. Indicate in English the file name(s), full Contract number, Project name, Project
location, data date, name and telephone number of person responsible for the data.

1.6 IMPLEMENTATION

A. Contractor shall use electronic format as described in the preceding paragraphs. Contractor
shall ensure that sufficient resources are available to maintain supporting data and databases.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


PROJECT WEB SITE
01 31 23 - 5
SECTION 01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

Edit this Section (including title and footer) if no project phasing


required

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Administrative and procedural requirements for [phasing (ADD/ALTER PROJECTS)


and] scheduling (all project types). Failure to maintain the Construction Schedule in an
accepted status may result in the Contracting Officer withholding a monetary penalty
against the Contractor until the schedule is accepted.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements for procedures.

B. Submittal List:

Edit table below if no project phasing required

1.5 Preliminary Project Schedule 4+CD R


1.6 Phasing Schedule (Add/Alter Projects) 4+CD R
1.7 Project Schedules and Tables, Monthly Progress
Updates, and major revisions to Project Schedule 4+CD R
1.7M Changes 4+CD R
1.8 Short Interval Schedules For Each I
Weekly Meeting
Attendee
X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.
R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Non-excusable Delay: Any delay caused by events within the control of the Contractor.

B. Excusable Delay: Any delay beyond the control of the Contractor or Government, caused by
events such as strikes, acts of God, unusually severe weather, fires, floods, acts of
Government, etc.

C. Critical (Prejudicial) Delay: a delay to any activity that impacts the project completion date (a
delay to the critical path).

D. Non-Critical (Non-prejudicial) Delay: a delay to any activity that does not exceed the available
float time, and thus, does not impact the project completion date (a delay to non-critical work).

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 1
E. Compensable Delay: Any delay beyond the control of the Contractor, but within the control of
the Government, such as changes, differing site conditions, suspension of work, late approval of
shop drawings, late delivery of Government Furnished Equipment, etc.

F. Concurrent Delay: Two or more delays that occur simultaneously or overlap in some way.

1.4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLETION

A. All schedules provided for herein shall be based on the Contract Time and shall show Beneficial
Occupancy within the Contract Time, measured in calendar days after the effective date of the
Notice to Proceed.

B. Furnish such manpower, materials, facilities, and equipment and work hours, including night
shifts, overtime operations, to include Sundays and holidays as necessary to ensure completion
of the Work in accordance with the approved Project Schedule. If the Contractor through non-
excusable delay, misses a scheduled milestone by 14 days, a critical path activity start or
completion date, or forecasts a delay to the overall project, the Contracting Officer may require
the Contractor to take the following recovery actions:

1. Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of activities.


2. Increase manpower in such quantities and crafts as will substantially eliminate the
backlog of work to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.
3. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per working day, working days per
week, or the amount of equipment utilized. Perform any combination, subject to the
following:

a. Approval from the Contracting Officer.


b. Accommodate the Governments Designated Inspector for required inspections.
c. If any work is accomplished outside of normal working hours that requires
inspection and or approval, then the work shall not be covered up unless the
Contractor:

1) Pays all costs for additional Government inspections to include Government


per diem rates, and all costs for transportation to and from the project site.

4. Submit a revised Project Schedule demonstrating the Contractors proposed plan to make
up the lag in schedule progress and to ensure completion of work within the Contract
time. Refer to paragraph 1.7N.

1.5 PRELIMINARY PROJECT SCHEDULE

A. Submit within 20 calendar days from the Notice to Proceed a preliminary computer generated
network defining the Contractor's planned operations during the first 120 calendar days.
Indicate the general approach for the balance of the project. Include cost of activities expected
to be complete or partially complete before submission and approval of the project schedule.

B. The Government will provide the Contractor with a Primavera or a Suretrak schedule template
with all default program settings, codes, etc. Use the approved preliminary schedule for
payment purposes not to exceed (120) calendar days.

Delete article below if no project phasing or occupancy required

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 2
1.6 PHASING PLANS AND SCHEDULES (ADD/ALTER PROJECTS)

A. Occupancy Requirements:

1. The commissary will remain in operation throughout the duration of this Contract.
2. Cooperate with the Contracting Officer in phasing and coordinating the work to minimize
disruptions and interference with commissary daily operations.

B. Scheduling:

1. Submit a detailed schedule of work in accordance with this Section that conform to the
priority and sequence of work shown on the Construction Phasing Plan indicated in the
Contract Documents. Notify the Contracting Officer 14 days in advance of anticipated
changes in the phasing plan or work schedule to permit the Contracting Officers
consideration of approval and for adjustment of store operations without adversely
affecting the ability of the commissary to function as necessary. Obtain written notice to
proceed before commencing phase changes or work that affects store operations.

Adjust this time below for project conditions

In instances where the commissary must vacate an area prior to the


contractor initiating work, indicate sufficient time [(seven days
minimum)] in the Project Schedule for the commissary to move
fixtures and merchandise as necessary from existing areas to
newly completed areas.

C. Government Phasing Plan: The Government phasing plan is a floor plan of the store that
shows areas the Contractor will be allowed to have at any one time. Combined with the Project
Schedule, the Government can view what part of the store is being worked on at any given time.
By definition, the Phasing Plan is not the same as the Project Schedule. The Government
Phasing Plan indicated in the documents is a minimum guideline for developing detail in the
Contractor's Project Schedule required by this Section. Any proposed change to the
Government Phasing Plan must be approved by the Government. The Government Phasing
Plan is intended to explain a potential phasing sequence. Some requirements must be adhered
to for practical, operational, safety, or other reasons.

D. Contractor's Phasing Plan: The Contractor will develop a revised phasing plan (if it deviates
from the Government phasing plan) from information gathered in a formal meeting, scheduled
by the Contractor within 45 days from Notice to Proceed. Mandatory attendees are the Store
Director (or authorized representative), the DeCA Project Manager, the Contracting Officer, the
Governments Designated Inspector, key management of the Contractor, major Sub-
Contractors and Suppliers. Submit the revised phasing plan to the Contracting Officer for
approval at least 10 days prior to the meeting. Do not proceed onto future phases until the
Contracting Officer approves the revised phasing plan. Once approved, the revised phasing
plan will be the contractual 'Phasing Plan'. Use of the approved Phasing Plan in the
Contractor's Project Schedule is required.

1. The Government Phasing Plan does not address all of the situations encountered in the
construction process, nor does it address the Contractor's specific capabilities, means, or
methods. It generally addresses Commissary operations and is to serve as a guidance
document and as a basis for the Contractor to develop a detailed Phasing Plan. In
developing the detailed Phasing Plan, prioritize Commissary operations as implied by the
Government Phasing Plan. The Contractor shall take into account his and his

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 3
subcontractor's means, methods, and capabilities and examine the Government Phasing
Plan for potential improvement.
2. The Government has a sample computer-generated phasing plan available to the
Contractor, upon request, at no cost.

E. Phase Turnover and conditions for proceeding to subsequent Phases: Comply with Division 01
Section Closeout Procedures.

F. Subsequent revisions to the Phasing Plan: If the Contractor deems revision to the Phasing plan
to be prudent, the Contractor shall request permission from the Contracting Officer to revise it
and the make the corresponding changes to the Project Schedule. Prior to submission for
approval, concurrence for the changes shall be obtained from the Governments Designated
Inspector and the Store Director. Only after gaining the Contracting Officer's approval shall the
Contractor proceed with instituting the revised Phasing Plan and Project Schedule.

G. GENERAL RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

1. Work areas inside the commissary are normally available during hours the commissary
closes to customers. Note that commissary operations personnel regularly work hours
over and above those hours open to customers. Coordinate access and request
approval from the Contracting Officer seven days in advance of the need to schedule
after hours work.
2. Perform some work tasks during the commissary's normally closed hours. Potential
tasks required for performance during those hours include, but are not limited to,
painting, tasks involving disconnecting or rerouting electrical power, some demolition
items, items of work which create excessive noise or generate fumes which irritate the
customers, commissary employees, or put them at risk. Closely coordinate with the
Contracting Officer, the Commissary Store Director and Base Security to identify these
tasks and schedule them.
3. Schedule construction inside the commissary so interference to daily operations is
minimal. Restrict operations that create dust, noise, and fumes inside an open-for-
business commissary to its normally closed hours.
4. It is the intent of the Contract that the commissary does not close any days other than
those it would normally. However, should the Contractor identify accomplishment of a
task in a time period not to exceed 48 hours, and should this result in a benefit to the
commissary in its operations, a one day closing is an option on either side of a normally
closed day. The Contracting Officer is under no obligation to grant such a closing, but
may consider if it would result in an enhancement to the overall project. Provide a
minimum 30-day notice to the Contracting Officer and receive written notice to proceed
before commencing work on the premise of a closed store.
5. Maintain utilities to all adjacent facilities at all times except as required during scheduled
change over periods. Schedule outages and interruptions with, and obtain written
approvals from, the Contracting Officer.
6. Coordinate the installation of the mechanical, fire detection and suppression, and
electrical systems to maintain the existing building at its current levels while the new
systems and new areas become on line.

1.7 PROJECT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS FOR MAINTAINING PROGRESS

A. Contract Time: Warrant and represent that the Work shall be complete within the Contract
Time. Perform all work in an orderly and closely coordinated sequence and in conformance
with the Contract Milestones and the Project Schedule. The Contract Time includes allowances

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 4
for time lost due to foreseeable adverse weather conditions other than floods, hurricanes,
tornadoes, and the like.

B. Effect of Schedules. Acknowledge that no Progress Schedule or any other update of any
schedule (whether accepted by the Contracting Officer or not) shall extend the Contract Time,
adjust the Contract Milestones or modify the Project Schedule unless and until such change is
approved by the Contracting Officer in a written Contract Modification. If the Contracting Officer
determines that the Contractor is not entitled to an extension of Contract Time or an adjustment
of the Contract Milestones, comply with the then current Contract Milestones and achieve
Beneficial Occupancy within the Contract Time. Take such action as necessary to bring the
general progress of the Work into compliance with the Project Schedule. Bear entirely the cost
and expense of such overtime, or any additional measures, including any costs or damages
incurred by the Government; such as the Governments Designated Inspector, or Government
Contractors.

C. General Format:

1. Base schedules on the critical path method using the Precedence Diagram Method
format ("PDM").

a. For Contracts Greater Than $7,500,000 in Value: Use Primavera Project Planner
(P3) Software, Version 3.01 or later for Windows Operating Systems.
b. For Contracts $7,500,000 or Lower in Value: Use P3 or Suretrak Project Manager
(current Version) for Windows Operating Systems.

Edit paragraph below if no project phasing required

2. Use the schedule template provided, including all default program settings, codes,
calendars, etc. during all Project Schedule[/Phasing Plan] development.
3. The schedule is a requirement to assure adequate planning and execution of the work
and to assist the Government in appraising the reasonableness of the schedule and
evaluating progress of the work both before and during construction.
4. Schedule activity durations to allow for normal weather conditions such as precipitation,
high or low temperature, wind, etc. Any activity duration, potentially impacted by normally
anticipated weather shall include an adjustment for the anticipated weather effect. The
Contractor shall anticipate the weather effect by referring to the governments projected
number of days the Contractor will be affected by weather delays. The projected average
number non-work weather delays for <insert specific installation location here>,
based on the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association's (NOAA) historical monthly
averages for the NOAA location for this site, is <insert average number of historical
non-work weather days based on NOAA Station closest to the project site -
typically the military installations flight-line>. Using this data, the Contractor will
reflect the number of anticipated weather delays allocated to an activity in the activity's
calendar. A lost workday caused by weather, is defined as a day in which the
Contractor's workforce cannot work at least 50 percent of the day on the impacted
activity(s) because of weather. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting
Officer when a lost day has occurred due to weather and will record on the Daily Reports
the occurrence of the weather and the resultant impact to the normally scheduled work. If
the number of actual lost workdays caused by weather exceeds the number of days
anticipated, the Contracting Officer will convert any qualifying lost workdays to calendar
days, giving full consideration for equivalent fair weather workdays and issue a
modification in accordance with the Contract clauses.

D. Schedule Submittal Formats:

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 5
1. Submit tabular reports on 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch sheets.
2. Submit graphic reports on 11-inch by 17-inch sheets with the exception of the logic
diagrams, in which case submit on 30-inch by 42-inch sheets.
3. Provide two (2) copies per submittal. On each page, clearly identify the Project,
Contractor name, filename, and the data date of each project.
4. Submit schedule back-up information electronically.

a. Each electronic file shall contain the Project Schedule (initial submittal), or the
latest updated Progress Schedule (subsequent monthly submittals).
b. Properly label each electronic file identifying the project, Contractor's name,
filename, and the data date.

E. Contractors Scheduling Representative: Before starting the Work, designate, in writing to the
Contracting Officer, an individual, with previous experience of at least five (5) years creating and
reviewing construction schedules, as the Contractors Scheduling Representative. This
representative shall monitor and maintain the Project Schedule and scheduling as defined in
this Section and shall be able to revise, update, and recommend logic revisions to the Project
Schedule as necessary for closely monitoring progress of the work. Include in the written
designation the name, qualifications and experience of the individual and request the
Government's acceptance, which will not be unreasonably withheld. The Scheduling
Representative shall be responsible for the coordination and implementation of all Contractor
activities and responsibilities relating to the Project Schedule and scheduling as set forth in the
Contract Documents.

F. Proposed Baseline Project Schedule: Within ninety (90) calendar days after the effective date
of the Notice to Proceed, provide the Contracting Officer with a schedule to cover the entire
Contract Time (Project Schedule). Prepare schedule in detail and format required by the items
set forth below. The Project Schedule shall show the order, interdependence of activities, and
the sequence of the plan to accomplish the work.

1. Review of Project Schedule: All submitted Schedule(s) shall be subject to the review by
the Contracting Officer, and when accepted by the Contracting Officer, shall be identified
as the Baseline Project Schedule. Allow the Contracting Officer fourteen (14) calendar
days for review of each submittal. Within twenty-one (21) calendar days of the Project
Schedule submittal, the Contracting Officer will conduct a teleconference with the DeCA
PM, Governments Designated Inspector, Government Scheduler, and Contractor to
discuss any review comments issued. The Government will provide an advance set of
comments to the Contractor three calendar days prior to the meeting. The PCO will return
the disposition of the schedule to the Contractor on an AF Form 3000 one calendar day
prior to the teleconference. If the Project Schedule is approved as submitted, a
teleconference is not required.
2. By accepting the submitted Schedule(s) as the Baseline Project Schedule, the
Contracting Officer is not assuming any of the Contractor's responsibility for the timely
and orderly completion of the Work or the coordination of the performance of the
Contractor's Work or its subcontractors with that of other Contractors. Any adjustments
made in the Project Schedule necessitated by any error or inconsistency, or by reason of
the requirements for the orderly performance of the Work, shall be made and the Work
performed by the Contractor without additional compensation or extension of time.
3. The final proposed Project Schedule accepted by the Contracting Officer shall be
identified as the Project Schedule and shall be the Project Schedule used by the
Contractor and Government for monitoring progress of the work.
4. Clearly indicate any special sequencing, predetermined use of multiple shifts or overtime,
all costs of which deemed included in the Contract Sum. Unless otherwise indicated,
work hours shall be Monday through Friday, 8 hours per day (day shift). Schedule the

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 6
work by days in the proposed Project Schedule to accurately reflect project activities
occurring other than day shift such as, weekends, holidays, and second or third shifts. In
addition, request information from major subcontractors before completing the proposed
Project Schedule. The proposed Project Schedule submittal shall include, at a minimum,
the following items:

a. Provide a minimum of 80 activities per $1,000,000 of actual work. Each piece of


equipment shall have a separate activity assignment. DO NOT consider
refrigeration system as one piece of equipment. Each activity's assignment shall
be identifiable to a single responsible party. This includes all procurement, design,
submittal review, fabrication, and delivery activities. The Project Schedule shall
indicate durations for all activities in working days, with durations of no less than
one (1) nor more than twenty (20) days per activity, with the exception of activities
such as design, submittals, fabrication, or deliveries.
b. Include identification of all precedence relationships between the design, submittal,
fabrication, delivery and Contractor's activities, as well as those of Subcontractors.
Base the Project Schedule on a thorough review of the Contract Documents,
showing the interface between separate Contractor's and subcontractor's work.
Insure all definable features of the work are identified in the Project Schedule.

1) Procurement Activities: Include tasks related to the procurement of materials


or equipment as separate activities. Examples of procurement process
activities include, but are not limited to: submittals, approvals, procurement,
fabrication, and delivery. Assign procurement activities to a 7-day calendar.
DO NOT use fabrication and Delivery activities as "Stored Material" items.
Stored Materials are allowed for specific items meeting the criteria listed in
Division 01 Section Contract Modification Procedures.
2) Critical Activities: List the following activities as separate line activities on
the Project Schedule:

a) Submission and approval of:


(1) Contractor Quality Control Plan.
(2) Safety Plan.
(3) CPM Schedule.
(4) Mechanical/electrical layout drawings.
(5) O & M manuals.
(6) As-built drawings.
(7) DD1354 data and installed equipment lists.
(8) Refrigeration submittal.
(9) Structural steel shop drawings.
(10) Fire protection shop drawings.
(11) Testing and balancing of HVAC, plus commissioning plans and
data.
(12) Security System.
b) Implementation and termination of each temporary utility.
c) Implementation and termination of each temporary support facility.

Edit below if no project phasing required

d) Relocation dates[ (phases, etc.)].


e) GFCI item dates.
f) GFGI item dates.
g) Air and water balance dates.
h) HVAC commissioning dates.

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 7
i) Controls testing plan.
j) Controls testing.
k) Performance Verification testing.
l) Other systems testing, (Commissioning).
m) Training.
n) Beneficial Occupancy/Move-in.
o) Move-out.
p) Pre-final inspection.
q) Correction of punch list from pre-final inspection.
r) Final inspection.
s) Notice to Proceed.
t) Project Completion.

Edit paragraph below if no project phasing required

c. Government Activities: Show Government and other agency activities that could
impact progress. These activities include, but are not limited to: approvals,
inspections, utility tie-ins, Government Furnished Equipment (GFE)[, each phase
start and phase completion dates]. "Logically link" government activities to the
schedule.
d. Contract Milestones: In addition to any Contract Milestones set out in the Bid
Documents, indicate on the Project Schedule no fewer than three and no more
than eighteen Contract Milestones for the completion of various components of the
Work. The Contract Milestones shall be confirmed by Contract Modification and
cannot thereafter be changed except by Contract Modification.
e. Suggested Milestones:

Delete paragraphs below if no project phasing required

1) HVAC start-up.
2) [Phase Start to include Sub-Phase start].
3) [Phase Completion to include Sub-Phase completion].
4) Telecommunications and IT systems installation.
5) POSM/Data installation [by phase].
6) Refrigeration 100 percent ready for inspection.
7) Security system complete.
8) Fire Alarm system complete.
9) Government Furnished Equipment (GFE).

f. Constrain contractually specified milestones to show negative float if the early


finish date of the last activity in that phase falls after the milestone date.
g. Date/time constraint(s), other than those required by the Contract, is not allowed
unless accepted by the Contracting Officer. Identify all non-contractual constraints
proposed (if any) and provide an explanation for the purpose of the constraint in
the Narrative Report. The Government reserves the right to delete any such
constraint when evaluating the effects of delays. Constrain contractually specified
milestones to show negative float if the early finish date of the last activity in that
phase falls after the milestone date.
h. All activities shall have at least one predecessor and successor except for two
activities (the first and last).
i. All activities shall have a maximum float of 80 days.
j. Start and Finish dates: DO NOT automatically update by default mechanisms that
may be included in scheduling software systems.

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 8
k. Actual Start and Finish dates on the schedule shall match those dates provided
from Contractor Quality Control Reports or Contractor Daily Reports. Record the
Actual Start and Finish dates on the Daily Reports or Quality Control Reports for
every in-progress, or completed activity for the day of record.
l. Out-of-Sequence Progress: Activities that have posted progress without all
preceding logic being satisfied (Out-of-Sequence Progress) is allowable on a case-
by-case basis with the approval of the Contracting Officer. Propose logic
corrections to eliminate all out-of-sequence progress, or justify not changing the
sequencing, prior to submitting an updated Project Schedule for approval. Provide
explanation in the Monthly Narrative.
m. Lag activities: Durations for Lag Activities shall not have a negative value. In
conditions where start-to-start relationships exist, lag time shall not exceed the
original duration of the preceding activity. Do not use lags when the creation of an
activity will perform the same function (e.g., concrete cure time).
n. Critical Path Activities: Limit critical (0-day float) activities to 30 percent, and near-
critical (<5-day float) activities to 40 percent or less. Minimize the use of Finish-to-
Start relationships.
o. Log Comments: Comments inserted into the Project Schedule shall be for the
Contractors use only. Failure by the Government to address those comments is
not an acceptance or rejection of such comments.

5. Provide a coding system that clearly identifies (as a minimum) the following items per
each activity:

a. Responsibility Code: to identify General Contractor, Suppliers, Purchasing,


Subcontractors, Government, etc. Identify all activities in the Project Schedule by
the party responsible for that activity. Responsibility includes, but is not limited to,
the subcontracting firm, Contractor work force, or Government agency performing
a given task. Activities shall not belong to more than one responsible party.
Identify the responsible party for each activity by the Responsibility Code.
b. Area/Phase Code: defining major areas and locations of Work. Work Areas:
Identify all activities in the Project Schedule by the work area (key plan) and Phase
in which the activity occurs. DO NOT allow activities to cover more than one work
area. Identify work area of each activity by the Area/Phase Code.
c. The appropriate CLIN code item for each activity.
d. A type of activity (submittal, fabrication, delivery, Contract milestone, etc.) code.
e. Activity descriptions, durations and coding for preparation and processing of
submittals, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, fabrication, delivery and
installation/erection/assembly of products, materials and equipment.
f. Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Code: Adjust the provided code to the specific
project. Add or delete headings or sub-tiers as necessary.

6. All construction activities in the Project Schedule shall be cost loaded. The assigned
dollar values for all activities shall cumulatively equal the total Contract Price and include
the costs for mobilization, bonds and insurance. General requirements, overhead and
profit, and other costs not attributable to specific activities shall be prorated throughout all
construction activities shown in the Project Schedule.
7. Tabular reports shall contain the following: All reports in this paragraph shall contain
activity identification, the original duration, remaining duration, percent completion,
activity description, early dates, late dates, total float, added or deleted activities, and
changes to logic and durations. An exception is the cost report which shall have the
activity identification, activity description, original duration, remaining duration, the
percent completion, values, total budget value, previous total value, this month value and
remaining values per each item. This cost report total shall be the contract amount

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 9
including approved Contract Modifications. In addition, the report should be subtotaled
by Contract Modifications.

a. Cost Report: Contains columns providing activity ID numbers and activity


descriptions for each activity, previous percent complete by activity, percent
completed this period by activity, percent completed to date by activity, original
budgeted amount by activity, earnings this period by activity, and earned to date by
activity. This report shall be organized by CLIN item and sorted by activity ID
numbers. Project and CLIN item totals shall be clearly displayed at the top of CLIN
item group and project total.
b. Activity Report: Contains columns displaying activity ID numbers, activity
descriptions, original durations, actual durations, remaining durations, early start,
late start, early finish, late finish, actual start, actual finish, suspend dates, resume
dates and percent complete for each activity. This report is to be organized by
project, phase and area. Project shall be sorted by early start. Percent complete to
date shall be displayed for each phase, area and activity.
c. Total Float Report: A list of all incomplete activities sorted in ascending order of
Total Float. Activities which have the same amount of total float shall be listed in
ascending order of Early Start Dates. Completed activities shall not be shown on
this report.

8. Graphic diagrams of the following: All reports in this paragraph shall contain an activity
identification, the original duration, remaining duration, percent completion, activity
description, early dates, late dates and total float for each activity.

a. A logic diagram showing a continuous activity flow from left to right (11 inches by
17 inches and 30 inches by 42 inches). Show activity numbers, description,
duration, and total float on the diagram. Graphically and clearly identify contract
milestones and critical path.
b. A short interval schedule (3-week look ahead) chart as described in paragraph 1.8.

G. Monthly Reports: Contractor shall submit monthly, those reports detailed in paragraphs F.6 and
1.8 with the exception of the logic diagrams. These diagrams shall be submitted for approval
when major logic changes are made to the Project Schedule or when the Contracting Officer
deems necessary.

H. Revisions to Project Schedule: If Contractor requires major changes to the Project Schedule,
by no fault of the Government, Contracting Officer or Governments Designated Inspector, the
Contractor shall submit those changes for review and acceptance by the Contracting Officer,
and shall follow the procedures outlined in the Articles above, at no cost to the Government.
Contractor shall allow the Contracting Officer fourteen (14) calendar days for review. No
changes to the Project Schedule or out-of-sequence work are allowed without a written
authorization from the Contracting Officer.

I. Progress Schedules: On the 25th of each month, the Governments Designated Inspector and
the Contractor shall inspect the work to determine percent complete for each activity in the
Project Schedule. Generate the monthly Progress Schedule from the current month's accepted
Project Schedule, in the retained logic mode, and shall show the actual progress of the Work
(through the end of the current month). Throughout the term of the Contract, deliver a monthly
Progress Schedule to the Contracting Officer on or before the 1st of the following month or as
otherwise required by Contracting Officer. Record progress for each activity by entering the
actual start and finish dates and, the percent complete for all activities worked for that period.
In the event that the Contracting Officer and Contractor cannot agree on the monthly update,
the Contracting Officer will direct the Contractor, at no cost to the Government, to update the

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 10
schedule as the Contracting Officer deems necessary. The Contractor acknowledges that the
Contracting Officer may not accept or process a payment request until the Contractor provides
an updated Progress Schedule which is accepted by the Government.

J. Set the software's calculation method so that percent complete will determine remaining
duration is not automatically calculated from the reported percent complete. All approved
Contract Modifications shall be incorporated into the monthly update of the Progress Schedule.
The latest accepted Progress Schedule shall become the current Project Schedule. Allow 5
calendar days for Government review of the Project Schedule Update. Sequentially number
each monthly Progress Schedule and date for identification, in the form and substance
requested by the Contracting Officer. The monthly Progress Schedule shall include all tabular
and graphic reports and electronic media indicated above.

K. Progress Payment: At the discretion of the Contracting Officer, payment may be withheld
without an approved Project Schedule. Use the Project Schedule to generate the monthly
payment application based on actual work installed (percent complete). Base progress and
earned value on work-in-place and project through the end of the month. Use this information to
generate a Progress Payment Application. Submit the payment application no later than the 1st
day of each month. Activities that do not have an approved budget line item are not payable.

L. Monthly Schedule Meetings: Cooperate with the Contracting Officer in all matters concerning
the Project and/or Progress Schedules, and attend a monthly schedule review meeting with the
Contracting Officer or Governments Designated Inspector. In the meeting describe on an
activity-by-activity basis the following:

1. All proposed revisions and adjustments to the Project Schedule reflecting the status of
the Project.
2. Actual start and actual finish dates for all activities in progress or completed, as
appropriate.
3. The estimated percent complete for each activity in progress.
4. All logic changes pertaining to Project Modification activities sequencing or durations, and
corrections to schedule logic to avoid out of sequence progress.
5. The purpose of this meeting is for evaluating the updated Progress Schedule and not for
modifying previously reviewed durations or percentages. Do not make any changes to
the schedule without a written acceptance by the Contracting Officer.
6. The monthly meeting described in this paragraph is in addition to the "weekly progress
meetings" described in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.

M. Changes:

1. When changes in the work are necessary, submit for review by the Government a fragnet
analysis along with a proposal for each individual change.
2. Illustrate in the fragnet how the Contractor proposes to incorporate the changed work and
the time impact of the change into the overall completion date.
3. Additionally, demonstrate in the fragnet the time impact (based on the forecast Notice to
Proceed date provided by the government and the status of construction at that point in
time) and the event time computation of all affected activities using the latest approved
Progress Schedule.
4. In cases where the Contractor does not submit a fragnet for a specific change or alleged
delay then it is mutually agreed that the particular change or alleged delay has no time
impact on the Contract completion date and no time extension is required.
5. In the event that the Contractor and the Contracting Officer cannot agree on the
extension or reduction of time for a particular change, the Contracting Officer will have
the option to provide suggested logic and/or duration times in all subsequent reports.

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 11
The suggested logic and/or duration times shall remain in effect until the Contract
Modification is executed or until the logic and durations are superseded.

a. If the Contractor has any objections to the data furnished by Contracting Officer, so
advise the Contracting Officer, in writing, fully supporting the objections with an
alternate plan no later than 10 calendar days after receiving the information from
the Contracting Officer.
b. Use the data provided by the Contracting Officer until the alternate plan is
reviewed and accepted by the Contracting Officer.
c. If the Contractor does not submit an alternate plan in the stipulated time, the
Contracting Officer will deem that the Contractor has concurred with the
Contracting Officers suggested logic/duration time changes to the Project
Schedule.

6. The approved fragnet shall be the basis of time performance of the work.
7. Include only Contract Modifications approved by the Contracting Officer in the Project
Schedule submission.
8. The Monthly Progress Payment Narrative, as required in Division 01 Section Contract
Modification Procedures, shall specifically reference, on an activity-by-activity basis, all
changes made since the previous period and relate each change to documented,
approved Project Schedule changes.

N. Schedule Delays:

1. If the Contractor determines that it will not be able to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Milestones and achieve Beneficial Occupancy within the Contract Time,
and:

a. is behind in the Work based on the Progress Schedule and/or


b. is, in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, delaying or failing to prevent delay by it
or it's Subcontractors in the progress of the Work, then:

2. Promptly submit to the Contracting Officer a plan (no later than seven (7) calendar days
after such determination), including proposed adjustments to the Progress Schedule, if
any, showing how the Contractor plans.

a. to mitigate impact upon other portions of the Work and the Project
b. and how it plans to bring the Project back on the Project Schedule

3. If the Contracting Officer finds the proposed plan is not acceptable, submit a new plan. If
the actions taken by the Contractor on the second proposed plan are not satisfactory to
the Contracting Officer, take the actions set forth in paragraph 1.4.B without additional
costs to the Government, to make up the lag in schedule progress.
4. If the Contractor feels that it is necessary to revise its critical path logic in order to
achieve the Contract Milestones and Beneficial Occupancy within the Contract Time,
submit a revised recovery plan for approval prior to commencing Work on said activities.
5. Unapproved out-of-sequence Work in the critical path is not allowed. The Government
will not make payment for unapproved out-of sequence Work on the critical path. DO
NOT start work until such alternate plan is approved by the Contracting Officer.
6. The Contracting Officer has the right to immediately order the Contractor to finish
completion of late activities, and any activities which have been delayed by the late
activities, by whatever means necessary, without any additional cost to the Government.
Comply with the order.

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 12
7. If the Contractor works multiple shifts, extended overtime, Saturdays, Sundays or
holidays as a means to recover lost time and/or to finish the Work for its own benefit, the
Contractor will be responsible for the resultant costs incurred by the Government.

O. Schedule Float: The Contractor and Contracting Officer agree that float available in the
schedule, at any time, is not for the exclusive use of either the Government or the Contractor.
Use of Zero Free Float and Zero Total Float constraints is not allowed. Negative float is not
allowed without a recovery plan to bring the project back to the current contract completion
date. Use of float suppression techniques, such as; preferential sequencing (arranging critical
path through activities more susceptible to Government caused delay), lag logic restraints, zero
total or free float constraints, extended activity times, or imposing constraint dates other than as
required by the contract, shall be cause for rejection of the project schedule or its updates. The
use of Resource Leveling (or similar software features) used for the purpose of artificially
adjusting activity durations to consume float and influence the critical path is expressly
prohibited.

P. Expedited Work: The Government may request the Contractor to work overtime to expedite the
completion of the Work or a portion of the Work at a time when the Contractor is otherwise in
conformance with the Contract Documents and the Project Schedule. If such a situation should
occur, a price for the expedited work shall be negotiated prior to commencement and covered in
a contract modification.

Q. Time Extensions: For consideration of a time extension, the following criteria must occur:

1. The event in question impacts the critical path.


2. The event must change the contract end date.
3. There is an absence of a concurrent Contractor event causing impact to the critical path.
4. The Contractor is responsible for burden of proof (fragnet) and supplies such proof in
writing.
5. The Contractor is not entitled to an extension of time or additional compensation for
delays (of whatever nature) to non-critical path activities or for a schedule delay that does
not extend the completion date beyond the Original Contract Completion Date. This
applies regardless of whether the Contractor could have completed the Work prior to the
Original Contract Completion Date or the Contractor submitted a schedule showing
completion of the Work prior to the Original Contract Completion Date. A compensable
delay is applicable only for government-caused delays extending the Contract
Completion Date.

1.8 SHORT INTERVAL SCHEDULES

A. Short Interval Schedules: Submit Short Interval Scheduling (SIS) or 3-week look-a-head for
each Weekly Construction Meeting. Generate these reports using Primavera Filter, or the
Tabular Report function from the current approved Progress Schedule.

B. The interval is a three-week projection that includes the week submitted and the following two
weeks thereafter.

C. Provide sufficient detail to evaluate milestones and identify/tie into the current schedule. Detail
this schedule to include all activities scheduled for the 3-week period. The short interval
schedule shall reflect actual work planned for the three week time.

D. Submit in bar chart format on a daily scale, sorted by early start and responsibility, covering all
activity work for the following 3 weeks.

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 13
E. The Contracting Officer will review the SIS, or 3 week look-a-head, and if necessary require
revision.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 16 - 14
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Implementation by DeCA facilities of Executive Order 13423 - Strengthening Federal


Environmental, Energy, and Transportation Management and Executive Order 13514 Federal
Leadership in Environmental, Energy and Economic Performance.

BACKGROUND
Executive Order 13514 Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic Performance,
signed October 5th 2009. This document contains numerous requirements on greenhouse gas and
energy reduction, water use efficiency, pollution prevention and waste reduction, sustainable acquisition,
electronic stewardship, and other sustainability aspects. EO 13514 builds on the requirements contained
in EO 13423 described below. EO 13514 makes mandatory the five Guiding Principles of the
memorandum of understanding for all new construction and major renovations and sets an aggressive
goal for applying these practices to our existing capital assets over the next decade.

Executive Order 13423 Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and Transportation


Management, signed January 24, 2007 provides for specific guidance concerning efficiencies to be
incorporated into all federal facilities. This EO rescinds Executive Order 13101 - Greening the
Government Through Waste Prevention, Recycling, and Federal Acquisition and Executive Order 13123 -
Greening the government Through Efficient Energy Management. These two EOs were baseline
documents for the implementation of efficiencies in facilities and as measured by Leadership in Energy
and Environmental Design [LEED]. Many federal agencies, including DeCA, adopted the LEEDs ratings
guidelines to measure elements contained in their facilities to acquire various levels of compliance with
EOs 13101 and 13121. As a result of EO 13423, DeCA has re-evaluated its requirements and
measurements of its facility program to respond specifically to the requirements set forth in EO 13423
and further clarified in the UFC 4-030-01 Sustainable Design Requirements document.

In addition to meeting the requirements of the executive orders described above, design and administer
construction for all New and Add / Alt Projects to meet the requirements of LEED Silver with an initial
design target of 55 points. Do not register the Project through LEED. The design team shall submit to
DeCA a completed LEED scorecard during the early design phase of the project indicating the credits to
be pursued as part of the design process in addition to the required pre-requisites and minimum program
requirements (MPRs). At the end of the project the design team shall submit to DeCA a report showing
compliance with the targeted LEED credits.

IMPLEMENTATON PLANNING

DeCA facilities will implement EO 13423 and 13514 using the DeCA Design Criteria Handbook, as the
basis of all commissary designs. All current sustainable design requirements for compliance with the
executive orders reference above are available to all users on the DeCA Facilities website and can be
accessed at www.decafacilities.com.

DESIGN CRITERIA

1. DeCA Sustainable Design Requirements

A. The Defense Commissary Agency is committed to sustainable design and construction


practices that comply with Executive Order 13514: Federal Leadership in Environmental,
Energy, and Economic Performance, dated October 8, 2009, Executive Order 13423:
Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and Transportation Management, dated
January 24, 2007, the Federal Agency Memorandum of Understanding: Federal Leadership in
High Performance and Sustainable Buildings, and the Energy Policy Act of 2005. Consistent
June 2011 01 33 29 1
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

with the above, Executive Orders 13514 and 13423 direct Federal Agencies to ensure that
new construction and major renovation of federal facilities comply with the Guiding Principles
for Federal Leadership in High Performance and Sustainable Buildings. These principles
require designers to incorporate the following goals during project design:

1. Employ Integrated Design Principles


2. Optimize Energy Performance
3. Protect and Conserve Water
4. Enhance Indoor Environmental Quality
5. Reduce Environmental Impact of Materials

These principles are to be followed for the goals of reducing the total ownership cost of
facilities; improving the energy efficiency and water conservation; provide safe, healthy, and
productively built environments; and, to promote sustainable environmental stewardship. The
Executive Orders can be viewed at www.fedcenter.gov under the Program Area menu to the
left hand side of the screen.

B. As an Agency of the Department of Defense, DeCA fully recognizes the economic and
environmental benefits of sustainable design and construction practices. The Agency also
recognizes that certain objectives for the sustainable goals in commissary projects may be
harder to achieve than others. The designer of commissary facilities is to identify the
sustainable design features and requirements early in the design process so that these
features can be incorporated into the design at the lowest possible cost. As required by EO
13513 a 30% energy reduction over ASHRAE 90.1-2004 must be achieved in all new building
projects. LEED Silver Design requirements will require comparison with ASHRAE 90.1-2007
for energy savings results, since ASHRAE 90.1-2007 is more stringent on energy design
requirements, the energy reduction over ASHRAE 90.1-2007 may be less than 30%. Design
team will need to provide DeCA with predicted energy savings thresholds from an energy
model compared to both the ASHRAE 90.1-2004 and 2007 baselines for the building to
validate compliance.

C. Designers are to review the following Guiding Principles and incorporate them in the design.
These outlines are intended to provide an example guide in implementation of the goals of the
authority Executive Order 13423. Designers are requested to review these principles at
http://www.wbdg.org/sustainableEO/ .

D. Guiding Principles for Federal Leadership in High Performance and Sustainable Buildings.
The following outline issues are to be addressed during the design stages.

June 2011 01 33 29 2
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

GUIDING PRINCIPLES
FOR
FEDERAL LEADERSHIP IN HIGH PERFORMANCE AND
SUSTAINABLE BUILDINGS

Federal Agencies are required to incorporate the Guiding Principles for New Construction and Major
Renovations into all new construction, major renovation, or repair and alternation of Federal
Buildings. This set of Guiding Principles is linked below, with additional links to technical guidance on
specific topics covered in the WBDG.

http://www.wbdg.org/references/fhpsb_new.php

DeCA Implementation Plan


Additional requirements specific to DeCA Projects are listed below by Section.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I - Employ Integrated Design Principles
I.A - Integrated Design
I.B - Commissioning
II - Optimize Energy Performance
II. A - Energy Efficiency
II. B - On-Site Renewable Energy
II. C - Measurement and Verification
II. D - Benchmarking
III - Protect and Conserve Water
III.A - Indoor Water
III.B - Outdoor Water
III.C - Process Water
III.D - Water Efficient Products
IV - Enhance Indoor Environmental Quality
IV.A - Ventilation and Thermal Comfort
IV.B - Moisture Control
IV.C - Daylighting
IV.D - Low-Emitting Materials
IV.E - Protect Indoor Air Quality During Construction
IV.F - Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control
V Reduce Environmental Impact of Materials
V.A Recycled Content
V.B Biobased Content
V.C Environmentally Preferable Product
V.D Waste and Materials Management
V.E Ozone Depleting Compounds

June 2011 01 33 29 3
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

I - Employ Integrated Design Principles


I.A - Integrated Design
Requirement: Provide professional staffing in all areas of project development.

Application: Project development team will maintain the same senior management from the
beginning programming and charrette through completion of construction. The team will not only
comply with all relevant codes and laws, but will incorporate into the project the essence and
intensions of Executive Order 13423-Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management and Executive Order 13514-Federal Leadership in Environmental,
Energy, and Economic Performance. The team will develop and implement an overall strategic plan
to implement to the highest degree possible, the goals of these E.O.'s.

Suggested Steps:

1. Address and provide a strategic plan to establish performance goals early in the planning
and design stages

2. Develop and incorporate team strategies for the implementation of goals and define
areas of responsibility.

3. Review planning and documents to ensure compliance with team strategies.

4. Verify compliance with performance goals.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible professional team professional demonstrating


and stating performance goals have been achieved. Integrate strategies into commissioning report.

I.B - Commissioning

Reference: Appendix C - COMMISSIONING. The referenced source will be the guide for
completing this requirement.

Requirements: The commissioning process activities shall be completed by the commissioning


team, in accordance with Appendix C. Some of the requirements of that document will be:
Designate an individual as the Commissioning Authority to lead the commissioning
process activities. This individual must have the minimum defined experience level and
be independent, as defined in the Commissioning Reference.
Clearly document the owners project requirements and the basis of design for the
buildings energy related systems. Updates to these documents shall be made during
design and construction by the design team.
Develop and incorporate commissioning requirements into the construction documents.
Develop and utilize a commissioning plan.
Verify that the installation and performance of energy consuming systems meet the
owners project requirements and basis of design.
Complete a commissioning report.

Commissioning Systems: The energy related systems to be included in the commissioning


process activities include as a minimum:

June 2011 01 33 29 4
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and refrigeration (HVAC &R) systems (mechanical
and passive) and associated controls.
Lighting controls, including day lighting.
Domestic hot water systems.
Renewable energy systems (PV, wind, solar, etc.).

Application: A formal building commissioning program for commissary construction will provide
considerable benefits as stated above. DeCA has adopted a policy to require a formal building
commissioning process during design and construction. An independent commissioning authority will
be designated to lead the commissioning process. Appendix C provides guidance on how the
commissioning process must be structured.

Suggested Steps:
1. Designate a Facility Commissioning Authority to lead facility commissioning activities.
The commissioning agent must be independent of the designer or construction manager
and qualified to serve as the owners commissioning representative.

2. Identify system commissioning requirements during the early stages of project


development. Require the commissioning agent to review the design documents and
design energy modeling and coordinate with DeCA and the A-E on conformance to
objectives.

3. In conjunction with the architect-engineer and DeCA, the Commissioning Agent will
ensure that the Owners project requirements have been document and addressed in the
design documents.

4. Require the commissioning agent to coordinate with the architect-engineer designers and
DeCA on specific commissioning goals for sustainable design and energy conservation.

5. Incorporate a review of the buildings energy related systems into the commissioning
process.

6. Have the commissioning agent review and comment on the design documents and
design energy model.

7. Develop and coordinate a commissioning report after the commissioning activities have
been completed.

8. Plan for and schedule a Post Occupancy Survey to assess building performance with
O&M staff and operators within one year of final acceptance and develop a plan for
addressing lessons learned, operational issues and outstanding commissioning issues.

9. Provide for verification of O&M training for operational personnel on building


performance.

Submittal: As directed by Appendix C, DeCA Design Criteria Handbook.

II - Optimize Energy Performance

June 2011 01 33 29 5
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

II. A - Energy Efficiency

Reference: Design Criteria 23 00 00, paragraph 1.05-Efficiency Recommendation Tables from


DOE/FEMPs Buying Energy Efficient Products.

Requirements: Reduce the proposed building performance rating compared to the baseline building
performance rating per ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007 (without amendments), for the total
energy consumption within and associated with the building project, as demonstrated by a whole
building project simulation using the Building Performance Rating Method in Appendix G of the
Standard.

All building energy loads associated with the project must be included in the energy simulation model.
Improvements to non-regulated loads must be documented as described below. Regulated energy
systems include HVAC (heating, cooling, fans, and pumps), service water heating, and general
interior lighting. Process loads for retail may include display lighting, refrigeration equipment, cooking
and food preparation, and other major support appliances. Merchandise for sale that is plugged in,
and small moveable appliances are not candidates for improved energy performance.

Appendix G of Standard 90.1-2007 requires that the energy analysis done for the Building
Performance Rating Method include ALL of the energy consumption within and associated with the
building project.

To achieve the goal the proposed design must:

Must comply with the mandatory provisions (Sections 5.4, 6.4, 7.4, 8.4, 9.4, and 10.4) in
Standard 90.1-2007 (without amendments);
Must include all the energy consumption within and associated with the building project;
and
Must be compared against a baseline building that complies with Appendix G to Standard
90.1-2007 (without amendments).

For the purpose of this analysis, process energy is considered to include, but is not limited to, office
and general miscellaneous equipment, computers, elevators and escalators, kitchen cooking and
refrigeration, laundry washing and drying, lighting exempt from the lighting power allowance (e.g.
lighting integral to medical equipment) and other (e.g. waterfall pumps). Process energy does not
include any lighting (such as for the interior, parking garage, surface parking, faade, or building
grounds, except as noted above), nor any HVAC (such as for space heating, space cooling, fans,
pumps, toilet exhaust, parking garage ventilation, kitchen hood exhaust, etc.), nor any service water
heating for domestic or space heating purposes.
For Process Loads provide cut sheets or other documentation demonstrating budget and proposed
equipment. A clear baseline must be described and documented to compare to proposed
improvements in process load categories. The baseline and improvements must be documented in
the following ways:
Appliances & Equipment: For appliances and equipment, provide cut sheets of typical
budget and proposed equipment that indicates hourly energy use. Provide a
spreadsheet calculation estimating the daily use hours for each piece of equipment
listed. Use the total estimated energy use in the energy simulation model as a plug load.
Reduced use time (schedule change) is not a category of energy improvement in this
June 2011 01 33 29 6
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

credit. Energy star ratings and evaluations are a valid basis for performing this
calculation.
Display Lighting: For display lighting, the space by space method of determining allowed
lighting power under ASHRAE 90.1-2001 must be used to determine the appropriate
baseline for both the general building space and the display lighting. Section 9.3.1.2 of
ASHRAE 90.1-2001 describes the methodology for determining a baseline that includes
display lighting. Installed lighting in the proposed building, including display lighting is
compared to this baseline in the simulation.
Refrigeration: For hard-wired refrigeration loads, the impact of energy performance
improvements must be modeled with a simulation program specifically designed to
account for refrigeration equipment. For example, eQUEST has a refrigeration module
that can be used to simulate performance improvements in refrigeration equipment. An
energy simulation template for DeCA using the eQUEST Refrigeration Model is currently
being developed and will be available soon. Included with the template will be
spreadsheet tools that are designed to provide an easy means to transfer information
from design plans and specifications into a format for ease of inputting into eQUEST.
The template will include specific modeling guidelines for commissaries, including how to
determine infiltration loads through customer doors, DHW loads and sources for
determining appropriate utility rates to apply in the model.

Application: The intent of these MOU performance standards is to ensure that Commissaries
facilities are being designed to maximize energy performance of the building envelope and building
systems. It is within DeCAs best interest to ensure that facilities are being designed and constructed
to maximize energy performance. These objectives provide a good target of opportunity and some
results could be achieved without significantly impacting overall project costs above baseline. Other
factors to consider:
Passive solar features should also be considered for potential commissary application.
Not only can these features contribute to the overall reduction of energy use, but they
also can have an impact on customer sales. Studies have demonstrated a positive
contribution to sales from implementing these features. Use of solar light tubes in the
sales area and warehouse could offer a significant contribution to overall energy
reduction.
High efficiency HVAC systems, refrigeration equipment and various other process and
equipment loads and lighting will have the greatest incremental impact on overall energy
consumption in commissaries. The greatest amount of design effort should be devoted
to improving these systems. The refrigeration process loads are the expected to be the
biggest energy use in commissary stores. DeCA typically utilizes heat recovery and heat
rejection strategies, high efficiency motors, high efficiency ballasts and high efficiency
lamps in display cases to lower total energy use. Designers should coordinate with
equipment manufacturers to improve energy efficiency, particularly for volume build
applications.
The designer should look at all equipment and systems that use energy and identify
strategies to reduce energy use. Consider first cost verses life cycle cost, maintenance,
replacement costs, and any potential benefit or detriment to staff or customers when
selecting strategies. Design the building envelope and building systems to maximize
energy performance. Use a computer simulation model to assess the energy
performance and identify the most cost-effective energy efficiency measures. Quantify

June 2011 01 33 29 7
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

energy performance as compared to the baseline benchmark. The designer should use
historic utility bills from similar stores, generic retail energy use data, data from their local
utility, or computer modeling to assess typical and projected loads. Regardless of the
methodology used in setting the energy budget, the credit narrative should include a
description of the methodology used and assumptions made.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agencys Energy Star Program is working to establish
retail energy benchmarks. Benchmark data is available for grocery stores. Beta testing is
underway to compile benchmark data for convenience stores and warehouses.
Designers should use Energy Star data when determining their energy budget. In the
absence of established retail benchmarks, the retailer-specific, relative energy savings
credit will meet the intent of increasing energy performance as well as generate retail
energy usage data.
DeCA commissaries are required under the Federal Energy Management Program
(FEMP) to provide energy reductions. Consistent with this guidance, DeCA has
established a goal to achieve an Energy Use Index (EUI) for commissaries of 137 by
2010 (137,000 BTU/SF/YR). Typical commissary facility project designs are currently
rated with a Design Energy Use (DEU) Index in the range of 150 to 200 (150,000 to
200,000 BTU/SF/YR). This is more than the required EUI goal, so additional
improvements will be required to meet the Guiding Principles goal of a 30% reduction for
new facilities and a 20% reduction for major renovations.

The following table describes average building and process loads for several categories of retail
types. This table provides a guideline as to the anticipated significance of process energy categories
in retail projects. (The data is assembled from several national studies and data provided by the
R
LEED -NC Retail Committee.)

Retail Energy Use Distribution by Retail Type


Retail Type Regulated Loads (including Process Loads
display lighting)
Food Service 50-65% 35-50%
Grocery 40-45% 55-60%
Specialty Service 80-90% 10-20%
Merchandise 65-85% 15-35%

Particular care and attention should be devoted to careful selection of refrigeration


equipment and other connected equipment loads to carefully select energy efficient
models and to recapture generated heat and cold air. The designer should provide
DeCA with equipment cut sheets and other manufacturers or industry literature to
demonstrate selection of energy efficient equipment in comparison to normal industry
standards.

Suggested Steps:

1. Establish an energy performance baseline for similar-sized and used facilities,


considering adjustments for climatic conditions.

2. Incorporate energy performance objectives into architect-engineer design statement of


work. Target unit area reductions of 30% under baseline for new buildings and 20%
under baseline for existing buildings.

June 2011 01 33 29 8
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

3. Review and assess cost and benefits of identified cost saving opportunities.

4. Select preferred options for incorporation into design documents.

5. Review design documents to assure compliance with design intent.

6. Document achievement of objectives as part of the facility commissioning report.

Submittal: Provide certification by the designer of record that incorporates a quantitative


summary table that specifically lists each of the energy saving strategies into the proposed
building design and demonstrate how the energy reductions compare with the baseline building.
Compare items such as window U-factors, installed lighting wattage per square foot, HVAC and
refrigeration equipment efficiencies, etc. and demonstrate the projected energy savings
expressed as a percentage of baseline. Demonstrate via a summary printout from an energy
simulation model that the building performance rating will be less than the baseline performance
rating as defined in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007, Appendix G for the total energy consumption
within and associated with the building. All energy loads must be included in the calculations and
simulation.

II. B - On-Site Renewable Energy

II. C - Measurement and Verification

Requirements
Develop and implement a Measurement and Verification plan consistent with Option D:
Calibrated Simulation (Savings Estimation Method 2), or Option B: ECM Isolation, as
specified in the International Performance Measurement & Verification Protocol (IPMVP)
Volume III: Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction,
April, 2003.
OR
Develop and implement a Measurement and Verification plan consistent with Option C:
Whole Building, as specified in the International Performance Measurement &
Verification Protocol (IPMVP) Volume I: Concepts and Options for Determining Energy
and Water Savings, 2001.
The option selected shall be appropriate for the size and nature of the building.
The M&V period shall cover a period of no less than one year of post-construction
occupancy.

Application: DeCA provides for substantial metering and verification of energy consumption over
time through its refrigeration monitoring and alarm contracts. As an integral part of the facility
commissioning and post validation assessment surveys, DeCA can include provisions in these
contracted efforts to demonstrate thru measurement and verification that the objectives for reduced
building energy consumption over time have been achieved. Other factors to consider:
DeCAs current metering policy does not include sub-metering to identify discrete
elements of energy performance. In the early stages of the design, sub-metering needs
to be discussed and made part of the overall design appropriate to the scope of the
project.

June 2011 01 33 29 9
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Sub-metering capabilities, their potential benefits and costs, need to be discussed during
the design process.
In interpreting the intent of this requirement, it may be assumed that DeCA would not
have to implement metering down to individual components. Instead metering would be
implemented at the aggregate component portion of load. In other words, load
components, such as refrigeration case load, sales area lighting, process energy loads,
exterior lighting and other key components would be each be measured in aggregate and
provide opportunity to assess load contribution and potential energy reduction strategies
for each component.

Suggested Steps:

1. Comply with DeCAs criteria on type of commissary metering.

2. Review opportunities for sub-metering to identify discrete components of energy


reduction. Include necessary metering and sub-metering devices in the design to
measure energy.

3. Incorporate into commissioning procedures and post construction validation


assessments procedures to assess measurements to verify anticipated energy
reductions.

4. Review design documents and A-E contracts to assure compliance.

5. Document achievement of objectives as part of the facility commissioning report and


post-validation assessment survey.

Submittal: Provide certification by a licensed professional engineer or Requirements architect


confirming that all necessary metering was been installed as per the M&V Plan and that a contract
or commitment is in place for the professional services necessary to implement the M&V program.
Provide a copy of the M&V Plan following IPMVP Volume III, April 2003, or IPMVP.

II. D - Benchmarking

III - Protect and Conserve Water

III.A - Indoor Water

Reference: Guidance, paragraph 5.11-Energy Efficiency and Water Conservation at Federal


Facilities.

Requirements: Maximize water efficiency within buildings to reduce the burden on municipal water
supply and wastewater systems. Employ strategies that in aggregate result in 20% less water use
than the water use baseline for the building after meeting the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT 05)
Uniform Plumbing Code 2006 and International Plumbing Code 2006 (not including outdoor irrigation
for site landscaping). For equipment not addressed by EPACT 05 additional equipment performance
requirements may be proposed provided documentation supporting the proposed benchmark or
industry standard is submitted. The installation of water meters is encouraged to allow for the

June 2011 01 33 29 10
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

management of water use during occupancy. The use of harvested rainwater, treated wastewater,
and air conditioner condensate should also be considered and used where feasible for nonpotable
use and potable use where allowed.

Application: Commissary facilities are typically large consumers of potable water as a result of
patron and employee sanitation demands and water demands associated with food preparation,
processing and sanitation. DeCA has already established target guidelines to reduce water
consumption in new and existing facilities. There is a general trend in the food industry toward
reduction in the amount of food preparation and processing that occurs on-site in a retail grocery
facility. The trend is toward more centralized preparation and processing of food items such as
meats, produce and bakery products. Consequently, the process loads in commissaries will be
decreasing significantly over the next few years, thus reducing water demand. Preliminary design
considerations should examine the potential impact of these trends on store potable water needs and
how those needs might be further reduced. Other design considerations include:
As with many similar retailing operations, process water (water used to provide a product
or service) far outweighs the water used for toilets and hand sinks. Process water also
includes water used in cooling systems or any other equipment not directly regulated by
the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (which covers faucets, toilets, urinals and showerheads).
To address process water use, the water calculation spreadsheet template has been
expanded for retail projects to include commercial fixtures not covered by EPACT 2005.
In addition to specifying water efficient fixtures and appliances, consider reuse of grey-
water for non-potable applications such as toilet flushing, mechanical systems, cleaning,
plant irrigation (for plants that are for sale and not part of site landscaping), hosing of
dock or processing areas, or other applications that do not require potable water.
Specify only high-efficiency fixtures for plumbing consistent with DeCAs Design Criteria
Handbook Section 22 05 00. The fixtures reduce potable water intake and wastewater
generation.
Consider reuse of clean wastewater for flushing systems. Identify any potential health
risks and coordinate with Food Health Safety Office.
Treated water can be used for boiler and HVAC system make-up water.
A wide variety of fixtures for sinks, lavatories and hose valves are also available in high-
efficiency models. Specify only water-conserving fixtures, with electronic operational
sensors for hand sinks.
Specify high efficiency Ice Makers, pre rinse spray valves, and other processing
equipment consistent with water efficiency criteria, including EPACT 92.

Suggested Steps:

1. Review current water consumption records and identify water reduction goals.

2. Identify fixturing and equipment requirements and assess application of water reduction
methodologies to these fixtures and equipment.

3. Research and identify high-efficiency fixtures and equipment and document life cycle
cost features as part of design analysis.

June 2011 01 33 29 11
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

4. Identify installation and local code requirements regarding specification and use of low-
flow or dry fixtures, or reuse of storm-water or grey- water volumes.

5. Separate water consumption into domestic and process loads and calculate the energy
savings contribution of each. Extra reductions over and above those needed to receive
the credit may be applied to Innovation and Design credit.

Submittal: Provide appropriate documentation in design documents to substantiate that the design
meets the required reduction in potable water demand to satisfy Guiding Principle criteria. Include
appropriate documentation and drawings to verify use of high-efficiency fixtures, and provide a
spreadsheet to demonstrate a reduction in water demand by at least 20 percent, compared to
baseline conditions. Provide cut sheets and other manufacturers data to demonstrate high efficiency
equipment. For additional equipment for which no benchmark is provided in EPACT 05, provide the
following:

1. Manufacturers data or cut sheets regarding flow rates.

2. Benchmarking data that compares these flow rates with industry averages or the industry
standard for that particular equipment type (water research organization study, industry
audit data, etc.).

III.B - Outdoor Water

50 Percent reduction in potable water use for landscaping.

Reference: Guidance, paragraph 5.11-Energy Efficiency and Water Conservation at Federal


Facilities.

Requirements: Use high-efficiency irrigation technology OR use water collected on site that would
otherwise be released from the site, such as captured rain, or recycled water, or use water treated
and conveyed by a public agency specifically for non-potable uses, or use as a combination of water
from these sources to reduce potable water consumption for irrigation by 50% over conventional
means. The installation of water meters for locations with significant outdoor water use is
encouraged.

Application: Commissary landscape features are usually identified during the early design stages of
commissaries and integrated into the civil site design. DeCA encourages the use of natural
landscape materials in site design and minimizes the area requiring landscaping to key areas in the
front of the store. The use of natural materials and Xeriscape should make this credit achievable
under normal circumstances. If irrigation is provided, use high efficiency irrigation technology or use
water collected on the site that would otherwise be released. Other design considerations include:
Maximize the extent of surfaces excluding the building footprint with native or adaptive
vegetation areas.
The architect-engineers selection of landscape materials requires coordination with the
installation to assure selection of native materials.
Drip irrigation systems afford opportunities to dramatically reduce water consumption
over conventional means of irrigation.

June 2011 01 33 29 12
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Consider integration of water collection and storage features into the landscape design.
If irrigation systems are used, use only high efficiency irrigation systems. Although there
is a cost premium for micro-irrigation systems, the payback can be quick, due to lower
water use and less maintenance.

Suggested Steps:

1. Review installation landscaping plans and guidelines along with site constraints to
identify opportunities for water efficient landscaping.

2. Require the architect-engineer designers to perform a soil and climate analysis and
consider Xeriscape and water-efficient irrigation technologies, including high-efficiency
irrigation systems and/or grey-water systems for irrigation.

3. Document collaborative decisions in the project agreements with the installation prior to
commencing final design.

4. Perform sufficient design analysis and investigative studies, as required, to substantiate


water savings over conventional design. Include information on native plant materials
selected and irrigation equipment used.

Submittal: Provide appropriate documentation in design that necessary analysis has occurred to
determine that the project site meets the criteria. Include appropriate documentation and drawings to
depict natural areas and landscape areas. Identify irrigation areas and types of systems used.

No Potable Water Use or No Irrigation for Landscaping

Intent: Eliminate the use of potable water, or other natural surface or subsurface water resources
available on or near the project site, for landscape irrigation.

Requirements: Use only water collected on site that would otherwise be released from the site,
such as captured rain, or recycled water, or use water treated and conveyed by a public agency
specifically for nonpotable uses, or in a combination of water from these sources to eliminate all
potable water use for site irrigation (except for initial watering to established plants) OR do not install
permanent landscape irrigation systems.

As applied to: Commissary landscape features are usually identified during the early
Commissaries design stages and integrated into the civil site design. DeCA encourages the use of
natural landscape materials in site design and minimizes the area requiring landscaping to key areas
in the front of the store. The use of only natural materials and Xeriscape could make this credit
achievable under normal circumstances. Other design considerations include:
Rely solely on native or adaptive vegetation areas to provide landscape features to the
site.
The architect-engineers selection of landscape materials requires coordination with the
installation to assure selection of native materials.
If water is collected and released on the site for storm water retention, consider
incorporating these features into the landscape plan.

June 2011 01 33 29 13
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Eliminating a permanent irrigation system altogether reduces first costs and life-cycle
costs.
Irrigation systems that capture and reuse stormwater runoff, greywater or rainwater are
more costly to design and may require code variances.

Suggested Steps:

1. Review installation landscaping plans and guidelines along with site constraints to
identify opportunities for water efficient landscaping.

2. Require the architect-engineer designers to perform a soil and climate analysis and
consider Xeriscape and water-efficient irrigation technologies.

3. Document collaborative decisions in the project agreements with the installation prior to
commencing final design.

4. Provide analysis of the sustainability of the landscape design without permanent irrigation
systems.

Submittal Requirements Site: Provide appropriate documentation in design documents that


Requirements necessary analysis has occurred to determine that the project site meets the LEEDR
criteria. Include appropriate documentation and drawings to depict natural areas and landscape
areas.

III.C - Process Water

Requirement: Per EPAct 2005 Section 109, when potable water is used to improve a buildings
energy efficiency, deploy life cycle cost effective water conservation measures.

III.D - Water Efficient Products

Requirement: Specify EPAs WaterSense labeled products or other water conserving products
where available. Choose irrigation contractors who are certified through a WaterSense labeled
program. For further detail go to www.epa.gov/watersense.

IV - Enhance Indoor Environmental Quality

IV.A - Ventilation and Thermal Comfort

1 - Thermal Comfort

Requirements: Provide a thermally comfortable environment that supports the productivity and well-
being of building occupants. Comply with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004, Thermal Comfort Conditions
for to Human Occupancy.

Application: This goal should be readily achievable in commissary construction by the specification
of materials and procedures that comply with the goal requirements. Consistent with DeCAs Design
Criteria, typical commissary design provides efficient thermal comfort for human occupancy. The
June 2011 01 33 29 14
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

DeCA Design Criteria has established efficient operating and patron comfort criteria for the design
building envelope and HVAC system to provide and maintain comfort ranges for human occupancy
that comply with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004.

Suggested Steps:

1. Address thermal comfort control requirements in the early stages of design.

2. Provide required thermal comfort to building occupants to comply with ASHRAE


Standard 55-2004.

3. Review architect and engineer design for compliance with these requirements.

4. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional demonstrating and stating


that the required criteria for thermal comfort conforms to ASHRAE Standard 55-2004 and that the
design compliance documentation and performance validation requirements of Section 6 of the
standard have been successfully completed or will be provided under existing contracts.

2 - Indoor Air Quality Minimum Performance

Requirements: Establish minimum indoor air quality (IAQ) performance to enhance indoor air
quality in buildings, thus contributing to the comfort and well-being of the occupants. Meet the
minimum requirements of voluntary consensus standard ASHRAE 62.1-2007, Ventilation for
Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. Mechanical ventilation systems shall be designed using the Ventilation
Rate Procedure. Naturally ventilated buildings must comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2007, paragraph 5.1.

Application: Commissary ventilation designs conform to ASHRAE standards for Acceptable Indoor
Air Quality. Mechanical Ventilation systems are designed using the Ventilation Rate Procedure.
Facilities must be designed to conform to Sections 4, 5, 6, and 7 of the referenced standard. Other
factors to consider:

1. It is important to consider the potential adverse effects on Indoor Air Quality caused by
improper maintenance procedures. As an example, use of toxic lubricants on HVAC
system dampers may affect indoor air quality. These procedures should be avoided.

2. Include proactive design details that will eliminate some of the common causes of indoor
air quality in buildings.

3. Ensure ventilation system outdoor air capacity can meet standards in all modes of
operation.

4. Locate building outdoor air intakes (including operable windows) away from potential
pollutant/contamination sources such as dock receiving and loading areas, building
exhaust fans, cooling towers, sanitary vents, dumpsters, vehicle exhausts, runway
activities, and other potential sources of air pollution.

June 2011 01 33 29 15
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

5. Include measures to control and mitigate radon build-up in areas where this is prevalent.

6. Commissary projects limit environmental humidity in the sales area to minimize impact on
refrigeration systems. This also minimizes mold growth and promotes respiratory health.

Suggested Steps:

1. Target opportunities to enhance indoor Air Quality during the early stages of design.

2. Include appropriate investigation in A-E design contracts to assure adequate


investigation.

3. Obtain necessary baseline information from the installation on potential Radon gas
residual levels and required mitigation measures.

4. Review design and location of all proposed and/or existing air intake structures for
potential impact on indoor air quality.

5. Review design of cooling coil drain pans to ensure complete draining.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional declaring that the project is
fully compliant with Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 of ASHRAE 62.1-2007. Include a summary of calculations
in the project Design Analysis, including all assumptions, assumed occupant densities, zone air
distribution effectiveness, and ventilation system efficiency.
3 - Thermal Comfort Monitoring

Requirements Provide a permanent monitoring system and process for corrective action to
ensure building performance to the desired comfort criteria as determined by Guiding Principle
IV.A.1-Compliance.

Application: This requirement should be readily achievable in commissary construction by the


specification of materials and procedures that comply with the guiding principles requirements.
Consistent with DeCAs Design Criteria, typical commissary design provides efficient thermal comfort
monitoring for human occupancy. The DeCA Design Criteria has establish efficient operating and
patron comfort criteria for the design building envelope and HVAC system to provide and maintain
comfort ranges for human occupancy that comply with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004. Refrigeration
and energy monitoring and control systems typically installed in commissary facilities address these
requirements. ASHRAE Standard 55-2004, Paragraph 7, Evaluation of the Thermal Environment,
provides guidance on measurement of building performance parameters and the two methods
permitted for validating performance: (a) Survey Occupants and (b) Analyze Environment Variables.
The permanent monitoring and control system that DeCA installs is integrated into the standard
operating processes of the building and conforms to these requirements.

Suggested Steps

1. Address thermal comfort monitoring requirements in the early stages of design.

2. Provide required thermal monitoring to building occupants to comply with ASHRAE


Standard 55-2004.

June 2011 01 33 29 16
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

3. Review architect and engineer design for compliance with these requirements.

4. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional demonstrating and


stating that the required criteria for thermal comfort conforms to ASHRAE Standard 55-2004, and that
the design compliance documentation and performance validation requirements of Section 7 of the
standard have been successfully completed or will be provided under existing contracts. Provide a
description of the permanent monitoring and alarm system that has been installed.

IV.B - Moisture Control


Requirements: To design a balance between wetting and drying for the control of moisture in the
facility environment and structure. The control of moisture in buildings is key to their durability,
functionality, health, and efficiency.

Application: If a balance between wetting and drying is maintained, moisture will not accumulate
over time and moisture-related problems are unlikely. The extent and duration of wetting, storage
and drying must always be considered when assessing and designing moisture risk in buildings. The
judicious design, assembly and material choices is the most practical approach for designing
buildings and conditioning systems. There are four primary sources of moisture in building. They
are:

Liquid water from precipitation or plumbing leaks.

Water vapor from the exterior and from activities and processes with-in the building.

Liquid and vapor from the soil adjoining the building.

Moisture built-in with the materials of construction or brought in with goods and people.

Moisture moves under different mechanisms. Primarily the transport processes to be considered in
design are:

Vapor diffusion and surface diffusion with some porous materials.

Vapor convection [air movement].

Liquid water capillarity [wicking] through porous materials.

Liquid gravity flow, including hydrostatic pressure, through cracks, openings, and
macropores.

Suggested Steps:

1. Address moisture related intelligent design of building location, orientation, geometry,


HVAC design and materials early in the design.

2. Provide for building comfort with compliance of ASHRAE Standard 55-2004.

June 2011 01 33 29 17
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

3. Review architect and engineer design for inclusion of the moisture control concepts
in buildings.

4. Include verification of technical compliance with these concepts as part of the facility
commissioning process.
Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional demonstrating and stating
the criteria for reasonable moisture control in buildings has been complied with in the design.

IV.C - Daylighting

Reference: Defense Commissary Agency (DeCA) Lighting Review, February 2007.

Requirements Provide for the building occupants a connection between indoor spaces and the
outdoors through the introduction of daylight and views into the regularly occupied areas of the
building. Achieve a minimum Daylight Factor of 2% (excluding all direct sunlight penetrations) or
achieve at least 25 foot-candles using a computer simulation model in 75% of all sales and customer
service areas and any employee administration spaces occupied for critical visual tasks. Provide
daylight redirection and/or glare control devices to ensure daylight effectiveness. Exceptions for
areas where tasks would be hindered by the use of daylight will be considered on their merits.

Application: This goal is considered achievable in commissary construction without significant


change in practices, even though most new commissary construction introduces very little daylight
into the occupied space, other than through store front glazing, administrative office windows, or
warehouse overhead door openings. There are opportunities to introduce daylight into the sales area
through greater use of clerestory windows or other features of the store that are added as
architectural features. Concepts for the Store of the Future introduced daylight as an important
element of sales area design. The DeCA Design Criteria does not currently address these options
and they would have to be considered as separate design objectives at the outset of design. Other
factors to consider:

Requirements:

Operationally, DeCA has opposed use of daylight features based on three arguments:

1. The first argument addresses the perceived non-uniformity of light caused by the
introduction of daylight into the operating areas of the store. Without control devices, the
natural light can introduce glare and heat into the operating space and create bright
spots and dark spots throughout the sales space. Provision of daylight redirection and/or
glare control devices can overcome this objection and ensure daylight effectiveness.

2. Additionally, there is also operational concern over the extra heat generated and how
this heat might affect refrigerated products such as produce. DeCA studies have
demonstrated the heat gain on product to be negligible.

3. Finally, there are concerns about maintenance and housekeeping requirements for
operative light and glare control devices.

June 2011 01 33 29 18
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Clerestory windows in the produce area provide a distinguishable architectural element of the
store design. Designers are to investigate methods that are employed to reduce the amount of
light leaving the building.
Use of extensive storefront glazing, skylights and other light features need to be reconciled with
force protection entry and blast resistance standards.
Strategies to consider include building orientation, shallow floor plates, increased building
perimeter, exterior and interior permanent shading devices, high performance glazing and photo
integrated light sensors.
Predict daylight factors via manual calculations or model daylight strategies with a physical or
computer model to assess foot-candle levels and daylight factors achieved. Modeling must
demonstrate 25 horizontal foot-candles under clear sky conditions, at noon, on the equinox, at
30" above the floor. Any portion of a room achieving the requirements can qualify for this credit.
Many retail applications may not be able to use perimeter windows for day-lighting, due to display
or other security concerns. Skylights, clerestories and light wells may provide more feasible retail
alternatives. Depending on the design of a skylight (vertical monitor, horizontal/domed skylight,
saw-tooth) and the transmittance of the glazing, providing skylights at approximately 3-6% of the
applicable roof area may achieve this goal. For any project, glazing performance must be
carefully balanced for optimum daylight, heat loss and solar heat gain performance.

Suggested Steps

1. Address introduction of day-lighting in the initial design discussions.

2. Design the building to maximize interior day-lighting to the extent feasible.

3. Review architect and engineer design for compliance with these requirements.

4. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation demonstrating that the criteria for day-lighting has been
achieved. Provide area calculations that define the daylight zones and provide a summary of daylight
factor prediction calculations through manual methods or in a summary of computer simulations
illustrating that the foot-candle levels have been achieved.

IV.D - Low-Emitting Materials


1 - Adhesives and Sealants

Requirements Reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, potentially
irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants. All materials listed
below that are used inside the exterior weatherproofing system must not exceed the following
requirements:
Adhesives, Sealants and Sealant Primers: South Coast Air Quality Management District
(SCAQMD) Rule #1168 requirements in effect on January 1, 2003 and rule amendment
date of October 3, 2003.
Aerosol Adhesives: Green Seal Standard GC-36 requirements in effect on October 19,
2000.

June 2011 01 33 29 19
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Application: This goal should be achievable in commissary construction by the specification of


low-VOC materials in the construction documents. Particular attention should be given to the
adhesives and sealants used in refrigeration systems, including the sealants and caulks used to seal
panel seams on walk-in refrigeration boxes and provide moisture seals with concrete and seamless
flooring. Additionally, the adhesives used for VCT tile installation require careful selection. Also,
sealants used for terrazzo flooring require assessment to assure conformance.

Suggested Steps

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with the credit requirements
stipulated above.

3. Specify low-VOC materials and require contractors to provide product cut sheets, MSDS
data, and other documentation from the manufacturers that clearly demonstrate that
materials qualify as low VOC materials in construction documents.

4. Assure the contractors quality control procedures address review and monitoring of
materials for compliance.

5. Require the PMAC construction manager to document with the contractors adherence
with the credit requirements.

6. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the credit criteria. Provide documentation listing the adhesives, sealants, sealant
primers, and aerosol adhesives used in the building and declaring that they meet the noted
requirements. For each listed product, state the VOC level, the applicable standard, the classification
of material and the VOC limit.
2 - Paints and Coatings

Requirements: Reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, potentially irritating
and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants. Paints and coating used on
the interior of the building and applied on-site must not exceed the VOC limits and must not include
any of the chemical components limited or restricted by the following standards:
Topcoat Paints: Green Seal Standard GS-11, Paints, First Edition, May 20, 1993.
Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints: Green Seal Standard GS-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints,
Second Edition, January 7, 1997. (For applications on ferrous metal substrates)
All other Architectural Coatings, Primers and Undercoats: South Coast Air Quality
Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings, rules in effect on
January 1, 2004.

Application: This goal should be achievable in commissary construction by the specification of low-
VOC materials in the construction documents. Particular attention should be given to the selection of
resilient paints and coatings used in commissary construction. Selection of oil-based paints should

June 2011 01 33 29 20
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

be carefully reviewed and avoided, if possible. Varnishes and finishes to doors should be applied in
well-ventilated space, outside of the sales and administrative areas. Selection of coatings used for
seamless flooring and terrazzo need to be carefully reviewed to ensure the products selected have
low-VOC ratings.

Suggested Steps

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with the credit requirements
stipulated above.

3. Specify low-VOC materials and require contractors to provide product cut sheets, MSDS
data, and other documentation from the manufacturers that clearly demonstrate that
materials qualify as low VOC materials in construction documents.

4. Assure the contractors quality control procedures address review and monitoring of
materials for compliance.

5. Require the PMAC construction manager to document with the contractors adherence
with the credit requirements.

6. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the criteria. List all interior paints and coatings used in the building and provide
documentation demonstrating compliance. State that each material complies with the referenced
standard. For each product, state the VOC level, the applicable standard, the classification of
material and the VOC limit.
3 - Carpet Systems

Requirements Reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, potentially irritating
and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants. Carpets systems must not
exceed the target emissions factors of the Carpet and Rug Institutes:
Carpet: Green Label Plus Program and Testing Procedures.
Carpet Cushion: Green Label Program and Testing Procedure
Carpet Adhesive: Green Label Program and Testing Procedure.

OR

Carpets systems must not exceed the maximum target emission factors and testing
requirements identified below in a 24-hour chamber test. For carpets only, 14-day
chamber testing may be used in lieu of the 24-hour testing at the discretion of the product
manufacturer. Test results must be current within 12 months of product installation in the
building.

June 2011 01 33 29 21
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

* TABLE NOTE: VOC content does not require 24-hour testing.

Testing Procedures: Each manufactured product must meet the testing requirements identified
below. Testing data for individual materials used to fabricate a product cannot be used to
determine compliance with the established emissions criteria:

Testing Standards: Environmental chamber test must be conducted following ASTM


Standard D5116-97 "Standard Guide for Small-Scale Environmental Chamber
Determinations of Organic Emissions from Indoor Materials/Products". For adhesive
only, determine VOC content following the method specified in IV.D.1-Adhesives and
Sealants

Product Sample Collection: Test specimens shall be selected or cut at random directly
from normal material production runs, for roll goods, carpet tile and cushion. Test
specimens for adhesives shall be collected from unopened manufacturers containers.
Specimens shall be packaged at the factory and shipped directly to testing laboratory by
the manufacturer within 24-hours of production. Packaging shall preserve the chemical
integrity of the specimen. Wrap the specimen in a manner that will eliminate direct
contact with air or absorbent packaging materials other than an inert air barrier such as
aluminum foil. A chain-of-custody form must accompany each test specimen.

June 2011 01 33 29 22
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Application: This goal should be achievable in commissary construction by the specification of


low-VOC carpet materials in the construction documents. Particular attention should be given to the
selection of Green label carpet materials or no carpeting. Specifications for any carpet materials
should be carefully determined to comply with the stated requirements. Contractor submittals must
clearly demonstrate compliance. Other factors:
Specify requirements for maximum contaminate emissions clearly in the construction
specifications where carpet, carpet cushion and carpet adhesives are addressed. The
Green Label Plus program for carpets and its associated VOC emission criteria in
micrograms per square meter per hour developed by the Carpet & Rug Institute (CRI) in
coordination with Californias Sustainable Building Task Force and the California
Department of Health Services (DHS) are described in Section 9, Acceptable Emissions
Testing for Carpet, DHS document CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174, dated 07/15/04. This
document is available at:

http://www.dhs.ca.gov/ps/deodc/ehlb/iaq/VOCS/Section_01350_07_15_2004_FINAL.pdf.
Chronic reference exposure levels (CRELs) are concentrations at or below which serious
non-cancer systemic health effects are unlikely to occur among a diverse human
population (including sensitive individuals) continuously exposed over ten years or more.
For further information about CRELS check with the California Environmental Protection
Agency (Cal/EPA) at:

www.calepa.ca.gov/air/chronic_rels/index.html

The Building Materials Emissions Study (Nov 2003) for the State of California is an
excellent guide on building materials emissions. It can be found on the state of California
website at:

(www.ciwmb.ca.gov/publications/greenbuilding/43303015.pdf)
The one exception to using CREL is for formaldehyde which is set to a higher emissions
level to address issues related to the ability of meeting the emissions criteria based on
current industry practices. Use accepted testing method criteria such as The Test
Method For Determining Total Volatile Organic Compound Emission Factors From
Carpet and Associated Materials Under Defined Test Conditions Using Small
Environmental Chambers from the EPA Carpet Policy Dialogue Compendium Report,
September 1991, EPA/560/2-91-002. This document is available from www.ntis.gov.

Suggested Steps

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with the requirements
stipulated above.

3. Specify low-VOC carpet materials and require contractors to provide product cut sheets,
MSDS data, and other documentation from the manufacturers that clearly demonstrate
that materials qualify as low VOC materials in construction documents.

June 2011 01 33 29 23
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

4. Assure the contractors quality control procedures address review and monitoring of
materials for compliance.

5. Require the PMAC construction manager to document with the contractors adherence
with the credit requirements.

6. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the goal criteria. List all the carpets, carpet cushions and carpet adhesives
installed in the building and stating that they do not exceed the referenced emissions factors and
VOC content, and have been tested according to the Credit requirements. Include the Green Label
Plus and Green Label CIR certification numbers in the list. Provide a copy of the test report from the
testing facility, signed and dated by the authorized laboratory personnel for each type of carpet,
carpet cushion and carpet adhesive installed in the building. In the test report, clearly indicate the
emissions test results and compare them to the requirements, and state that the test requirements
have been met.
4 - Composite Wood and Laminate Adhesives

Requirements: Reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, potentially
irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants. Composite wood
and agrifiber products, including core materials, must contain no added urea formaldehyde resins.
Adhesives used in field- and shop-fabricated assemblies containing these products must contain no
urea-formaldehyde.

Application: This goal should be achievable in commissary construction by the specification of low-
VOC composite wood and laminate adhesive materials. The most likely use of this type of material
would be in fire-rated plywood used in the warehouse as a wall protection, installation of laminate
boards such as Fire Resistant Panel (FRP) with adhesives, dcor elements and signs, telephone and
communications boards, and millwork for cabinetry and in bakery deli areas. Particular attention
should be given to the specification of wood and agrifiber products that contain no added urea-
formaldehyde resins. Specify laminating adhesives for field and shop applied assemblies including
adhesives and veneers that contain no urea-formaldehydes. Review product cut sheets, MSDS data
sheets, signed submittals or other official literature from the contractor and manufacturer that clearly
demonstrate the products used do not contain urea formaldehyde resins. Contractor submittals
must clearly demonstrate compliance.

Suggested Steps:

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with the requirements
stipulated above.

3. Specify low-emitting composite woods and laminate adhesives and require contractors to
provide product cut sheets, MSDS data, and other documentation from the

June 2011 01 33 29 24
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

manufacturers that clearly demonstrate that materials do not contain urea formaldehyde
resins.

4. Assure the contractors quality control procedures address review and monitoring of
materials for compliance.

5. Require the PMAC construction manager to document with the contractors adherence
with the credit requirements.

6. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the goal criteria. List all the composite wood products used in the building and
state that they contain no added urea formaldehyde resins and list all the laminating adhesives used
in construction and state that they contain no urea formaldehydes. Provide the documentation for all
core and adhesive products used on the project indicating that the products used contained no added
urea formaldehydes.
5 - Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

Requirements: Minimize exposure of building occupants to potentially hazardous particulates,


biological contaminants and chemical pollutants that adversely impact air and water quality. Design
to minimize and control pollutant or biological contaminant entry into buildings and later cross-
contamination of regularly occupied areas:
Employ permanent entryway systems (grills, grates, etc.) to capture dirt, particulates,
etc. from entering the building at all high volume entryways.
Where hazardous gases or chemicals may be present or used (including
garages, housekeeping/laundry areas, and copying/printing rooms), provide
segregated areas with deck to deck partitions with separate outside exhaust at a rate of
at least 0.50 cubic feet per minute per square foot, no air re-circulation, and operated at a
negative pressure compared with the surrounding spaces of at least an average of 5 Pa
(0.02" of water gauge) and with a minimum of 1 Pa (o.004" of water when the doors to
the rooms are closed.
Provide containment drains plumbed for appropriate disposal of hazardous liquid wastes
in places where water and chemical concentrate mixing occurs for maintenance,
or laboratory purposes.
Provide regularly occupied areas of the building with new air filtration media prior to
occupancy that provides a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13 or better.

Application: This goal should be achievable in commissary construction by the specification of


materials and procedures that comply with the requirements. Consistent with DeCAs Design
Criteria, customer entry storefronts and bagger return vestibules are equipped with recessed grates
with tread mat inserts. The only area where hazardous gases or chemicals may be in use would be
in the mechanical equipment room. These areas are designed with deck-to-deck partitions and
separate outside exhausting systems, and generally do not provide air recirculation, and are
generally under negative pressure and do not mix air with surrounding spaces. No contamination
drains are required for waste disposal. Drains in equipment rooms could appropriately be plumbed
for separation and isolation of possible maintenance waste. New air filtration media complying with
the criteria can be specified for installation prior to occupancy. Install high-level filtration systems in

June 2011 01 33 29 25
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

air handling units processing both return air and outside supply air. Ensure that air-handling units
can accommodate required filter sizes. Typically, commissary filtration media is 2" or less in
thickness. To comply with the stated MERV 13 value, filtration media will have to be 4" thick or more.

Suggested Steps:

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with the requirements
stipulated above.

3. Evaluate potential chemical gas and liquid pollution when designing mechanical rooms,
battery charging areas, and wash down operations.

4. Review architect and engineer design for compliance with these procedures.

5. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the criteria. Provide supporting documentation to demonstrate that:

1. Permanent entryway systems (grilles, grates, etc.) to capture dirt, particulates, etc. are
provided at all high volume entryways.

2. Chemical use areas and copy rooms have been physically separated with deck-to-deck
partitions; independent exhaust ventilation has been installed at the required exhaust rate
and negative pressure differential.

3. Drains in facility cleaning and maintenance areas are plumbed for environmentally
appropriate disposal of hazardous liquid wastes.

4. Filters used meet the MERV requirements with new media installed prior to occupancy.
Provide a listing of each filter installed including the MERV value, manufacturer name
and model number.

IV.E - Protect Indoor Air Quality During Construction


1 - Construction IAQ Management Plan During Construction

Goal: Protect Indoor Air Quality during Construction. Follow the recommended approach of the
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association Indoor Air Quality Guidelines for
Occupied Buildings under Construction, 1995. After construction and prior to occupancy, conduct a
minimum 72-hour flush-out with maximum outdoor air consistent with achieving relative humidity no
greater than 60 percent. After occupancy, continue flush-out as necessary to minimize exposure to
contaminants from new building materials.

Requirements: Prevent indoor air quality problems resulting from the construction/renovation
process in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of construction workers and building

June 2011 01 33 29 26
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

occupants. Develop and implement an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan for the
construction and pre-occupancy phases of the building as follows:
During construction meet or exceed the recommended Design Approaches of the Sheet
Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guideline
for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 1995, Chapter 3.
Protect stored on-site or installed absorptive materials from moisture damage.
If air handlers must be used during construction, filtration media with a Minimum
Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 must be used at each return air grill, as
determined by ASHRAE 52.2-1999.
Replace all filtration media immediately prior to occupancy.

Application: This goal requires the construction contractor to adopt and implement an indoor air
quality plan during construction, control pollutant sources and interrupt contamination pathways.
Sequence the installation of materials to avoid contamination of absorptive materials such as
insulation, carpeting, ceiling tile, and gypsum wallboard. Coordinate with IV.E.2-Construction IAQ
Management Plan Before Occupancy and IV.D.5-Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control and
install only a single set of final filtration media. Other factors to consider:

1. This requirement is highly dependent on the construction contractor. It could be tedious


and affect optimum phasing.

2. Specifications to comply with these requirements will have to be clearly covered with the
contractor at the outset, during the preconstruction conference. Measures to assure
compliance would have to be incorporated into the contractors Quality Control Plan.

Suggested Steps

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with requirements stipulated
above.

3. Require the PMAC construction manager to document with photographs and weekly
progress reports, the contractors adherence with the credit requirements.

4. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the requirement criteria. Declare that an IAQ Management Plan was developed
and implemented. List air filters used during construction and at the end of construction. Include
information on MERV value, manufacturer name, and model number. Additionally provide either:

1. 18 photographs, six photographs from three stages of construction, along with


identification of the SMACNA approach featured by each photograph, in order to show
the consistent adherence to the credit requirements

OR

June 2011 01 33 29 27
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

2. Declare the five design Approaches of SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings
under Construction, 1995, Chapter 3, which were used during building construction.
Include a brief description of some of the important design approaches that were
employed.
2 - Construction IAQ Management Plan Before Occupancy

Requirements: Reduce indoor air quality problems resulting from the construction/renovation
process in order to help sustain the comfort and well-being of construction workers and building
occupants. Develop and implement an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan for the pre-
occupancy phase as follows:
After construction ends and with all interior finishes installed, as described in the
Reference Guide, install new filtration media and flush-out the building by supplying a
total air volume of 14,000 ft3 of outdoor air per ft2 of floor area while maintaining an
internal temperature of at least 60o F and, where mechanical cooling is operated, relative
humidity no higher than 60%.
The space may only be occupied following delivery of a minimum of 3,500 ft3 of outdoor
air per ft2 of floor area to the space, and provided the space is ventilated at minimum rate
of 0.30 cfm/ft2 of outside air or the design minimum outside air rate, whichever is greater,
a minimum of three hours prior to occupancy and during occupancy, until the total of
14,000 ft3/ft2 of outside air has been delivered to the space.

OR
Conduct baseline IAQ testing, after construction ends and prior to occupancy, using
testing protocols consistent with the United States Environmental Protection Agency
Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air and as
additionally detailed in the Reference Guide.
Demonstrate that the contaminants concentration levels listed below are not exceeded:

CONTAMINATE MAXIMUM
CONCENTRATION
Formaldehyde 50 parts per billion
Particulates (PM10) 50 micrograms per cubic meter
Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC) 500 micrograms per cubic meter
* 4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PCH) 6.5 micrograms per cubic meter
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 9 part per million and no greater
than 2 parts per million above
outdoor levels

* This test is only required only if carpets and fabrics with Styrene Butadiene (SB) latex
backing material are installed as part of the base building systems.

For each sampling point where the maximum concentration limits are exceeded conduct
additional flush-out with outside air and retest the specific parameter(s) that were
exceeded to indicate the requirements are achieved. Repeat procedure until all
requirements have been met. When retesting non-complying building areas take samples
from the same locations as in the first test.
The air sample testing shall be conducted as follows:

June 2011 01 33 29 28
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

1. All measurements shall be conducted prior to occupancy, but during normal


occupied hours and with the building ventilation system starting at the normal
daily start time and operated at the minimum outside air flow rate for the
occupied mode throughout the duration of the air testing.

2. The building shall have all interior finishes installed, including but not limited
to millwork, doors, paint, carpet, and acoustic tiles. Non-fixed furnishings
such as workstations and partitions are encouraged, but not required, to be
in place for the testing.

3. The number of sampling locations will vary depending upon the size of the
building and number of ventilation systems. For each portion of the building
served by a separate ventilation system, the number of sampling points shall
not be less than one per 25,000 ft2, or for each contiguous floor area,
whichever is larger, and include areas with the least ventilation and greatest
presumed source strength.

4. Air samples are shall be collected between 4' and 7' from the floor to
represent the breathing zone of occupants and over a minimum 4-hour
period.

Application: This goal requires the construction contractor to adopt and implement an indoor air
quality plan during construction, control inside air pollution, and provide for a two week building flush
out or test of the contamination levels of the building prior to occupancy. Other factors to consider:

1. Coordinate with IV.E.1-Construction IAQ Management Plan During Construction and


IV.D.5-Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control.

2. For IAQ testing, consider using a recognized measurement protocol similar to the EPA
Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air. If
alternate testing protocols are used, provide justification that the measured test results
meet the intent of the EPA testing methods.

3. Copies of the IAQ testing results should describe the contaminant sampling and
analytical methods, the locations and duration of the contaminant samples, the field
sampling log sheets and laboratory analytical data and the methods and results utilized
to determine that the ventilation system was started at the normal daily start time and
operated at the minimum outside air flow rate for the occupied mode through the duration
of the air testing.

4. The potential impact of outside air flushing of the store environment for two weeks on the
operation and calibration of the sales area refrigeration systems has to be considered
during the design stages. The design engineers will need to evaluate the impact of an
extended period of flush with outside air on refrigerated display cases just prior to
occupancy. Introduction of moisture laden air may contribute to frost build up and require
extended defrost cycles. Operationally, it would also be difficult to preclude occupancy of
the store for extended periods of air flushing. It may be more feasible for DeCA to
require air sampling as part of facility commissioning rather than the extended flushing.

June 2011 01 33 29 29
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Suggested Steps:

1. Include requirements for the construction contractor to prepare and implement a


Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction.

2. Provide specification requirements for this plan consistent with the requirements
stipulated above.

3. Specify contaminant control strategies including protecting the HVAC system, controlling
pollutant sources, interrupting pathways for contamination, enforcing proper
housekeeping and coordinating schedules to minimize disruption.

4. Specify the construction sequencing to install absorptive materials after the prescribed
dry or cure time of wet finishes to minimize the adverse effects on indoor air quality.

5. Specify that contractor will avoid practices that subject absorptive building materials
direct exposure to moisture, such as through precipitation, plumbing leaks or
condensation to avoid possible microbial contamination. Absorptive materials to be
protected include insulation, carpeting, ceiling tiles and gypsum products.

6. As part of the IAQ Plan, require the contractor to appoint an IAQ monitor to observe
construction practices for compliance

7. If air testing protocols are used in lieu of building flush-out, the IAQ testing procedures
should describe the contaminant sampling and analytical methods, the location and
duration of samples, the field sampling log sheets and laboratory analysis protocols
used. The methodologies should demonstrate that the systems were started at normal
daily start times and operated at minimum outside air flow rates for the occupied mode
for the duration of the testing.

8. With the contractors coordination require the PMAC construction manager to document
the contractors adherence with the requirements.

9. Include verification of compliance with these provisions as part of the facility


commissioning process.

Submittal: Provide documentation by a responsible design professional that attests to design


conformance with the criteria. Declare that an IAQ Management Plan was developed and
implemented. Additionally provide either:

1. Documentation demonstrating the required flush out period, including dates and
procedures. Provide calculations that demonstrate the required total air volumes and
minimum ventilation volumes and rates have been delivered.

OR

2. Documentation that the required air quality testing procedure has been conducted and
that all areas tested were found to be below the maximum allowable concentration limits.
Provide a copy of the IAQ testing results that includes documentation of the results and
the identifying EPA testing method used. If alternative testing protocols are used,
June 2011 01 33 29 30
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

provide documentation and rationale justifying that the measured results meet the intent
of the EPA testing methods.

IV.F - Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control

Requirement: Implement a policy and post signage indicating that smoking is prohibited within the building
and within 25' of all building entrances, operable windows and building ventilation intakes during building
occupancy.

V Reduce Environmental Impact of Materials

V.A Recycled Content

Requirements: Increase demand for building products that incorporate recycled content materials,
therefore reducing impacts resulting from extraction and processing of new virgin materials. Use
materials with recycled content such that the sum of post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of
the pre-consumer content constitutes at least 10% of the total value of the materials in the project.
The value of the recycled content portion of a material or furnishing shall be determined by dividing
the weight of recycled content in the item by the total weight of all material in the item, then
multiplying the resulting percentage by the total value of the item. Mechanical and electrical
components shall not be included in this calculation. Recycled content materials shall be defined in
accordance with the International Organization of Standards document, ISO 14021 - Environmental
labels and declarations - Self-declared environmental claims (Type II environmental labeling.)

Application: The specification of recycled content material may be somewhat easier to achieve and
incorporate into new construction than reuse of building products and materials. Recycled content
materials have undergone some form of manufacture process to produce products that can be
labeled as new with recycled content. This category of materials may find greater acceptability than
resource reuse, because the perception to the customer is that the product is new. A list of EPA
designated items with Recovered Material Content is included in the DeCA Design Criteria
Handbook. Additional guidance about the EPA Environmentally Preferred Purchasing Program is
available through EPA. Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines for Construction and Landscaping
and the latest list of designated items can be downloaded at the EPA website
http://www.epa.gov/cpg/index.htm. It is Department of Defense Policy that 100% of the purchases of
these designated items meet or exceeds the EPA guidelines. Through compliance with these
provisions, the objectives of this goal should be achievable.

Suggested Steps:

1. Target opportunities for selection of recyclable content materials early during the project
planning and design stages. Investigate the latest EPA list of designated items at the
EPA website listed above.

2. Include appropriate investigative studies to confirm the suitability of the materials their
intended use.

3. Estimate material quantities by material types that will be required during construction.

June 2011 01 33 29 31
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

4. Identify the recycled content building materials that will be designated and specified as
part of the procurement.

5. Include requirements for recyclable content materials in the contract specifications. Even
if no specific materials are identified, the contractor should be encouraged to consider
reuse by indicating a government preference for materials of equal performance
characteristics and life expectancy.

6. Require the design architect-engineer to include as part of the pre-design investigative


study an assessment of the availability and feasibility of use of these items. Provide
appropriate specifications to assure compliance.

7. Include provisions that require verification from the construction contractor that the
designated materials have been obtained and used in construction.

8. Have the contractor specify material types, quantities and source of recyclable content
material. Specify whether pre-consumer or post-consumer materials.

Submittal: Provide documentation that the goal requirements have been met. Include a listing of the
total supplied building materials and products, and list the materials and quantities of the materials
and products designated as recyclable content and identify their costs and the total costs of materials
and products for the project. Provide copies of specifications and contractor submittals to verify that
the identified recyclable content materials and products have been purchased and used on the
project.

V.B Biobased Content

Requirements: Reduce the use and depletion of finite raw materials by replacing them with
renewable, bio-based materials. Use rapidly renewable building materials and products (made from
plants that are typically harvested within a ten-year cycle or shorter.

Application: Specification of renewable bio-based materials may be difficult because of the nature
of commissary construction. The predominant materials of commissary construction projects are
contained in steel, concrete, roofing, manufactured equipment, walk-in refrigerated rooms, metal
doors, glazing, and architectural finishes. Opportunities to use bio-based materials such as bamboo
flooring, wool carpets, strawboard, cotton batt insulation, linoleum flooring, poplar OSB, sunflower
seed board, wheatgrass cabinetry, cork, agricultural fibers and other materials may be limited for this
goal. The most likely candidates of bio-based materials in commissary construction would be in trim
and finishes, insulation and limited application of suitable materials in dcor elements. It is also noted
that the list of qualifying materials excludes materials such as hardwoods. Also excluded from the
calculation are materials such as formwork, shoring, temporary partitions and other temporary
construction elements that are not a permanent part of the finished building. It may also be difficult to
assure these materials were actually used. For a more complete list, see the U.S. Green Building
Council website. Other factors to consider:

1. Government procurement regulations do not permit specification of sole source suppliers


under normal circumstances.

June 2011 01 33 29 32
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

2. In overseas locations, specification of bio-based materials needs to be reviewed against


DoD procurement policies and host nation support agreements. This may present
unique problems.

3. Many of the materials designated as rapidly renewable carry a first cost premium, and as
percentage of total cost, it is not likely the percentages can be achieved without added
investment.

Suggested Steps:

1. Target opportunities for selection of bio-based materials early during the project planning
and design stages.

2. Include appropriate investigation in A-E design contracts to confirm the availability and
suitability of identified products.

3. Estimate material quantities by material types and values that will be required during
construction.

4. Identify bio-based materials that will be designated and specified as part of the
procurement.

5. Include requirements for these materials in the contract specifications. Even if no


specific materials are identified, the contractor should be encouraged to consider use by
indicating a government preference for bio-based materials of equal performance
characteristics and life expectancy.

6. Require the design architect-engineer to include as part of the pre-design investigative


study an assessment of the availability and feasibility of use of these items. Provide
appropriate specifications to assure compliance.

7. Include provisions that require verification from the construction contractor that bio-based
materials have been obtained and used in construction.

Submittal: Provide documentation that the requirements have been met. Include a listing of the total
supplied building materials and products, and list the materials and quantities of the materials and
products designated as bio-based. Include calculations demonstrating that the project incorporates the
requirement. Identify their costs and the total costs of materials and products for the project. Include
manufacturers cut sheets or other submittal information to verify bio-based product characteristics.

V.C - Environmentally Preferable Product

V.D - Waste and Materials Management

Requirements: Divert construction and demolition debris from disposal in landfills and incinerators.
Redirect recyclable recovered resources back to the manufacturing process. Redirect reusable
materials to appropriate sites. Develop and implement a construction waste management plan,
quantifying material goals for diversion. Recycle and/or salvage at least 50% of non-hazardous
construction and demolition debris. Land clearing debris and excavated soil do not contribute to this
goal. Calculations must be done by weight.
June 2011 01 33 29 33
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Application: A considerable amount of construction waste is generated during construction and,


unless specified, or provided some economic incentive, the contractor is likely to dispose of all of it in
landfills and incinerators. The costs for transporting and disposal are directly passed on to the
commissary project. In some instances, contractors have recycled removed concrete and rock
directly on site, using crushers to recycle these materials for base. Greater care and attention to
details during the investigative design stages of a project can identify opportunities for recycling. In
addition to demolition wastes, the contractor should be encouraged and provided incentives to divert
his own waste construction materials from landfills and incinerators. On large projects, the contractor
should be required to submit a construction waste management plan to indicate how he intends to
divert construction and demolition wastes. Encourage recycling cardboard, metal, brick, concrete,
plastic, clean wood, glass, gypsum wallboard, carpet and insulation. Designate a specific area or
areas on the construction site for separated or commingled collection of recyclable materials, and
monitor efforts throughout the construction process. Other factors to consider:

1. The contractor may achieve the objectives of this requirement by diverting wastes to
charitable organizations, such as Habitat for Humanity. Diversion to these organizations
is included under this goal.

2. Include appropriate investigative studies to confirm the suitability of the materials for
diversion.

3. Exclude hazardous materials from being diverted to other uses or other construction
sites.

Suggested Steps

1. Target opportunities for waste diversion should be identified early during the project
planning and design stages.

2. Estimate waste quantities by material types that will be generated during construction.

3. Identify potential construction haulers and recyclers that could handle the designated
materials and include requirements in the criteria.

4. Include provisions that require verification for the construction contractor that materials
have been diverted. Have the contractor specify material types, quantities and final
disposition.

Submittal: Provide certification that requirements have been met. Include tabulations of the
estimated total non-hazardous materials, the quantities diverted, and the means of diversion. Provide
copies of specifications and contractor submittals to verify that wastes have been diverted to other
uses.

V.E Ozone Depleting Compounds

Requirement: Reduce ozone depletion. Zero use of CFC-based refrigerants in new base building
HVAC&R systems. When reusing existing base building HVAC equipment, complete a
comprehensive CFC phase-out conversion.

June 2011 01 33 29 34
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING

Application: DeCA converted from CFC-based refrigerants for new construction and facility
renovation projects several years ago and had completed retrofits in CONUS and the Pacific by 1999.
By law, new HVAC and refrigeration equipment cannot contain CFCs. In response, DeCA
underwent an extensive program to replace all of its existing CFC-based refrigerant systems with
non-CFC refrigerants. Currently DeCA specifications do not allow CFC-based refrigerants and has
completely transitioned to alternative replacements (HFC). Initially the primary focus was to eliminate
R-12 and R-502 refrigerants and then begin replacing the HCFC-22, as equipment is replaced. The
HCFC-22 began phase out starting in 2003 and the phase out period extends for several years.
Other factors to consider:
Clearly identify required refrigerants as part of the design.
Verify during design reviews that no CFCs and HCFCs have been specified.
Document refrigerant types as part of facility commissioning.

Suggested Steps:

1. Comply with DeCAs criteria on type of refrigerants allowed on commissary projects.

2. Review design document to assure compliance.

3. Document achievement of objectives as part of the facility commissioning report.

Submittal: Provide certification by the a licensed professional engineer or architect confirming that
no CFC-based refrigerants were used and that any pre-existing CFC-based refrigerant conditions
have been corrected.

END OF SECTION

June 2011 01 33 29 35
SECTION 01 33 29
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

This Section specifies certain general requirements and procedures


pertaining to sustainable resources and construction practices that
are to be performed by the Contractor.

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. General requirements and procedures for compliance with Executive Order (EO) 13423 -
Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and Transportation Management, as
identified in the Guiding Principles for Federal Leadership in High Performance and
Sustainable Buildings Memorandum of Understanding and Executive Order (EO) 13514 -
Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy and Economic Performance.
2. A LEED Silver design target of 55 points under the LEED for Retail NC Rating System is
required for all new DeCA facilities. Design teams will not be required to register and
certify the building through USGBC. However, design teams will need to present DeCA
with a completed LEED scorecard during the early design phases of the project
demonstrating compliance with a LEED silver target. The scorecard shall indicate the
credits they would pursue as part of the design process, in addition to meeting the
required pre-requisites and minimum program requirements (MPRs) set forth by the
LEED rating system. At the end of the project the design team will be expected to provide
DeCA with a report showing they have complied with the requirements of all LEED
credits they elected to pursue at the beginning of the Project.

B. Related Sections:

1. Divisions 01 through 33 Sections for sustainable design requirements specific to the


Work of each of these Sections. Requirements will include reference to required LEED
submittals.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

Below defines "certified sustainable wood" that is indicated as a


Bio-Based Content product.

1. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood


used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited
certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for
Forest Stewardship." Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for
chain of custody by an FSC-FSC-accredited certification body.

B. EPA:

1. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 1
C. LEED:

1. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design.

Below defines "rapidly renewable resources" that is indicated as a


Bio-Based Content product.

1. Materials made from plants that are typically harvested within a 10-year or shorter cycle.
Rapidly renewable materials include products made from bamboo, cotton, flax, jute,
straw, sunflower seed hulls, vegetable oils, or wool. For a more complete list, see the
U.S. Green Building Council website, www.usgbc.org.

E. Recycled Content:

Definition in first paragraph below is from Guiding Principles V.A.

a. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by DeCA


facilities in their role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for
its intended purpose.
b. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste stream
during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of materials such as
rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed
within the same process that generated it.

Definition in paragraph below is from Guiding Principles V.A.

c. Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines for Construction and Landscaping and


the latest list of designated items can be downloaded at the EPA website
http://www.epa.gov/cpg/index.htm. It is Department of Defense Policy that 100
percent of the purchases of these designated items meet or exceeds the EPA
guidelines.

Definition below is from Guiding Principles V.B.

F. Bio-Based Content:

1. For USDA-designated products, use products meeting or exceeding USDAs bio-based


content recommendations. For other products, use bio-based products made from rapidly
renewable resources and certified sustainable wood products. For a complete list, see
U.S. Green Building Council website.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements for procedures.

1. Submit additional sustainable design submittals required by other Specification Sections.


2. Sustainable design submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is
identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as
a separate submittal to verify compliance with indicated sustainable design requirements.

B. Submittal Schedule:

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 2
1. Provide the indicated quantity by the delivery date.

C. Submittal List:

Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action


1.3D Sustainable Design Action Plans X I
1.3E Sustainable Design Progress Reports X I
1.3F Sustainable Design Documentation Submittals X I
X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.
R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

D. Sustainable Design Action Plans:

The number of days and date is indicated in Part 7 Waste


Management and Disposal of the Section indicated below.

1. Solid Waste, Construction, and Demolition Debris Waste Management plan complying
with Division 01 Section Environmental Management. (LEED Credit MR 2.1)
2. Construction indoor-air-quality management plan complying with requirements of Division
23. (LEED Credit IEQ 3.1)

E. Sustainable Design Progress Reports:

A "Solid Waste Disposal Report," submitted on a quarterly basis, is


required in Part 7 Waste Management and Disposal of the Section
indicated below.

1. Solid waste disposal progress reports complying with Part 7 - Waste Management and
Disposal of Division 01 Section Environmental Management. (LEED Credit MR 2.1)

F. Sustainable Design Documentation Submittals:

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles II.B

1. Measurement and Verification (M&V): Comply with sustainable design submittal


requirements of Divisions 23 and 26. (LEED Credit EA 5)

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles V.A.

2. Recycled Content: Provide a listing of the total supplied building materials and products,
and list the materials and quantities of the materials and products designated as
recyclable content and identify their costs and the total costs of materials and products
for the Project. Provide documentation verifying that the identified recyclable content
materials and products have been purchased and used on the Project. (LEED
Credit MR 4)

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles IV.E 1.

3. Construction Indoor Air Quality Management (IAQ) During Construction. Comply with
sustainable design submittal requirements of Division 23 (LEED Credit IEQ 3.1)

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles IV.E 2.

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 3
4. Construction Indoor Air Quality Management (IAQ) Before Occupancy. Comply with
sustainable design submittal requirements of Division 23 (LEED Credit IEQ 3.2)

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles IV.D 1.

5. Documentation listing the adhesives, sealants, sealant primers, and aerosol adhesives
used inside the weatherproofing system. For each listed product, state the VOC level, the
applicable standard, the classification of material and the VOC limit. (LEED
Credit IEQ 4.1) Indicate they do not exceed the following requirements.

a. Adhesives, Sealants, and Sealant Primers: South Coast Air Quality Management
District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168 requirements in effect on January 1, 2003 and rule
amendment date of October 3, 2003.
b. Aerosol Adhesives: Green Seal Standard GC-36 requirements in effect on
October 19, 2000.

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles IV.D 2.

6. Documentation listing all paints and coatings used inside the weatherproofing system.
For each product, state the VOC level, the applicable standard, the classification of
material and the VOC limit. (LEED Credit IEQ 4.2) Indicate they do not exceed the VOC
limits and do not include any of the chemical components limited or restricted by the
following standards.

a. Topcoat Paints: Green Seal Standard GS-11, Paints, First Edition, May, 20 1993.
b. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints: Green Seal Standard GS-03, Anti-Corrosive
Paints, Second Edition, January 7, 1997. (For applications on ferrous metal
substrates.)
c. All other Architectural Coatings, Primers, and Undercoats: South Coast Air Quality
Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings, rules in effect
on January 1, 2004.

Documentation below is required in Guiding Principles IV.D 4.

7. Documentation listing all composite wood products used in the building and state that
they contain no added urea formaldehyde resins and list all the laminating adhesives
used in construction and state that they contain no urea formaldehydes. Provide the
documentation for all core and adhesive products used on the Project indicating that the
products used contain no added urea formaldehydes. (Credit IEQ 4.4)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Recycled content of materials is in accordance with Guiding


Principles V.A.

2.1 RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS

A. General:

1. For EPA-designated products, use products meeting or exceeding EPAs recycled


content recommendations. For other products, provide building materials with recycled
content such that post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 4
recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent of cost of materials used for
Project. (LEED Credit MR 4

a. Cost of post-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing


weight of post-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item
and multiplying by cost of the item.
b. Cost of pre-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing
weight of pre-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item and
multiplying by cost of the item.
c. Do not include mechanical and electrical components, and specialty items such as
elevators and equipment in the calculation.

2.2 CERTIFIED WOOD

A. General:

1. Provide a minimum of 50 percent (by cost) of wood-based materials that are produced
from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to
comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
(LEED Credit MR 7).

a. Wood-based materials include, but are not limited to, the following materials when
made from wood, engineered wood products, or wood-based panel products:

The listing below includes products usually used in DeCA


commissaries.

1) Miscellaneous carpentry.
2) Finish carpentry.
3) Architectural woodwork.
4) Wood cabinets.

2.3 LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS

Adhesives and sealants are required in many Specification


Sections where, without being specifically mentioned, they may be
specified only by the requirement to install products according to
manufacturer's written instructions. For this reason, the first
paragraph below is included.

A. Adhesives and Sealants:

1. For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use adhesives and
sealants that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according
to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (LEED Credit IEQ 4.1):

The listing below includes products usually used in DeCA


commissaries.

a. Wood Glues: 30 g/L.


b. Metal-to-Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L.
c. Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L.

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 5
d. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.
e. Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L.
f. VCT Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L.
g. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L.
h. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.
i. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L.
j. Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L.
k. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.
l. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.
m. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L.
n. Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L.
o. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 250 g/L.
p. ABS Welding Compounds: 325 g/L.
q. CPVC Welding Compounds: 490 g/L.
r. PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L.
s. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L.
t. Sheet Applied Rubber Lining Adhesive: 850 g/L.
u. Aerosol Adhesive, General Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent by weight.
v. Aerosol Adhesive, General Purpose Web Spray: 55 percent by weight.
w. Special Purpose Aerosol Adhesive (All Types): 70 percent by weight.
x. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L.
y. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
z. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.
aa. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.
bb. Other Sealants: 420 g/L.
cc. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
dd. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
ee. Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L.

B. Paints and Coatings:

1. For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use paints and coatings
that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (LEED Credit IEQ 4.2):

The listing below includes products usually used in DeCA


commissaries.

a. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 50 g/L.
b. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
c. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than
250 g/L.
d. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
e. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC not more than 200 g/L.
f. Dry-Fog Coatings: VOC not more than 400 g/L.
g. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC not more than 340 g/L.
h. Pretreatment Wash Primers: VOC not more than 420 g/L.
i. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0
percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing
one or more benzene rings).

Below is in accordance with Guiding Principles IV.D.4.

C. Products Containing Urea-Formaldehyde Resin:

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 6
1. Do not use composite wood or agrifiber products or adhesives that contain urea-
formaldehyde resin. (LEED Credit IEQ 4.4)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REFRIGERANT REMOVAL

A. General:

1. Remove CFC-based refrigerants from existing HVAC&R equipment indicated to remain


and replace with refrigerants that are not CFC based. Replace or adjust existing
equipment to accommodate new refrigerant as described in Division 23 Sections and
Division 01 Section Environmental Procedures for Refrigerants. (LEED
Prerequisite EA 3)

3.2 MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION

Below is in accordance with Guiding Principles II.B.

A. General:

1. Implement measurement and verification plan consistent with (LEED Credit EA 5):

a. Option D: Calibrated Simulation, Savings Estimation Method 2 or Option B:


Energy Conservation Measure Isolation in the EVO's "International Performance
Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP) Volume III: Concepts and
Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction," April 2003.

OR

b. Option B: Energy Conservation Measure Isolation as specified in the EVO's


"International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP)
Volume III: Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New
Construction," April 2003.
c. Select the option appropriate for the size and nature of the building.

2. If not already in place, install metering equipment to measure energy usage. Monitor,
record, and trend log measurements.
3. Evaluate energy performance and efficiency by comparing actual to predicted
performance.
4. Measurement and verification period shall cover at least one year of post-construction
occupancy.

3.3 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

Below is in accordance with Guiding Principles V.C.

A. Comply with Part 7 - Waste Management and Disposal of Division 01 Section Environmental
Management. (LEED Credit MR 2)

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 7
3.4 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR-AIR-QUALITY MANAGEMENT

A. General:

1. Comply with Part 4 - Air Quality of Division 01 Section Environmental Management.

Below is in accordance with Guiding Principles IV.E 1 and 2.

2. Comply with SMACNA's "SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under
Construction," 1995, Chapter 3. (LEED Credit EQ 3.1)

a. Protect stored on-site or installed absorptive materials from moisture damage.


b. If Government authorizes use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating
systems during construction period as specified in Division 01 Section Temporary
Facilities and Controls, install filter media having a MERV 8 according to
ASHRAE 52.2-1999 at each return-air inlet for the air-handling system used during
construction.
c. Replace all air filters immediately prior to occupancy.

3. Comply with the following requirements (LEED Credit EQ 3.2):

a. After construction ends, prior to occupancy and with all interior finishes installed,
as described in the USGBC Reference Guide, install new filtration media and
perform a 72-hour building flush-out by supplying a total volume of 14000 cu. ft.of
outdoor air per sq. ft.of floor area while maintaining an internal temperature of at
least 60 deg Fand, where mechanical cooling is operated, a relative humidity no
higher than 60 percent.
b. The space may only be occupied following delivery of a minimum of 3500 cu. ft.of
outdoor air per sq. ft.of floor area to the space and provided the space is ventilated
at a minimum rate of 0.30 cfm per sq. ft.of outside air or the design minimum
outside air rate, whichever is greater, a minimum of three hours prior to occupancy
and continue during occupancy until a total of 14000 cu. ft./sq. ft.of outside air has
been delivered to the space.

OR

4. Conduct baseline indoor-air-quality testing, after construction ends and prior to


occupancy, using testing protocols consistent with the United States EPA's
"Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air," and as
additionally detailed in the USGBC's Reference Guide.
5. Demonstrate that the contaminant maximum concentrations listed below are not
exceeded:

a. Formaldehyde: 50 ppb.
b. Particulates (PM10): 50-micrograms/cu. m.
c. Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC): 500-micrograms/cu. m.
d. *4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PH): 6.5-micrograms/cu. m.
e. Carbon Monoxide: 9 ppm and no greater than 2 ppm above outdoor levels.

*This test is only required only if carpets and fabrics with Styrene Butadiene (SB) latex
backing material are installed as part of the base building systems.

6. For each sampling point where the maximum concentration limits are exceeded, conduct
additional flush-out with outside air and retest the specific parameter(s) exceeded to

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 8
indicate the requirements are achieved. Repeat procedure until all requirements have
been met. When retesting non-complying building areas, take samples from same
locations as in the first test.
7. Air-sample testing shall be conducted as follows:

a. All measurements shall be conducted prior to occupancy but during normal


occupied hours, and with building ventilation system starting at the normal daily
start time and operated at the minimum outside air flow rate for the occupied mode
throughout the duration of the air testing.
b. Building shall have all interior finishes installed including, but not limited to,
millwork, doors, paint, carpet, and acoustic tiles. Non-fixed furnishings such as
workstations and partitions are encouraged, but not required, to be in place for the
testing.
c. Number of sampling locations will vary depending on the size of building and
number of ventilation systems. For each portion of building served by a separate
ventilation system, the number of sampling points shall not be less than one per
25,000 sq. ft.or for each contiguous floor area, whichever is larger, and shall
include areas with the least ventilation and greatest presumed source strength.

8. Air samples shall be collected between 4 and 7 feet from the floor to represent the
breathing zone of occupants, and over a minimum four-hour period.

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING
01 33 29 - 9
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

GENERAL

1.01. Applicable Sections. Division 01 applies.

1.02. Summary. The computer analysis predicts energy consumption and energy system performance.
It can optimize electrical and mechanical system operations and architectural alternatives such
as building orientation, building length and width, number of building stories, wall and roof
construction, thickness of insulation, window size and type, and solar and shading applications.
Base optimization on a life cycle cost study. Normally, designers will choose the least life cycle
cost alternatives taking into account building aesthetics. Perform analysis at the 30% Design
Stage. BLAST 3.0, DOE-2.2, Trane TRACE 700, Carrier HAP-E20, EnergyPlus, or other similar
computer programs which perform transient thermal analyses are acceptable.

1.03. Compliance. Compliance with energy targets shown in Table 1 (from 1991 Corps of Engineers
Design Criteria) are mandatory and are predicated on Title 10 CFR, Subpart F, Part 434 "Energy
Conservation Voluntary Performance Standards for New Commercial and Multifamily High Rise
Residential Buildings, Mandatory for New Federal Buildings," Section 434.601. See attached
Figures 1 and 2 for compliance.

1.04. Life Cycle Cost Analysis:

A. Base on the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) handbook 135, "Life-cycle Costing Manual for
the Federal Energy Management Program," the current edition.
B. Analysis shall result in the least building energy use, consistent with least life cycle cost.
C. The HVAC system to be considered will be packaged rooftop DX cooling, indirect gas fired
heating equipment as this equipment has been demonstrated to have the lowest life cycle costs
in most instances. Where rooftop equipment is prohibited by Base or post policy, consider split
system DX cooling and heat pump heating. Where electric or gas utilities are abnormally high or
climatic conditions are extreme, the use of boilers, desiccant dehumidifiers or other strategies
may be considered. In these cases, provide a life-cycle cost economic analysis to evaluate
alternative fuel sources and other energy reduction strategies. See paragraph this section entitled
Guidelines.
1.05. Definitions:
A. Energy Use Budget (EUB). The energy KCAL that is consumed within the 5'-0 line of a building
per year over a 24 hour/day, 365 days/year period and specified operating hours. This energy
consists of space heating, space cooling, ventilation and lighting loads, excluding process loads.
See Tables 1 and 1A attached.
B. Process Loads. Non-real property installed equipment or user equipment loads (typewriters,
copiers, merchandise display cases, commissary refrigeration systems, computer systems,
industrial equipment, training systems, etc.) and their cooling requirements, meat department
wash down, and hot water heating requirements for commissaries. Do not include specialized
ventilation systems, such as exhaust hoods or those required by OSHA standards, in the
calculation of the EUB. People are not considered process loads. Therefore, include their
contribution to the EUB in the energy calculations and base such calculations on expected or
actual operating times. Combine them with other EUB elements which are calculated at the
expected or actual operating times to provide the total EUB.
C. Design Energy Usage (DEU). Sum of energy figures for heating, cooling, ventilation, domestic
hot water (DHW), and lighting, which the designer calculates as part of the design. Make DEU
computations based on normal operating hours over a period of one year.
D. Total DEU (TDEU). Similar to DEU, except, its basis is expected or actual operating hours over a
one year period. It not only includes the sum of five energy consumption components (heating,
cooling, lighting, and ventilation), but also includes process load energy figures.
June 2011 01 33 29.51 1
DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

E. EUB. Target energy figure which represents maximum allowable energy consumption in
KCAL/m2/YR (BTU/SF/YR) over a 24 hour/day, 365 days/year period with the operating hours
specified.
F. Heating Energy Figure. Calculated energy figure for heating building environment based on the
required operating time.
G. Cooling Energy Figure. Calculated energy figure for cooling the building environment based on
the required operating time.
H. Ventilation Energy Figure. Calculated energy figure for ventilating building environment based on
required operating time. This figure is the fan energy for circulating air during the economizer
cycle, if used, and conditioned air when the heating or cooling system is not on.
I. Lighting Energy Figure. Calculated energy figure for lighting the building based on the required
operating time.
J. Domestic Hot Water (DHW) Energy Figure. Calculated energy figure for heating domestic hot
water based on the operating hours. This energy figure does not include the process load for
meat department wash down operation.
K. Process Load Energy Figure. Calculated energy figure for process loads based on the actual or
anticipated hours/day and days per week.
1.06. Guidelines:
A. DEUs apply only to building loads and to energy consumed within the 5'-0" line of a building
except for the following cases:
1. Where a packaged chiller, cooling tower, air-cooled refrigeration condenser, transformer or
substation, or heating plant is located outside the 5'-0 line but serves only one building,
charge the energy required to operate these facilities to the building.
2. Where equipment in paragraph 1.6.A.1. above serves two to four buildings, pro-rate the
energy requirements among the buildings. Where such facilities serve five or more buildings,
consider these facilities in the category of central plants.
B. Losses from steam, chilled water, high temperature water or hot water distribution lines beyond
the 5'-0" line are not chargeable to the building energy consumption except as provided in
paragraph 1.6.A.2. above.
C. Exterior lighting beyond the 5'-0" line is not chargeable to the building energy consumption.
D. For the purposes of calculating energy budget figures, use the fuel conversion factors indicated in
Table 2 attached.
E. At specific installations where the energy source KCAL (BTU) content varies significantly from the
value presented in Table 2 above, then the local value may be used provided:
1. There is adequate data on permanent file covering a period of at least two years to support
the different value, and
2. There is a fully documented basis to expect that different value to remain in effect for the
foreseeable future with the documentation to remain in a permanent file.
F. Measure energy in the form of steam, high temperature water, medium temperature water or
chilled water which is supplied from a central plant, at the building boundary with proper credit
given to the energy in the condensate return or water return. Do not charge distribution line
losses beyond the building 5'-0) line against the building consumption.
G. Consider hot water requirements, with the exception of domestic hot water (hand washing,
restrooms, etc.) as process load in commissaries. Accordingly, do not include them in the EUB
requirements.

June 2011 01 33 29.51 2


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

H. Clearly identify the calculated TDEU in the summary analysis of the energy report. Calculated
TDEU should be in the range of 131,000 to 160,000 BTU/SF/YR.
1.07. Energy Budget Analysis Requirements shall include but not be limited to the following
information:
A. The space heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting, and DHW energy figures based on the operating
hours, plus the DEU based on the actual or expected operating hours per day and days per
week, not including process loads.
B. Comments on the ease or difficulty of meeting the EUB, if the DEU varies from the EUB by 10 to
14.9% (+ or -).
C. A detailed summary of the heat gain/loss analysis at the 30% design stage.
D. A computer generated printout of DEUs that are calculated after all optimized, cost effective and
practicable energy efficient applications, or techniques are included in the envelope of the
building and building non-process loads. Design the facility to an optimum EUB, and do not
consider the EUB as a convenient stopping point for determining the building energy efficiency.
Likely, the calculated DEU will be less, and in some cases much less, than the EUB, depending
on the incorporation of other forms of energy efficient applications.
E. Provide certification of mandatory compliance with Section 435.112 of Title 10 CFR, Part 435,
Subpart A, "Energy Conservation voluntary Performance Standards for New Commercial and
Multifamily High Rise Residential Buildings, Mandatory for Federal Buildings," published January
30, 1989, for each design. Provide the statement below on the first sheet of the design
documents.

"We certify that these design documents comply with the requirements of Section
435.112 of Title 10 CFR, Part 435, Subpart A."

(Provide Signature) (Provide Signature) (Provide Signature)


Architect Mechanical Engineer Electrical Engineer
F. Provide a listing of the minimum compliance requirements of Section 435.112 in the design
analysis at the 30% design stage. Provide the designer's approach to meeting compliance
requirements in the design analysis. See Figure 1 attached.
G. EUB values in Table 1 are the highest allowable calculated annual energy consumptions for a
commissary or commissary office building design. Target the design below the tabulated EUB
values. Use of tabulated EUB values shall serve as maximum criteria for designers and design
review personnel.
H. Indicate in the completed energy analysis the final calculated TDEU. Include a written evaluation
of the calculated energy figure. Mention in the written evaluation the ease or difficult in meeting
the recommended TDEU range. If necessary, itemize recommendations for energy saving
initiatives for government action.

END OF SECTION

June 2011 01 33 29.51 3


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

TABLE 1

Energy Use Budget (EUB) Values HR DAY


in 1000 BTU/ft2/YR (2713 KCAL/M2/YR ) S S
PE PER
Weather Regions R WEE
DA K
Y

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
ADMIN/ 45 45 40 40 35 40 40 35 35 40 40 10 5
OPERATIO
NS
BUILDINGS:
OVER 740
SM
(8,000 SF)
UNDER 50 50 40 40 40 45 45 35 30 35 35 10 5
740 SM
(8,000 SF)
COMMISSA 90 80 70 60 55 60 70 55 55 55 65 122 62
RY
BUILDINGS

NOTE 1: If more than one distinct function such as warehousing is being performed in an area which
comprises more than 10% of the building's floor area, the EUB will be normalized using the
following formula:

EUB=EUB 1 (Area 1/Area Total) + EUB 2 (Area 2/Area Total) + EUBN (Area N/Area
Total)

Where: EUB is for the mixed use building, EUBN is for one of the distinct functional areas,
Area N is the gross floor area devoted to function N, and Area Total is the total gross floor
area of the building.

NOTE 2: Occupancy hours per day and days per week may vary. Tabulated EUB values are based
on 12 hours per day and 6 days per week.

June 2011 01 33 29.51 4


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

TABLE 1A

WEATHER REGION DEFINITION

WEATHER REGION COOLING DEG HEATING DEGREE DAY RANGE


DAYS (BASE 65 F)

1 \2 N/A > 15000 N/A

2 \2 N/A > 13000 < = 15000

3 \2 N/A > 11000 < = 13000

4 \3 < 2000 > 9000 < = 11000

5 \3 < 2000 > 7000 < = 9000

6 \3 < 2000 > 5500 < = 7000

7 \3 < 2000 > 4000 < = 5500

8 \3 < 2000 > 2000 < = 4000

9 \4 < 2000 N/A < = 2000

10 \4 < 2000 N/A < = 2000

11 \4 < 2000 > 2000 N/A

\1 The data published in TM 5-785/AFM 88-29/NAFAC P-89 (Engineering Weather Data) will be
used to select the appropriate weather regions.
\2 Weather Regions 1, 2 and 3 are determined by the Heating Degree Day Range independent of the
Cooling Degree Day.
\3 Weather Regions 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 are determined by the Cooling Degree Days being less than
2000 and then by the appropriate range bracket of Heating Degree Day.
\4 Weather Regions 10 and 11 are determined by the Cooling Degree Days being greater than 2000
and then by the appropriate range bracket of Heating Degree Day.

June 2011 01 33 29.51 5


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

TABLE 2

FUEL CONVERSION FACTORS /1 /2 & /3


TYPE OF FUELS CONVERSION FACTORS
Anthracite Coal 7,890,000 cal/Kg
28.4 million BTU/short ton
Bituminous Coal 6,858,000 cal/Kg
24.6 million BTU/short ton
Electricity 860.06 cal/KWH
3,413 BTU/KWH
No. 2 Distillate Fuel Oil 9,271,100 cal/LITER
138,700 BTU/gal
Residual Fuel Oil 10,006,400 cal/LITER
149,700 BTU/gal
Kerosene 9,023,800 cal/LITER
135,000 BTU/gal
LP Gas 6,583,500 cal/LITER
95,5000 BTU/gal
Natural Gas 44,512,400 cal/m3
1,031 BTU/ft3
Purchased Steam or Steam from Central Plant 580,800 cal/Kg
1,000 BTU/lb

\1 High temperature, Medium temperature, or Chilled Water from a Central Plant will use the heat value
of fluid based on the actual temperature and pressure delivered to the 5' line.

\2 The EUB values assume that no electric resistive heating will be used in the building (except auxiliary
electric resistive heating used with heat pump systems). When 10% or more of a building's annual
heating consumption will be derived from electric resistive heating, the electric resistive portion will be
multiplied by 2.2 to reflect additional conversion losses.

\3 At specific installations where the energy source cal/Kg (BTU) content is known to vary consistently by
10% or more from the values given above the local value may be used provided there is adequate
data on file for two years or more to justify the revision and that this value is expected to hold true for
at least five years following building occupancy.

June 2011 01 33 29.51 6


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51 - COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

June 2011 01 33 29.51 7


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51- COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

Figure 2
A-E SUMMARY OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION FOR EUB VALUE

INSTALLATION: HOST
PDC NO.: PROJECT
A-E FIRM:
DESIGN
I. BUILDING ENVELOPE LOSS PER DEGREE HOUR (DH)

AREA ORIENTATION DATA


REQUIRED
KW/DH
ROOF ------ "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
WALL N OR NE "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
WALL E OR SE "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
WALL S OR SW "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
WALL W OR NW "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
TOTAL WALL LOSS:
(BTU/DH)

KW/DH
GLASS N OR NE "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
GLASS E OR SE "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
GLASS S OR SW "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
GLASS W OR NW "U" FACTOR
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
TOTAL GLASS LOSS:
(BTU/DH)

KW/DH
INFILTRATION LOSS:
(BTU/DH)
KW/DH
ROUND FLOOR LOSS:
(BTU/DH)

KW/DH
TOTAL LOSS THROUGH BUILDING ENVELOPE:
(BTU/DH)

II. SOLAR GAIN THROUGH BUILDING ENVELOPE

ROOF: TEMP DIFF KW/H (BTUH)


WALL N OR NE TEMP DIFF KW/H (BTUH)
WALL E OR SE TEMP DIFF KW/H (BTUH)
WALL S OR SW TEMP DIFF KW/H (BTUH)
WALL W OR NW TEMP DIFF KW/H (BTUH)

TOTAL AVERAGE SOLAR GAIN WITH 100% KW/H (BTUH)


SOLAR ENERGY:

WINTER GAIN: KW/H (BTUH)


SUMMER GAIN: KW/H (BTUH)

June 2011 01 33 29.51 8


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51- COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

Figure 2
A-E SUMMARY OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION FOR EUB VALUE

III. INTERNAL HEAT GAINS

OCCUPANT NUMBE SENS KW/H


S: R GAIN/OCCUPANT (BTUH)
LIGHTING: TYPE TOTAL WATTAGE KW/H
(BTUH)

KW/H
TOTAL INTERNAL HEAT GAINS (WINTER):
(BTUH)
KW/H
TOTAL GAIN TO THE INTERIOR (WINTER):
(BTUH)
(ENVELOPE + INTERNAL GAINS)

V. ENERGY USED FOR HEATING

SALES POINT TEMPERATURE:


OCCUPIED DEGREE HOURS DESIGN BALANCE
DH
POINT TEMP:
KW
HEATING LOAD OCCUPIED:
(MBTU)
KW
HEATING LOAD UNOCCUPIED:
(MBTU)
KW
VENTILATION HEATING LOAD:
(MBTU)

TOTAL HEATING LOAD: KW


(MBTU)

VI. COOLING LOADS AND ENERGY USED FOR COOLING


OCCUPIED COOLING HOURS: DH
OCCUPIED COOLING DEGREE HOURS: DH
CONDUCTION GAIN THROUGH WALLS
KW (MBTU)
AND ROOF:
CONDUCTION GAIN FOR GLASS: KW (MBTU)
SOLAR GAIN: KW (MBTU)
HEAT GAIN FROM VENTILATION AIR: KW (MBTU)
HEAT GAIN FROM LIGHTS: KW (MBTU)
HEAT GAIN FROM OCCUPANTS: KW (MBTU)

TOTAL COOLING LOAD: KW (MBTU)

June 2011 01 33 29.51 9


DeCA DESIGN CRITERIA HANDBOOK
01 33 29.51- COMPUTER ENERGY ANALYSIS

Figure 2
A-E SUMMARY OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION FOR EUB VALUE (CONT.)

VII. CALCULATION OF NON HEATING AND NON COOLING LOADS

SERVICE WATER HEATING: LITERS (GALLONS) DAYS PER


PER DAY YR
ENERGY USE: KW (MBTU)
ANNUAL USE WITH SYSTEM DEFICIENCY: KW (MBTU)

ANNUAL LIGHTING ENERGY


OCCUPIED KWH
WK NITE KWH
WKEND KWH
TOTAL KWH

ANNUAL VENTILATION LOAD


AIR HANDLER MOTORS KWH
EXHAUST FANS KWH

VIII.TOTAL ANNUAL ENERGY USE

HEATING: KW/m2/YR
(BTU/SF/YR)
COOLING: KW/m2/YR
(BTU/SF/YR)
LIGHTING: KW/m2/YR
(BTU/SF/YR)
VENTILATION: KW/m2/YR
(BTU/SF/YR)
DHW HEATING: KW/m2/YR
(BTU/SF/YR)

DESIGN ENERGY USE BUDGET KW/m2/YR (BTU/SF/YR)


VALUE:
BASED ON OPERATING TIME OF: HRS/DAY
DAYS/WEEK

June 2011 01 33 29.51 10


SECTION 01 35 26
GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Fire Prevention.
2. Safety.
3. Security.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements for procedures.

B. Submittal Schedule:

1. Provide the indicated quantity. Note that the Government will retain three copies and the
pdf file.

C. Submittal action by reviewer:

1. R: Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.

D. Submittal List:
Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action
1.4B Fire Prevention Plan X R
1.5C Safety Plan X R
1.6 Security Plan X R

X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

1.3 MANAGEMENT

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all fire prevention,
safety, and security precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the
Contract.

<Insert project name and location>


GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 35 26 - 1
1.4 FIRE PREVENTION

A. Standards: Comply with the requirements of the Installation's Fire Prevention Standards.
Comply with NFPA 241 "Standards for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition
Operations."

B. Submittals: Provide a Fire Prevention Plan which contains, but is not limited to, procedures for
the following:

1. The supervisors authority and responsibilities:

a. The proper availability, operation and location of fire protection equipment and
general supervision of safeguards.
b. Coordination with installation fire chief on all matters of special permits such as
burning or welding permits, fire prevention, fire reporting, and fire fighting.

2. Safeguards:

a. Fire-resistant construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within the
construction area and within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with the
requirements of NFPA 241.
b. Prohibition of smoking in the commissary and in the vicinity of hazardous
operations and locations.
c. Access for fire fighting vehicles to the immediate job site throughout the
construction period.
d. Vehicle parking control measures so as not to conflict with emergency vehicle site
access.
e. Control measures for combustion powered construction equipment (compressors,
hoists, derricks, pumps, etc., dealing with both fire prevention and exhaust fumes.
f. Temporary Fire protection: Until permanent fire protection is operational, install
and maintain temporary fire protection facilities (including alarm and all
suppression systems) of the types required to protect against reasonably
predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for
Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding
Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations."
g. Changes to exits or exits related to temporary construction. Inform and gain the
approval of the Installation Safety and Fire Officers for the maintenance of exit
requirements (both travel distance and exit numbers).

1.5 SAFETY

A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction
and Demolition." Comply with OSHA 1910 and 1926. Comply with USACE EM 385-1-1 Health
and Safety Manual.

B. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable
protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1. Employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;
2. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on
or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and

<Insert project name and location>


GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 35 26 - 2
3. Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.

C. Submittals: Provide a Safety Plan and accident prevention policy for all personnel during the
performance of the work. Requirements: The plan shall contain, but is not limited to,
procedures for the following:

1. Individuals responsible for safety.


2. Subcontractor supervision.
3. Indoctrination of new employees.
4. Safety related signage and postings.
5. Safety gear (hardhats, tie-offs for persons and ladders, hearing and eye protection, etc)
6. Barriers.
7. "Tool Box" safety meetings.
8. Fire prevention and protection.
9. Housekeeping practices.
10. Electrical and mechanical equipment inspections.
11. Floor, platform, and/or roof loading (access and monitoring for overload).
12. Emergencies.
13. First aid and medical facilities.
14. Sanitation.
15. Safety promotions.
16. Accident Reporting. (Provide a copy of each accident report to the Contracting Officer
within seven calendar days of the incident.)
17. Reporting a list of job safety actions taken and safety inspections conducted. Indicate
that Contractor has met safety requirements including the results on the following:

a. Did Contractor hold job safety meeting? (If YES, attach a copy of the meeting
minutes.)
b. Were there any lost time accidents? (If YES, attach a copy of the completed
OSHA report.)
c. Were there any non-lost time accidents? (If YES, attach a copy of the completed
OSHA report.)
d. Was trenching/scaffold/high voltage electrical work done? (If YES, attach a
statement or checklist showing inspection performed.)
e. Equipment Inspections: Attach a list of safety inspections on any equipment
delivered to the site for construction purposes stating the equipment meets all
OSHA operating requirements (e.g., fire extinguishers, back up alarms, etc.).
Perform weekly inspections for compliance.

18. Confined Space Entry and Access Plan: <insert name of installation> has designated
the [entire crawl space] [access tunnel to refrigerated display cases] under the
existing Commissary building as a "CONFINED SPACE, PERMIT REQUIRED FOR
ENTRY." <insert name of installation>s Ground Safety Office has indicated the OSHA
29 CFR 1926 requirements for "ENTER BY PERMIT ONLY CONFINED SPACE" will be
required for entry into and work in the existing [crawl space] [tunnel], including, but not
limited to, the following:

a. Personnel that enter the [crawl space] [tunnel] shall be trained accordingly.
b. A Confined Space Access Plan shall be prepared.
c. A Confined Space Permit shall be prepared.
d. An attendant shall be stationed outside the confined space access.

<Insert project name and location>


GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 35 26 - 3
e. A communication system with personnel in the [crawl space] [tunnel]shall be
established.
f. The air quality in the [crawl space] [tunnel]shall be tested prior to entry and shall
be monitored on a regular basis while personnel are in the [crawl space] [tunnel].
g. A supervisor shall be identified and that person shall sign the permit.
h. The supervisor, attendant and personnel in the [crawl space] [tunnel]shall be
aware of what to do in case of an emergency.
i. The above information provided is for general guidance and may not comply with
all regulatory criteria. The Contractor shall determine all OSHA and or other
requirements by authorities in jurisdiction as they apply to this Project and include
them in the plan as well as the associated costs in the Contract Amount.

D. Comply with all applicable requirements stipulated by the Occupational Safety and Health Act
and General Provisions clause titled Accident Prevention for method of operation, work
conditions, procedures, and equipment.

E. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to
endanger its safety.

1.6 SECURITY

A. Submittals: Provide a Security Plan for persons and property during the performance of the
Work.

B. Requirements: The Plan shall contain, but is not limited to, procedures for the following:

1. Security Clearances: Information for security clearances and compliance with security
regulations as imposed by both the military installation and the buildings occupying
agency for all Contractor employees.
2. The Governments reservation of right to exclude or remove from the site or building any
employee of the Contractor or Subcontractor whom the Government deems incompetent,
careless, insubordinate, otherwise objectionable, or whose continued employment on the
work is deemed by the Government to be contrary to public interest.
3. Identification Pass: While on the Installation, each employee of the Contractor and
subcontractors shall have in his possession, an approved identification pass. Indicate the
individuals name, and bear a picture of the individual. Coordinate with the Commissary
Store Director for individual requirements regarding security badges while within the
confines of the commissary building.
4. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially
completed areas of construction unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer.
Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar
violations of security.
5. Storage: For storage of materials and equipment that are of value or attractive for theft,
provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and
release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. As alterations or
construction on buildings progress, provide temporary security enclosures, doors and
locks necessary to prevent unauthorized entrance.
6. Restricted Areas: Do not permit workers in restricted areas (as designated by the
Contracting Officer).
7. Do not change over from use of temporary security to permanent security until the
Contracting Officer accepts the work.
8. Restrictions on photographs at sensitive areas of the installation.

<Insert project name and location>


GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 35 26 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 35 26 - 5
SECTION 01 35 40
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

This Section specifies certain requirements and procedures


pertaining to sustainable resources and construction practices that
are to be performed by the Contractor.

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Special requirements for environmental management during construction operations.


2. Monitoring requirements.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


2. Division 01 Section Sustainable Design Reporting.
3. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
4. Division 01 Section Environmental Procedures for Refrigerants.
5. Division 01 Section Indoor Air Quality Procedures.
6. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Acronyms:

A-E to edit entire list to determine applicability to the project. Delete


if not required.

ACM Asbestos Containing Material


AFJMAN Air Force Joint Manual
AFOSH Air Force Occupational Health and Safety
AFI Air Force Instruction
APCD Air Pollution Control Division
APEN Air Pollutant Emissions Notice
AST Above Ground Storage Tank
BMP Best Management Practice
CEV Civil Engineering Environmental Flight
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
COE United States Army Corps of Engineers
DOD Department of Defense
DODI Department of Defense Instruction
DOT Department of Transportation
DPHE Department of Public Health and Environment
EO Executive Order
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
HAZMAT Hazardous Material
HAZWOPER Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 1
HW Hazardous Waste
IATA International Air Transport Association
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
IMO International Maritime Organization
LBP Lead-based Paint
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
NAF Non-Appropriated Fund
NAVFAC Navy Facilities Engineering Command
NOI Notice of Intent
NOT Notice of Termination
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
ODC Ozone Depleting Chemicals
OS Operating Support
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PCB Polychlorinated Biphenyls
PLS Pure Live Seed
POC Point of Contact
POL Petroleum, Oil, and Lubricants
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
SARA Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
SPRP Spill Prevention and Response Plan
SPCC Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure
SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers
USFWS United States Fish and Wildlife Service

B. Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH): An individual certified the American Board of Industrial
Hygiene (ABIH) to have met ABIH requirements for education and experience, and through
examination, has demonstrated the required level of knowledge in industrial hygiene.

C. Containment: The act of stopping the spread or propagation of hazardous substances spilled or
released into the environment.

D. Contractor: Any company or individual contracted to work on the Project site.

E. Cleanup: The act of removing hazardous substances from the scene of a spill release or
stabilizing or neutralizing hazardous substances to non-hazardous concentrations in
accordance with established federal, state, local, and Installation procedures.

F. Construction Contractor: Any person or agency providing a material or a service to DeCA by


authority of a Contract. Includes the prime Contractor and all subcontractors.

G. Contingency Plan: A document containing an organized, planned, and coordinated course of


action designed to mitigate pollution incidents and limit pollution in the event of fire, explosion,
or spill/release of hazardous substances.

H. Discharge: The release of hazardous waste/materials into the environment.

I. Disposal: The thermal or chemical destruction or permanent land filling of hazardous waste.

J. Environment: The natural surroundings that allow life to exist.

K. Environmental Service Provider: Environmental Consulting Firm contracted by the A/E or A/E
Firm if environmental professionals are in-house.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 2
L. Fugitive Particulates: Solid airborne particulate matter emitted from any source that channels
the flow of air pollutants directly into the atmosphere by natural forces or by mechanical
processes such as crushing, grinding, milling, drilling, demolishing, shoveling, conveying,
covering, bagging, or sweeping.

M. Generator: Any person or agency that produces, creates, or discovers hazardous waste.

N. Hazardous Chemical: In relationship to laboratories, a chemical for which there is statistically


significant evidence, based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established
scientific principles, that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees (29
CFR 910.1450(b)).

O. Hazardous Material (HAZMAT):

1. Any item or chemical that is a "health hazard" or "physical hazard" as defined by OSHA
in 29 CFR 1910.1200 or by the EPA at 40 CFR 370, 372, and 100-180, including the
following:

a. Chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins,
irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents
which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin,
eyes, or mucous membranes;
b. Chemicals which are combustible liquids, compressed gases, explosives,
flammable liquids, flammable solids, organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophorics,
unstable (reactive) or water reactive;
c. Chemicals which in the course of normal handling, use, or storage operations may
produce or release dusts, gases, fumes, vapors, mists or smoke which may have
any of the above characteristics;
d. Any item or chemical which is reportable or potentially reportable as inventory
under the reporting requirements of the hazardous chemical reporting section of 40
CFR (40 CFR part 370), or as an environmental release under the reporting of the
toxic chemical release reporting community right-to-know (40 CFR part 372),
including chemicals with special characteristics which in the opinion of the
manufacturer can cause harm to people, plants, or animals when released by
spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting,
escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment (including the
abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other receptacles).
e. Any item or chemical which, when being transported or moved, is a risk to public
safety or is an environmental hazard and is regulated as such by one or more of
the following:

1) Department of Transportation HAZMAT Regulations (40 CFR 100-180)


2) Dangerous Goods Code of the International Maritime Organization(IMO)
3) Dangerous Goods Regulations of the International Air Transport Association
(IATA)
4) Technical Instructions of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)
5) US Air Force Joint Manual (AFJMAN), Preparing HAZMAT for Military
Shipments (AFJMAN 24-2204)

P. Hazardous Substance: A material and its mixtures or solutions that is identified by the letter "E"
in column (1) of the Hazardous Materials Table, 49 CFR Sec. 172.101 or as identified herein:

1. When offered for transportation in one package, or in a transport vehicle if not packaged,
and when the quantity of the material therein equals the reportable quantity;

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 3
2. Any substance designated pursuant to Section 311 (b)(2)(A) of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, and any element, compound, mixture, solution, or substance
designated pursuant to Section 102 of this Act;
3. Any hazardous waste having the characteristics identified under or listed pursuant to
Section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act;
4. Any toxic pollutant listed under Section 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act;
5. Any hazardous air pollutant listed under Section 112 of the Clean Air Act;
6. Any imminently hazardous chemical substances or mixtures which the EPA Administrator
has "taken action under" section 7 Toxic Substances Control Act;
7. Any element, compound, mixture, solution, or substance designated as hazardous under
section 102 or CERCLA.

Q. Hazardous Waste: Any HAZMAT or hazardous chemical that has been used, contaminated,
spilled, and recovered, and is impossible to reuse, recycle or treat. This term also refers to
residues generated as a result of recycling activities and empty containers whose previous
contents were hazardous.

R. Incompatible: Any two materials, which create a violent reaction when combined.

S. Installation: The military base, post, depot, etc. on which the Project is located.

A-E to verify location of approved local disposal site as part of the


installation interview. Landfill location to be verified and identified
in the contract documents.

T. Landfill: The disposal of waste by land burial.

U. Material Safety Data Sheet: A report detailing the hazardous characteristics and dangers of a
specific material.

V. NAF Work Force: NAF employees or their Contractors who perform projects on the Installation.

W. Permitted: An activity approved by an authority with official control over the activity.

X. On-site: Presence within the boundaries of the work-site.

Y. Pollution: Contamination in the environment.

Z. Reportable Quantity: The quantity of spilled or released hazardous substances requiring


notification as defined by federal, state, and local regulations.

AA. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA: The Federal Act, which gives the EPA
environmental protection regulation and enforcement authority concerning hazardous waste
(HW) and associated activities.

BB. Safety: Freedom from man-equipment-material-environmental interactions that result in injury or


illness.

CC. Solid Waste: Any discarded material in any physical state.

DD. Spill: An unintentional release to the environment.

EE. Training: Formal instruction, in addition to existing job knowledge, designed to protect human
health and the environment by increased awareness and improved job proficiency.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 4
FF. User/Owner: Any person, organization, or agency that stores or uses a hazardous material is
classified as a user/owner of such hazardous materials.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A-E to retain applicable references from list below.

A. DOD Instructions, Policies, Guidance Documents, Memoranda, and Regulations: Comply with
the following:

1. COE document EP 1165-2-314 (Flood Proofing Regulations).


2. Section 404 and Section 10 of Clean Water Act.
3. Department of Defense, Measure of Merit, Solid Waste Management.
4. US Department of Housing and Urban Development Guidelines for Evaluation and
Control of Lead-based Paint Hazards in Housing.
5. DoD Guidance Document 4715.5-G "Overseas Environmental Baseline Guidance
Document."
6. DoD Directive 6050.7 "Environmental Effects Abroad of Major Department of Defense
Actions."
7. AFI 32-4002, "Hazardous Material Emergency Planning and Response Program."
8. AFI 32-7042, "Solid and Hazardous Waste Compliance."
9. AFI 32-7080, "Pollution Prevention Program."
10. AFI 32-7086, "Hazardous Materials Management."
11. SECNAVINST 5090.6A "Environmental Planning for Department of the Navy Actions."
12. SECNAVINST 5090.8 "Policy for Environmental Protection, Natural Resources and
Cultural Resources Programs."
13. OPNAV Instruction 5090.1B "Navy Environmental and Natural Resources Program
Manual."
14. UFGS 13280A, "Asbestos Hazard Control Activities."
15. UFGS 13281N, "Engineering Control of Asbestos Containing Materials."
16. UFGS 13283N, "Removal/Control and Disposal of Paint with Lead."

B. United States Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) Regulations: Comply with the following:

1. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) - 40 Code of Federal Regulation


(CFR) Parts 148, 260, 261, 263, 264, 265, 266, 268, 270, 271, 272, 273, 279, 280, 281,
282, and 355.
2. Clean Water Act - 40 CFR Parts 112, 122, 123, 124, 125, 129, 130, 131, and 401471.
3. EPA Document 832-R-92-005, Stormwater Management for Construction Activities.
4. Clean Air Act - 40 CFR Parts 50, 52, 61, 63, 68, 70, 71, 86-89, 745.
5. EPCRA - SARA Title III Sections 301, 302, 303, 304, 311, 312, and 313.

C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations: Comply with the following:

1. Hazard Communication - 29 CFR 1910.1200.


2. Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Reponses (HAZWOPER) - 29 CFR
1910.120.
3. Material Handling - 29 CFR 1910.176.
4. Toxic and Hazardous Substances - 29 CFR 1910.1030.

D. Department of Transportation (DoT) Regulations: Comply with the following:

1. 49 CFR Parts 171 - 173.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 5
E. Other Federal Regulations: Comply with the following:

1. National Historic Preservation Act.


2. Archeological and Historic Preservation Act.
3. Endangered Species Act.
4. The American Indian Religious Freedom Act.
5. Archeological Resources Protection Act.
6. The Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act.
7. National Environmental Policy Act.
8. Executive Order 13423, Strengthening Federal Environmental, Energy, and
Transportation Management, dated 24 JAN 2007.

A-E to edit entire list to determine applicability to the project. Delete


if not required.

F. [Other State, Regional, Local and Installation Plans, Policies, Regulations, and Permitting
Procedures: Comply with the following:

1. Installation Plans, Policies, and Procedures:

a. Installation Asbestos Management Strategy.


b. Installation Hazardous Waste Management Plan.
c. Installation Compliance Assurance Through Pollution Prevention Plan.
d. Installation Integrated Natural Resource Management Plan.
e. Installation Endangered Species Management Plan.
f. Installation Cultural Resources Management Plan.
g. Installation Spill Prevention and Response Plan.
h. Installation Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
i. Installation Stormwater Training Manual.
j. Installation Air Quality Management Plan.

2. State Regulations:

a. Air Pollution Prevention and Control Act.


b. Hazardous Waste Regulations.
c. Water Quality and Wastewater Regulations.
d. Tank Regulations.
e. Oil and Petroleum Spill Prevention Regulations.
f. Solid Waste Regulations.
g. Special Pollutants.
h. Pesticides, Herbicides, and Fungicides.

3. Local and Regional Plans, Policies, and Regulations:

a. Local Policy Plan.


b. Drainage Criteria Manual.
c. Department of Health Fugitive Dust Regulations.
d. Floodplain Management.
e. Coastal Zone Management Regulations
f. Stormwater Discharge and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Regulations.]

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

A. Protection of natural resources: Comply with applicable regulations and these specifications.
Preserve the natural resources within the Project boundaries and outside the limits of
permanent Work performed under this Contract in their existing condition or restore to an
equivalent or improved condition as approved by Owner.

B. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by
methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility of
contamination, pollution, or other undesirable effects.

C. Permitting: The Contractor shall notify Installation Environmental Representatives when a


permit is required and requested as part of this Construction Contract. The Construction
Contractor shall also notify the Installation Environmental Representative when the permit has
been received.

3.2 AIR QUALITY

A. <INSERT ANY SPECIFIC AIR PERMIT RESTRICTION NOTICES>

B. Contractors shall ensure all company-owned and employee owned gasoline and diesel vehicles
driven on the Installation comply with the emissions inspection requirements of the Department
of Public Health and Environment (DPHE) Motor Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program and
Reduction of Diesel Vehicle Emissions.

C. The Contractor shall restrict emissions of all smoke and fugitive particulates, to levels less than
20 percent opacity at the point of emission, and to levels that do not visibly disperse beyond the
Installations property boundaries unless exempt.

D. The Contractor shall ensure any equipment containing ozone-depleting chemicals (ODC) are
operated and maintained in accordance with States Control of Emission of Ozone-Depleting
Compounds requirements. Train and certify all contractors and subcontractor employees
servicing ODC containing equipment.

E. The Contractor shall take active steps to prevent evaporation of all solid or liquid materials that
have potential to become airborne including but not limited to fuels, solvents, paints, and other
volatile chemicals under the Contractors control. Close all containers holding solid or liquid
materials that have potential to become airborne at all times, except when adding product to or
removing product from the container.

F. The Contractor shall fully comply with the conditions of all applicable air quality permits and
applicable air quality requirements. Local and State Regulations of Air Pollution Prevention and
Control Act.

G. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Fugitive Particulate Control Plans required
by and prepared for DPHE.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 7
H. When a Fugitive Particulate Control Plan is not required, the Contractor shall perform all fugitive
particulate control measures necessary to prevent emissions of over 20 percent opacity or
visible emissions that cross the Installations property boundaries.

I. The Contractor shall maintain a daily log of fugitive particulate emissions that exceed 20 percent
opacity or that cause visible emissions crossing the Installations property boundaries. The
Contractor shall maintain a copy of this log on site at all times and shall make it available for
review to the Installation upon request.

J. The Contractor shall not utilize cutback asphalt or any coating included in the definition of
cutback asphalt during the months of March through September unless the cutback asphalt is
used solely as a penetrating prime coat or if the user can demonstrate to DPHE Air Pollution
Control Division that under the conditions of its intended use, there shall be no emissions of
volatile organic compounds to the ambient air.

K. Contractors shall not apply sand or gravel to Installation roads without obtaining prior written
approval from the Contracting Officer.

L. The Contractor shall submit copies of all fugitive particulate emission logs, and any other logs
required by Fugitive Particulate Control Plans, to the Contracting Officer no later than seven
working days after completion of work.

M. The Contractor shall properly re-vegetate all disturbed land to prevent fugitive particulate
emissions following the completion of work.

3.3 WASTEWATER AND STORMWATER

A. Comply with regulations including but not limited to 40 CFR 122.26 (EPA NPDES Permit
Regulations), state and local wastewater regulations, COE document EO 1165-2-304 (1976
Flood Plain Regulations for Flood Plain Management), EPA document 832-R-92-005 (Storm
Water Management for Construction Activities), state and local Stormwater regulations, the
County Drainage Plan and the City/County Drainage Criteria Manual.

B. Concerning wastewater discharges, Contractor shall:

1. Be familiar with all relevant requirements of permits held by the Installation. Applicable
Installation permits include <INSERT TITLE & NUMBER>. These permits are available
for review at <INSERT LOCATION>.
2. Not discharge wastewater or water (including surface discharges and underground
injection) that could impact the quality of the surface water or groundwater of the state
without prior approval of the Installation Environmental Office.
3. Implement basic housekeeping provisions of the applicable wastewater discharge permit
including monitoring and sampling, inspections, reporting, and record keeping.
4. Dispose of sewage through existing connections to the Installation sanitary sewage
system. Where such connections are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably
effective units; periodically, have these toilets serviced by a licensed contractor in
accordance with all applicable regulations. Do not dispose of sanitary waste into the
sewage system without approval of the Installation.

C. Concerning construction projects that shall disturb greater than or equal to one (1) acres,
Contractor shall:

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 8
1. Obtain the site specific Construction Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
prior to staging any facilities, equipment, or materials onsite. The SWPPP shall include
appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs) to minimize the discharge of pollutants
from the site. A SWPPP has been prepared for this Project. The plan is available
<INSERT ATTACHMENT REFERENCE OR LOCATION>.
2. Submit an EPA approved Notice of Intent (NOI) (EPA Form 3510-6) to the Contracting
Officer prior to staging any facilities, equipment, or materials onsite. The NOI includes a
certification that the activity shall not impact endangered or threatened species.
3. Install and operate all BMPs.
4. Review the Installation Storm Water Training Manual and complete and submit the
associated test to the Contracting Officer or, if approved by the Contracting Officer and
available, attend an annual 60-minute training class on storm water pollution prevention.
5. Maintain and post a copy of the SWPPP, NOI, and training certificates at the construction
site.
6. Submit a Notice of Termination (NOT) (EPA Form 3510-7) to the Contracting Officer
after:

a. all construction debris, equipment, materials, and facilities are removed;


b. the construction areas are inspected;
c. all temporary storm water BMPs are removed;
d. ground cover is at 70 percent or when final stabilization of the site has been
achieved as defined by the permit, and
e. the final inspection is performed.

7. Once approved by the Installation, the NOT shall be co-signed by the Installation and the
Contractor, and the Installation shall submit it to the EPA or state permit authority.

D. Concerning construction projects that shall disturb less than one acre, the Contractor shall:

1. Comply with the requirements of the Installations SWPPP.


2. As required, obtain a separate discharge permit (based upon an evaluation of Contractor
proposed operations and the Installations NPDES permit). Site activities disturbing less
than 1 acre are also regulated as small construction activity if they are part of a larger
common plan of development or sale with a planned disturbance of equal to or greater
than 1 acre and less than 5 acres, or if the NPDES permitting authority designates them.
The NPDES permitting authority may designate construction activities disturbing less
than 1 acre based on the potential for contribution to a violation of a water quality
standard or for significant pollutants to waters of the United States.

E. Regardless of the size of the project, storm water runoff from the Project site shall be restricted
to historical flows during and after construction. The Contractor shall submit for approval
devices/designs to comply with this condition to the Contracting Officer. Structural BMPs may
include but are not limited to mulch, grass, stockpile covers, silt fences, inlet protection, check
dams, stabilized construction entrances, and sediment traps. Non-structural BMPs may include
but are not limited to minimizing disturbances, preserving natural vegetation, and good
housekeeping practices.

1. Following each storm event of 0.1 inch or greater or at least weekly, the Contractor shall
inspect erosion and pollution control devices and correct any deficiencies immediately.
Record these inspections and records maintained onsite.
2. To ensure compliance with other Clean Water Act requirements, the Construction
Contractor:

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 9
a. Shall not discharge any domestic, construction and/or industrial waste (including
any hazardous material or hazardous waste) to the sanitary sewer system without
first securing the approval of the Installation. This applies to glycol type wastes
drained from heating, ventilation, and air conditioning facilities.
b. Shall not discharge any domestic, construction, and/or industrial waste (including
any hazardous material or hazardous waste) to the ground, drainage areas, local
bodies of water, or by underground injection.
c. Shall not use surface or underground water supplies for any Contract-related
activities without approval from the Contracting Officer.
d. Shall not dispose of dredged materials in wetlands, dispose of excavated materials
into waters of the U.S., use fill for road crossings, or dispose of similar dredge or fill
materials in the waters of the U.S. without a permit obtained in coordination with
the Contracting Officer.
e. Shall not discharge groundwater from trenches during construction without a
dewatering permit from the EPA.

3.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

A. All hazardous materials brought on-site by the Construction Contractor shall be subject to pre-
approval by the Installation. The Installation reserves the right to prohibit the use of hazardous
materials it deems to be especially hazardous to human health or the environment. The
Installation also reserves the right to prohibit the use of hazardous materials due to the type
and/or quantity of hazardous wastes potentially generated from the materials. In the event of
disapproval of a hazardous material for use on the Installation, the Installation may provide the
Construction Contractor a list of suitable substitutes; however, the Construction Contractor shall
retain responsibility for finding an acceptable substitute. The Installation promotes waste
minimization and pollution prevention practices and all contractors shall take appropriate actions
to comply with this policy.

B. Hazardous materials requirements are designed to ensure the Installation meets and maintains
compliance with:

1. State and Local Hazardous Waste Regulations for Generators.


2. State and Local Hazardous Waste Regulations for Transporters.
3. AFI 32-7032, Solid and Hazardous Waste Compliance.
4. AFI 32-7080, Compliance Assurance through Pollution Prevention Program.
5. AFI 32-7086, Hazardous Materials Management.
6. AFI 32-4002; Hazardous Material Emergency Planning and Response Program.
7. OSHA Hazard Communication Regulation 29 CFR Part 1910.1200.
8. OSHA General Handling Material Requirements 29 CFR Part 1910.176.
9. EPA: SARA Title III (EPRCA) EPA Document #550-B-01-003 "List of Lists".

C. Current Conditions:

1. Review of Installation documentation has identified that the following hazardous material
conditions are currently present at the Project location: <INSERT CONDITIONS>.

D. Hazardous Material Reporting Requirements:

1. A minimum of ten working days prior to commencement of work on site, submit to the
Contracting Officer a listing of hazardous materials on site during the performance of the
Contract. Include estimated usage and estimated quantities for each hazardous material.
The Contractor shall identify any "extremely hazardous substances" (40 CFR Part 355,

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 10
Appendix A and B) to be used during the execution of the Contract and indicate if the
amount of the chemical exceeds the threshold planning quantity. The construction
Contractor shall also supply a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each hazardous
material. The Construction Contractor shall give a brief description of use of the
hazardous material. The MSDS shall be OSHA Form 174 or equivalent, as directed by
OSHA Hazard Communication requirements (29 CFR 1910.1200).
2. Maintain at all times a complete written hazard communication program including labels
and forms of warning for chemicals, an up-to-date hazardous material inventory with
copies of MSDSs for all materials used on the job site, and employee information and
training on hazardous chemicals in their work area. If the Construction Contractor
transports any hazardous wastes or hazardous materials, the Contractor shall classify the
hazardous materials (Class 1 through Class 9) and comply with DOT requirements.
Applicable requirements may include packing and repacking, labeling, marking, and
placarding, handling, vehicle routing, and the manufacturing of packaging and
transportation containers. The Construction Contractor shall transport all hazardous
materials in accordance with all applicable Federal, state and local regulations.
Transporters of hazardous wastes that operate and have a transfer facility are required to
obtain an EPA identification number and comply with additional requirements cited at 6
CCR 1007-3, Part 263.
3. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall abide by and shall have contingency plans
established in accordance with SARA Title III, Emergency Planning and Community
Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA), and overall CERCLA, and shall manage all wastes and
spills accordingly.

E. Hazardous Materials Usage Reports:

1. Contracts with a performance period of less than or equal to ninety (90) days:
Construction Contractors shall immediately report hazardous materials used at any time
during the execution of the Contract to the Contracting Officer. The report shall include a
listing of the total amount hazardous materials used while performing work on site and a
description of the disposition of each hazardous material (e.g., fully consumed during
Contract/Project execution, saved for future use, or disposed of as hazardous waste in
accordance with state and local hazardous waste regulations for generators,
transporters, and treatment, storage, and disposal facilities).
2. Contracts with a performance period of greater than ninety (90) days: Every 90 days
from the start of work on site, the Construction Contractor shall report to the Contracting
Officer hazardous materials used in the previous 90 day period. The report, submitted ten
(10) working days after the end of each ninety (90) day period, shall include a listing of all
hazardous materials used while performing work on site, the total amount of each
hazardous material used, and a description of the disposition of each hazardous material
(e.g., fully consumed during Contract/Project execution, saved for future use, or disposed
of as hazardous waste in accordance with state hazardous waste regulations for
generators, transporters, and treatment, storage, and disposal facilities).

F. Final Report:

1. The Construction Contractor shall submit a final inventory of all hazardous materials used
since the last hazardous usage report no later than ten working days after completion of
work. The final inventory shall list all hazardous materials used, total amount of each
used, and a description of the disposition of any remaining hazardous materials (e.g.,
fully consumed during Contract/Project execution, saved for future use, or disposed of as
hazardous waste in accordance with state hazardous waste regulations for generators,
transporters, and treatment, storage, and disposal facilities).

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 11
G. Hazardous Material Handling:

1. Construction Contractors shall transport and store all known or potentially hazardous
materials in original containers with manufacturer labels meeting the OSHA Hazard
Communication requirements (29 CFR 1910.1200). Repackage or place bulk materials
and materials into different containers at the job site and clearly label in accordance with
OSHA Hazard Communication requirements (29 CFR 1910.1200). Do not bring
materials without proper, legible labeling to the Installation.
2. The Construction Contractor shall only use and store hazardous materials in areas that
are free from obstructions or hazards such as tripping hazards, fire, standing water, or
pests. All hazardous materials shall be separated in accordance with OSHA Material
Handling requirements (29 CFR 1910.176[c]) and OSHA Hazard Communication
requirements (1910.1200[b], and 1910.1200[f]).
3. The Construction Contractor shall store hazardous materials in containers that are in
good condition, with no leaks or rust.

3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

A. Construction and demolition debris consists of the materials generated during the construction,
renovation, and demolition of buildings, roads, and bridges. Construction and demolition debris
often contains bulky, heavy materials that include:

1. Concrete,
2. wood (from buildings),
3. asphalt (from roads and roofing shingles),
4. gypsum (the main component of drywall),
5. metals,
6. bricks,
7. glass,
8. plastics,
9. salvaged building components (i.e. doors, windows, and plumbing fixtures)
10. trees, stumps, earth, and rock from clearing sites.

B. Reducing and recycling construction and demolition debris conserves landfill space, reduces
the environmental impact of producing new materials, creates jobs, and can reduce overall
building Project expenses through avoided purchase/disposal costs. The overall intent of the
recycling content of the Project shall be reconciled with the specific sustainable design
requirements of the Project.

C. The waste requirements are designed to ensure the Installation meets and maintains
compliance with:

1. OSHAs Toxic and Hazardous Substances requirements for bloodborne pathogens - 29


CFR 1910.1030.
2. State Solid Waste Regulations.

D. If the Construction Contractor generates solid wastes during the execution of a Contract, the
Construction Contractor shall prepare a Solid Waste, Construction, and Demolition Debris
Waste Management plan utilizing an outline provided by CEV and provide this plan to the
Contracting Officer ten (10) working days before commencement of construction activities.
Among other things, this plan shall document the extent to which waste materials can be
recycled and identify the disposal/recycling pathway. In-house and troop forces shall comply
with all the requirements contained in the Installation Solid Waste, Construction, and Demolition

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 12
Debris Waste Management plan and do not need to write a separate plan. The Contractor
shall:

1. Integrate generated solid waste into the Installation recycling process as appropriate. The
Construction Contractor shall utilize local sources for recycling as much as possible.
2. Provide, as applicable, Installation with a plan for the disposal of medical waste.
3. Prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer a "Solid Waste Disposal Report" on a
quarterly basis. This report shall itemize the type and amount of solid waste, by disposal
category (e.g., recycled, land filled, reused) that was disposed of during the previous
quarter.
4. Dispose of bulky wastes and demolition debris properly (e.g., automobile bodies,
furniture, and appliances are required to be salvaged or crushed so as to minimum the
volume of waste). Scrap tires may only be disposed of at approved solid waste disposal
facilities.
5. Place all solid waste in a solid waste dumpster or roll-off provided by the Construction
Contractor.
6. Place contaminated reusable sharps and other regulated wastes in puncture resistant,
color coded, leak proof containers, as soon as possible after use and until properly
reprocessed. Place specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials in a
container that prevents leakage during collection, handling, processing, storage,
transport, or shipping. Specific labeling and handling requirements are to be followed (29
CFR 1910.1030[d]). The Construction Contractor shall also comply with the packaging,
storage and labeling requirements specified in States solid waste regulation if the
Contractor generates infectious wastes.
7. To the extent practicable and as applicable, collect compost materials (organics,
vegetation, grass, wood debris, etc.) and arrange with the Installation to utilize the
material in its composting program. To the extent practicable and as applicable and if
economically feasible, sort and recycle wood debris by three categories: painted,
pressure treated, or creosote treated.
8. Dispose of sewage through existing connections to the Installation sanitary sewage
system. Where such connections are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably
effective units; periodically, have these toilets serviced by a licensed Contractor in
accordance with all applicable regulations. Do not dispose of sanitary waste into the
sewage system without approval of the Installation.
9. For projects requiring offsite disposal of solid waste, disposal shall be to land fills holding
a valid State Waste Disposal Permit.
10. The Installation has the following disposal facilities available for use by the Construction
Contractor: <INSERT FACILITY LOCATION, USE, RESTRICTIONS, AND CONTACT
INFORMATION>.

3.6 HISTORIC AND CULTURAL RESOURCES

A. The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (NHPA) Title 16 United States Code (U.S.C.)
Section 470, establishes the role of the Federal government, in cooperation with other nations
and in partnership with the States, local governments, Indian tribes, and private organizations
and individuals regarding significant cultural resources. These specific roles are outlined in
Sections 402, 110, 111, and 106. Among these are standing architectural features (districts,
buildings, structures, and objects) and archaeological sites.

B. The Installation has determined that historic or cultural resources exist within the Project site.
The following activities and precautionary measures shall be conducted to prevent harm to
these resources: <INSERT PROTECTIVE MEASURES>.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 13
C. If any artifacts over 50 years old are discovered during construction activities, the Construction
Contractor shall cease work and contact the Contracting Officer for further instructions.

3.7 NATURAL RESOURCES

A. General:

1. Construction activities impacting wildlife habitat shall be planned outside of the primary
breeding and nesting periods whenever possible. Impacts to aquatic resources shall be
planned during low flow periods and outside of primary spawning seasons.
2. Workers shall not harm or harass any wildlife species.
3. Pesticide use shall be in accordance with the Installations Pesticide Management Plan
and according to all product labels. The Pesticide Management Plan may have
restrictions not found on labels that protect sensitive habitats or endangered species.
4. The Construction Contractor shall return the staging area to its original condition upon
completion of the work. Returning the staging area to its original condition may require,
among other things, revegetation and remediation. Perform the work at the Construction
Contractors expense.
5. Construction Contractors shall minimize, to the extent possible, the creation of new roads
and trails around Project areas. Any such trails/roads shall be rehabilitated and re-
vegetated by the Construction Contractor when the Project is completed.

B. Wetlands and Other Waters of the United States:

1. Section 404 and Section 10 of the Clean Water Act regulate dredge and fill operations
within Waters of the United States. The United States Army Corps of Engineers
(USACE) has jurisdiction over activities affecting Waters of the United States including
special aquatic areas such as wetlands.
2. USACE Permit Number <INSERT PERMIT NUMBER> has been obtained for
construction activities and is presented <INSERT ATTACHMENT OR APPENDIX
IDENTIFIER>. The Construction Contractor will adhere to the conditions set forth in this
permit.
3. All water crossings and wetland impacts shall be limited to the least amount possible.
4. Mats shall be used for large equipment working in wetlands. This will limit vegetation and
soil disturbances.
5. Construction areas and staging areas near wetlands and streams shall contain ample
storm water controls to avoid sediment or other pollutants from reaching these waters.
6. Construction within a designated 100-year floodplain is required to adhere to any local
floodplain permits or ordinances.

C. Threatened and Endangered Species:

1. The Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended, requires all federal actions be
assessed for potential impacts to species designated as threatened or endangered by the
Department of the Interior.
2. The Installation has identified that the following protected species may be present within
the Project area: <INSERT SPECIES NAMES>. The following restrictions and protective
measures shall be taken to ensure that construction activities do not affect these species
<INSERT RESTRICTIONS AND PROTECTIVE MEASURES>.

a. All site personnel shall be instructed by the Installation as to the reason for, and
importance of, limiting impacts to vegetated habitat outside the work area.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 14
b. The Installation familiar with the habitat needs and identification of the species of
concern may supervise Work at all times. This type of monitoring is usually only
necessary for new construction projects and when the species of concern are likely
to enter the work zone.
c. The area of proposed impacts for any construction, maintenance, or repair actions
shall be fenced with aesthetically pleasing fence or a similar visible barrier to
prevent inadvertent impacts to habitat outside the construction footprint.
d. In the unlikely event that a threatened or endangered species (dead, injured, or
hibernating) is located during any activities, the USFWS, and Installation Natural
Resources Point of Contact (POC) shall be contacted immediately.

D. Construction Timber:

1. All projects on the Installation for which removal of trees is a requirement shall be
coordinated with and approved by the Installations Natural Resource POC. In
accordance with Department of Defense Instruction (DODI) 4715.3, DODI 7310.1, and
AFI 32-7064 Section 8.3, forest products shall not be given away, abandoned, destroyed,
or used to offset Contract costs.
2. All merchantable wood products [i.e. stems and limb wood equal to or greater than 4
(four) inches in diameter] that result from projects on the Installation proper shall have all
limbs removed and be delivered to the Installations wood yard if one exists. Such
deliveries shall be coordinated with the Installations Natural Resource POC to allow
access to the wood yard. Leaving wood outside the wood yard fence is strictly
prohibited.
3. All limb wood (to include stem wood) less than four inches in diameter produced in the
completion of projects on Installation shall be delivered to the Installations compost yard.
Responsible parties shall contact the Installations Natural Resource POC to coordinate
delivery. Leaving limb wood outside of the compost yard fence is strictly prohibited.
However, projects involving small amounts of limb wood may dispose of the wood by
broadcasting it at the site if prior coordination has been made with the Natural Resource
POC. In such cases, the limbs shall be lopped so as not to exceed twelve inches above
ground level.
4. If no compost or wood yard exists on the Installation, the Contractor shall coordinate
proposed off-site disposal methods and locations with the Installations Natural Resource
POC.
5. Any and all stumps that are to remain on site shall be cut as close to ground level as
practical, not to exceed six (6) inches above ground level. Tree branches that obstruct
the movement of equipment shall be cut flush to the trunk. The remaining portions of
limbs broken by the passage of equipment shall be cut back flush to the trunk.
6. Any and all stumps with attached root masses shall be disposed of off Installation
property to an approved landfill unless specifically authorized by the Installations Natural
Resource POS. Proper disposal of such stumps is the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor responsible for the Project.
7. In the event of a bona fide emergency outside of normal duty hours, trees may be
removed if absolutely necessary without consulting the Installations Natural Resource
POC. All other provisions, however, remain in effect with regard to disposal of wood
products at the earliest opportunity.
8. Removal of forest products without a permit from the Installation constitutes theft of
government property.

E. Native Revegetation of Disturbed Areas:

1. Consult the Installations Vegetation Management Plan and Integrated Natural Resource
Management Plan for seed mixes for re-vegetating disturbed areas. Construction

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 15
Contractors or government workers shall consult with the Installations natural resources
staff to develop a Restoration Plan for Project areas. If such plans are not in existence
and the Installation does not have a natural resource staff the local Natural Resource
Conservation Commission (NRCS) shall be contacted for their recommendations. The
goal of the Restoration Plan is to restore disturbed areas to their original natural condition
unless otherwise stipulated by landscape designs.
2. Plant Materials: Special seed mixes may need to be developed for unique sites such as
wetlands and riparian areas. Any modification of the recommended seed mixes shall be
coordinated with the Contracting Officer and/or natural resource staff. All seed mixes
shall use certified varieties, be free of noxious weeds, and have been tested for purity
and germination within one year of the planting date. If possible, all seed shall originate
from sources not more than 250 miles south, 150 miles north, and 200 miles east or west
of the Installation.
3. Special consideration shall be taken on rangeland areas. For range management areas,
Contractors shall use only certified weed-free hay on Installation property.
4. Site Preparation: Soil Preparation. Prior to disturbance activities every attempt shall be
made to stockpile topsoil from disturbed areas for later use in restoration activities. The
disturbed site shall be tilled to a minimum depth of six inches, then harrowed or raked to
produce a firm seedbed for planting. Some sites may not require tillage to provide a
suitable seedbed, but this determination will only be made by Installation personnel.
Sites without suitable surface soils for plant growth shall be covered with 4-6 inches of
weed-free native topsoil that shall be incorporated by disking. Large rocks (>6 inch
diameter) and other debris shall be cleared from the site. Any necessary structures (e.g.,
water bars, turnouts) to reduce runoff and prevent soil erosion shall be constructed prior
to seeding.
5. Seeding and Mulching:

a. Seeding Dates: The type of seed mixtures to be used will be affected by the
planting season. Normal seeding shall occur during seasons with ample rainfall
and temperature to promote growth. If planting during the dry season supplemental
irrigation of 0.5 inches/week shall be provided during the first growing season to
promote seedling survival, unless otherwise stated by the Installation.
b. Seeding Methods: Drill seeding or broadcast seeding shall be used depending on
the slope of the disturbed site and the size of the area.

1) Slopes less than 3:1: Seed shall be drilled using a rangeland or grass drill
with a small seed/legume box and an agitator box for fluffy or bulky seed.
Seed rows shall be spaced 7-10 inches apart, and planted 0.5 to 0.75
inches deep. The drill shall have double disk furrow openers with depth
bands and packer wheels. Seeding shall be accomplished by following the
contour of the slope. The drill shall be calibrated each day or whenever
changing seed mixes to ensure even seed distribution.
2) Slopes greater than 3:1 and areas less than 0.5 acre: Seed shall be
broadcast by hand, mechanical spreader, or hydraulic equipment.
Broadcast seeded areas shall be raked or harrowed to incorporate the seed
into the soil at a depth not exceeding 0.75 inches. Seed shall not be mixed
in a tank with hydromulch and broadcast.
3) Mulching: Weed-free native hay, weed-free straw, virgin wood fiber
hydromulch, or erosion control blankets shall be used to promote
germination and seedling establishment. Native hay, straw, or hydromulch
shall be applied at 2000 pounds/acre on slopes less than 3:1. Native hay or
straw shall be crimped into the soil to a depth of 3-4 inches, and shall
protrude above the ground 3-4 inches. Hydromulch shall be applied using
the recommended rate of an organic tackifier. Erosion control blankets shall

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 16
be used whenever reclaiming slopes greater than 3:1 or along drainage
areas where erosion is probable.
4) Reseeding: If a partial or total seeding failure is apparent after the second
growing season, unvegetated areas shall be reseeded in the same manner
described above. Appropriate site preparation practices shall be used to
create a suitable seedbed for planting, but any established native vegetation
shall be undisturbed. Areas that erode and lose seed before establishment
can occur shall be immediately reseeded.

6. Trees and Shrubs:

a. Protection: Protect existing trees which are to remain from injury, bruise, defacing,
or other damage from construction operations. Remove displaced rocks. By
approved excavation, remove trees with 30 percent or more of their root systems
destroyed.
b. Replacement: Remove trees and other landscape features scarred or damaged
by construction operations, and replace with equivalent, undamaged trees and
landscape features. Obtain Contracting Officer's approval before replacement.
c. On February 3, 1999, the President issued Executive Order 13112 to prevent the
introduction of invasive species and provide for their control, and to minimize the
economic, ecological, and human health impacts. All landscaping shall consist of
native, non-invasive species.

3.8 Polychlorinated Biphenyls

A. Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) are mixtures of synthetic organic chemicals with the same
basic chemical structure and similar physical properties ranging from oily liquids to waxy solids.
Due to their non-flammability, chemical stability, high boiling point and electrical insulating
properties, PCBs were used in hundreds of industrial and commercial applications including
electrical, heat transfer, and hydraulic equipment; as plasticizers in paints, plastics and rubber
products; in pigments, dyes and carbonless copy paper and many other applications. More than
1.5 billion pounds of PCBs were manufactured in the United States prior to cessation of
production in 1977.

B. Concern over the toxicity and persistence in the environment of PCBs led Congress in 1976 to
enact 6(e) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) that included among other things,
prohibitions on the manufacture, processing, and distribution in commerce of PCBs. Thus,
TSCA legislated true "cradle to grave" (i.e., from manufacture to disposal) management of
PCBs in the United States.

C. Provide certification that all persons or entities under Contractor control have had awareness
training to recognize the potential presence of PCBs that may be encountered during conduct of
service or construction Contracts.

D. Contractor and all subcontractors shall prepare a written procedure outlining the notification
process between their employees/subcontractors/agents and Contractor management and to
the Contracting Officer informing of the presence of PCBs not identified beforehand. All
construction workers that handle the PCBs and/or PCB wastes shall be trained of PCBs and
hazards associated with PCBs and also trained in accordance with OSHA 40-hour
HAZWOPER.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 17
E. Construction Contractors shall be responsible for ensuring equipment or materials brought on
the Installation do not contain PCBs. The Construction Contractor shall be required to obtain
prior approval from the Contracting Officer for an exemption to this requirement.

F. Should the Contractor encounter previously unidentified or unanticipated suspect PCB items,
that must be disturbed, the Contractor shall cease that work which would disturb the suspect
items and shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer. The Installation shall evaluate the
extent to which there are cost impacts to abatement and disposal and take steps as necessary
to resolve the issue.

3.9 RADON

A. Radon (chemical symbol Rn) is a naturally occurring radioactive gas found in soils, rock, and
water throughout the U.S. It has numerous different isotopes, but radon-220, and -222 are the
most common. Radon causes lung cancer, and is a threat to health because it tends to collect
in homes, sometimes to very high concentrations. As a result, radon is the largest source of
exposure to naturally occurring radiation.

B. The Radon requirements are designed to ensure the Installation meets and maintains
compliance with 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart I.

C. The Project site <DOES OR DOES NOT> have Radon concerns. The following measures will
be taken to ensure public and worker safety: <INSERT MEASURES TO ENSURE PUBLIC AND
WORKER SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION, AND POTENTIAL LONG-TERM MITIGATION
MEASURES TO BE INCORPORATED INTO THE DESIGN>.

3.10 LEAD-BASED PAINT

Delete Paragraph A or B below as applicable.

A. The Hazardous Material Assessment for the Project indicates Lead Based Paint / Paint with
Lead requiring remediation. Comply with Division 02 Section Lead Remediation.

B. The Hazardous Material Assessment for the Project indicates no Lead Based Paint / Paint with
Lead (LBP/PWL) requiring remediation encountered in the investigation. Notify Governments
Designated Representative immediately if LBP/PWL or suspected LBP/PWL is encountered.

3.11 ASBESTOS

Delete Paragraph A or B below as applicable.

A. The Hazardous Material Assessment for the Project indicates Asbestos Containing Material
requiring remediation. Comply with Division 02 Section Asbestos Remediation.

B. The Hazardous Material Assessment for the Project indicates no Asbestos Containing Material
(ACM) requiring remediation encountered in the investigation. Notify Governments Designated
Representative immediately if ACM or suspected ACM is encountered.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 18
3.12 SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PROCEDURE PLAN

A. General:

1. Spill prevention and response requirements are designed to ensure the Installation meets
and maintains compliance with:

a. AFI 32-4002; Hazardous Material Emergency Planning and Response Program.


b. RCRA Contingency Planning Requirements - 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart D, 40
CFR Part 265 Subpart D, and 40 CFR 279.52.
c. OSHA Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER)
Regulation - 29 CFR Part 1910.120.
d. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan - 40 CFR 112.7.

2. Spill response and reporting procedures and liability requirements are designed to ensure
the Installation meets and maintains compliance with:

a. AFI 32-4002; Hazardous Material Emergency Planning and Response Program.


b. RCRA Contingency Planning Requirements - 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart D, 40
CFR Part 265 Subpart D, and 40 CFR 279.52.
c. OSHA Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER)
Regulation - 29 CFR Part 1910.120.
d. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan - 40 CFR 112.7.
e. Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know (SARA Title III) - Sections
301, 302, 303, and 304.

3. The Requirements for Petroleum, Oil, & Lubricants are designed to ensure the
Installation meets and maintains compliance with:

a. OSHAs Hazard Communication Regulation - 29 CFR 1910.1200.


b. EPA SPCC Requirements - 40 CFR 112.
c. Local and State Oil and Petroleum Spill Prevention Requirements.

B. Responsibility:

1. If Contractor manages, stores, or uses hazardous materials (including fuels) or produces


hazardous waste, Contractor shall develop a Spill Prevention and Response Procedure
(SPRP) Plan. The Construction Contractors SPRP plan shall contain, as a minimum:

a. General identification information including:

1) Contractor name.
2) Mailing address.
3) Primary and alternate contacts.
4) Contacts phone numbers (land line plus mobile if available).
5) Contacts pagers.
6) Contacts fax number.

b. A list of spill prevention and response equipment and materials with a


corresponding map showing their location on-site.
c. A description of hazardous chemicals, HAZMAT, and their storage containers with
a corresponding map showing their location on-site.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 19
d. Actions the Construction Contractor shall take upon discovery of an incident
including a statement of emergency response actions that the Construction
Contractor will take based upon its training and capabilities.
e. Procedures for notification of the Installation after discovery of an incident.
f. Actions the Contractors shall take to contain and clean up spills as well as dispose
of spill residue.
g. A description of how the Contractor shall coordinate and complete any required
corrective actions.
h. A description of required employee hazardous material and spill response training.
(Training to be provided to employees as required by all applicable Federal, state,
and local regulations and copies of employee workplace hazard training program
maintained on site at all times).

2. Submit the completed SPRP plan to the Contracting Officer a minimum of ten working
days prior to commencement of work for review and approval. The Installation will make
a copy of its SPRP plan available to the Construction Contractor, upon request, to use as
a guide in preparing their SPRP. The Construction Contractor may not adopt the
Installations SPRP as the Construction Contractors SPRP without the addition of
Construction Contractor specific information as outlined above.

C. Spill Response and Reporting Procedures and Liability:

1. The Construction Contractor shall manage, store, and use all hazardous materials
(including fuels) in accordance with good engineering practices and implement best
management practices in order to prevent spills and releases. The Construction
Contractor shall report spills to the Installation and execute timely and appropriate actions
to contain and cleanup all spills in accordance with the Contractor SPRP plan and the
Installation SPRP. The Installation does not authorize the Construction Contractor
employees to provide emergency response nor clean up actions beyond the level of
training of their employees. Once a spill or release of a hazardous material managed,
used, or stored by the Construction Contractor has been contained, the Installation shall
determine if additional cleanup is required and the extent of the Contractors
responsibility. The Construction Contractor shall be liable for any direct and indirect
costs incurred during spill response and clean-up, including but not limited to
administrative costs, materials, labor, equipment, shipping, packaging, testing,
replacement equipment and materials, and disposal.
2. Construction Contractor-owned tanks used for vehicle or equipment refueling shall only
be allowed to exist at the Installation if approved by the Contracting Officer. Construction
Contractors requesting permission to stage a fuel tank on the Installation shall do so in
writing to the Contracting Officer. Construction Contractors shall prepare a Spill
Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC) and submit it with their request to
stage a fuel tank. The Construction Contractor shall not use aboveground tanks with an
individual capacity of greater than 660 gallons.
3. During fuel transfers, the Contractor shall utilize spill containment devices and have spill
containment materials available.
4. The Construction Contractor is prohibited from performing routine servicing of vehicles
such as oil changes or brake fluid changes on Installation property.
5. The Construction Contractor is prohibited from using oil on roadways or other surface
areas for dust suppression.
6. The Construction Contractor shall not release secondary containment water when oil
sheen is present. The Contractor shall collect contaminated containment water and make
arrangements with the Installation Environmental Office for its proper disposition.

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 20
7. If the Construction Contractor uses aboveground petroleum, oil, and lubricants (POL)
storage tanks, they shall be Underwriters Laboratory-approved, double-walled, convolute-
type tanks.
8. The Construction Contractor, if an owner or operator of an AST containing POLs, is
subject to provisions of the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard cited at 29 CFR
1910.1200 and shall comply with labels and other forms of warning, MSDSs, and training.
9. The Construction Contractor, if a generator of used oil, is subject to management
standards for used oil (40 CFR 279.1) and shall:

a. Store used oil only in tanks and containers.


b. Keep tanks and containers in good condition and free of leaks.
c. Label tanks and containers with the words "used oil".
d. Stop, contain and cleanup spills or releases to the environment.
e. Use a transporter with an EPA identification number when shipping used oil off-
site.

10. The Construction Contractor managing POLs at the Installation is subject to local and
state oil and petroleum spill prevention requirements including but not limited to the
following reporting requirements:
11. The Construction Contractor shall report a release of oil that enters or may enter "waters
of the state" including surface waters, groundwater, dry gullies, or storm sewers leading
to surface waters to Local and State Department of Public Health and Environment
(DPHE) immediately, the Installation Environmental Office shall also be notified.
12. The Construction Contractor shall report releases of oil to land greater than 25 gallons to
the state immediately and notify the Installation Environmental Office.
13. The Construction Contractor shall not mix used oil with characteristic hazardous waste
(e.g. gasoline) since the mixing constitutes hazardous waste treatment and requires a
permit.

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 21
APPENDIX A
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETED ABATEMENT
As authorized representative of the contractor, I hereby certify and attest that I have completed
abatement work on project _____________________________________________________________
Description
at _________________________________, Contract Number _________________________________
Location Number
in accordance with the contract provisions, federal, state and local regulations and have disposed of all
waste and debris associated with this work at a landfill or disposal site authorized and licensed to accept
such wastes. Copies of project logs and documents, landfill receipts and waste manifests are attached.
At completion of all work, the work are visually inspected and found to be free and clear of all visual signs
of asbestos materials and that clearance air quality monitoring and sample analysis under aggressive air
disturbance conditions was found to be within permissible levels for space re-occupancy.
The contractor's representative further accepts and acknowledges that the contractor assumes all
responsibilities for latent defects attributable to his failure to follow prescribed procedures or failure to
properly abate the required conditions as described in the contract.
by: ________________________________________________________________________________
Signature, Contractor or Authorized Representative Date
_____________________________________________________________________________
Printed Name
_____________________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm
GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATION
The Government's Inspector hereby certifies that he has accompanied the Contractor's Representative on

his visual inspection and reviewed the results of his final clearance air quality monitoring and verifies that,

to the best of his knowledge and belief, the above representations by the Contractor's Representative are

true and correct.

by: _______________________________________________________________________________
Signature Date
____________________________________________________________________________
Printed Name
____________________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 22
APPENDIX B
ENVIRONMENTAL CERTIFICATION
ACCOMPANYING COMPLETION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION
As authorized representative of the Contractor, I hereby certify and attest, to the best of my knowledge,

that the construction completed under the contract (Government Contract No.____________________ )

is free and clear of building materials and products containing regulated quantities of asbestos and/or

lead-based paints. I have determined the above based on product labels, manufacturer's information,

submittal documents for specified materials, and other information available to me. The Contractor's

representative further acknowledges and accepts that if it is later found that the Contractor has

intentionally defrauded or misrepresented these facts, then the Contractor assumes total and complete

liability for fines, penalties and/or abatement and removal of these materials at the direction of the

Government.

by: _________________________________________________________________________________
Signature, Contractor or Authorized Representative Date
______________________________________________________________________________
Printed Name
______________________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm
GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATION
The Government's Inspector hereby certifies and attests that, to the best of knowledge and belief, the
above representations by the Contractor's representative are true and correct.
by: _________________________________________________________________________________
Signature Date
______________________________________________________________________________
Printed Name
______________________________________________________________________________
Printed Title and Firm

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
01 35 40 - 23
SECTION 01 35 43.19
ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR REFRIGERANTS
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Installation of refrigerant.
2. [Removal of refrigerant.]

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Mechanical, Refrigeration, Food Service Equipment and Electrical


Coordination.
2. Division 01 Section Quality Control.
3. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.
4. Division 23 Section Product Refrigeration Systems.

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL

A. The following publications form a part of this Specification to the extent they are applicable:

1. Division 01 Section Quality Control.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals at Project Closeout:

1. Division 01 Section Closeout Procedures.


2. Refrigerant log book.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum three years
documented experience.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to IMC.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR REFRIGERANTS
01 35 43.19 - 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REFRIGERANT HANDLING

A. Refrigerant to be Added to Equipment:

1. All refrigerant added to equipment shall be Contractor Furnished, Contractor Installed,


and new non-recycled.

Delete paragraphs B and C below for new store.

1. The Contractor is responsible for safe handling, dismantling, removal, and disposal of all
refrigeration equipment identified for removal as part of the Contract Documents unless
otherwise specified. Prior to dismantling and removal of refrigeration equipment, the
Contractor will recover all refrigerants for recycling by transferring to an approved
external vessel or certified recycling or recovery machine.

C. Ownership and Handling of Recovered Refrigerant:

1. Notification/Coordination: Provide the Contracting Officer a minimum of 30 days prior to


the date for scheduled removal of refrigerant and a plan for disposal of recovered
refrigerant in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and
regulations.
2. Recovery of Used Refrigerant: Recover all refrigerant from equipment being removed
and transfer to appropriate containers. Provide approved containers for the recovery of
used refrigerants. Complete all documents necessary to accompany transfer of removed
refrigerant to appropriate government agencies or private entities legally designated to
accept such refrigerants.
3. Contingency Plan: Prepare and implement a contingency plan during refrigerant
recovery to prevent and minimize loss of refrigerant from connections, fittings, piping, and
storage containers.
4. Ownership of Recovered Refrigerant: At the discretion of the government, the
government may elect to retain ownership of the recovered refrigerant, at no additional
cost. If the government elects to retain ownership of recovered refrigerant, it will
designate a storage point on the installation for the Contractor to store the containers. In
event the government elects to relinquish ownership of used refrigerants, the refrigerant
will become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor will then be responsible for
transporting and recycling or disposal of the refrigerant in accordance with applicable
regulations, and shall bear any associated costs or credits.
5. Ownership of Recovered Refrigerant: <Insert ownership requirements>

D. Refrigerant Log Book:

1. Furnish and maintain a refrigerant log book for recording refrigerant transfers.
2. In the log book itemize services performed, actions taken, and amount of refrigerant
added to or removed from each system installed, or affected, or removed by this Project.
3. The Refrigerant Log Book is a three-ring loose leaf binder containing a table of contents
and a separate Refrigerant logging form for each piece of refrigeration and HVAC
equipment (see sample form).

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR REFRIGERANTS
01 35 43.19 - 2
E. Execution of Record Keeping for Refrigerant Transfers:

1. Duration: Establish the Refrigerant Log Book at the start of construction and
continuously maintain and keep current until completion of the warranty portion of the
Contract.
2. Location of Refrigerant Log Book: During the construction period, keep the log book in
the possession of the Contractor at the construction site. After construction is completed,
keep the log book in the Commissary Store Directors Office.
3. Project Close-out: Upon completion of the construction portion of the Project, furnish two
updated copies of the log book to DeCA/PM/FM. Then, turn the original log book over to
the Commissary Store Director.

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR REFRIGERANTS
01 35 43.19 - 3
SERVICE TECHNICIAN COMPANY REASON ACTIONS Lbs REF Lbs REF DESTINATION CORRECTIVE
DATE NAME NAME FOR TAKEN ADDED REMOVED RECOVERED ACTIONS FOR
SERVICING + - REFRIGERANT LOSSES/
REMARKS

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR REFRIGERANTS
01 35 43.19 - 4
REFRIGERANT LOG BOOK

Location: Refrigeration System:


Equipment Application: Refrigerant Type:

Equipment designated as indicated on Construction Drawings:

Refrigeration Capacity: BTU/HR

Total amount of refrigerant initially installed in system:

Equipment manufacturer name:

Model number: Serial number:

HVAC/refrigeration installing Contractor's name:

Name of installing Contractor's lead technician on site:

Date installed:

<Insert project name and location>


ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR REFRIGERANTS
01 35 43.19 - 5
SECTION 01 35 46

INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROCEDURES


(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

This Section specifies certain requirements and procedures


pertaining to sustainable resources and construction practices that
are to be performed by the contractor.

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Special construction scheduling/sequencing requirements and procedures necessary to


assure achievement of designed Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) levels for the completed project
required by the EPA IAQ Program.
2. Ventilation during construction.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section Sustainable Design Reporting for additional indoor air quality
requirements.
2. Division 01 Section Environmental Management for definitions and general requirements.
3. Division 23 Section Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC for baseline testing for
Indoor Air Quality.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Type 1 Finishes: Materials and finishes which have a potential for short-term levels of off
gassing from chemicals inherent in their manufacturing process, or which are applied in a form
requiring vehicles or carriers for spreading which release a high level of particulate matter in the
process of installation and/or curing. Type 1 Finishes include, but are not limited to the
following:

1. Composite wood products, specifically including particleboard from which millwork, wood
paneling, doors or furniture may be fabricated.
2. Adhesives, sealants, and glazing compounds, specifically those with petrochemical
vehicles or carriers.
3. Wood preservatives, finishes, and paint.
4. Control and/or expansion joint fillers.
5. All hard finishes requiring adhesive installation.
6. Gypsum board and associated finish processes.

B. Type 2 Finishes: "Fuzzy" materials and finishes which are woven, fibrous, or porous in nature
and tend to adsorb chemicals off gassed by Type 1 finishes or may be adversely affected by
particulates. These materials become chemical binder for organic/aromatic compounds which
may be released much later, or collectors of contaminants that may promote subsequent
bacterial growth. The chemicals off gassed by Type 1 finishes may combine with chemicals in
Type 2 finishes to alter both chemical constituents or even polymerize. Type 2 Finishes include,
but are not limited to the following:

<Insert project name and location>


INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROCEDURES
01 35 46 - 1
1. Carpet and padding.
2. Fabric wallcovering.
3. Insulation exposed to the airstream.
4. Acoustic ceiling materials.
5. Fabric covered acoustic wall panels.
6. Upholstered furnishings.

C. Materials that can be categorized as both Type 1 and Type 2 materials shall be considered to
be Type 1 materials.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Supplementary Construction Schedule: Submit a schedule of construction showing compliance


with requirements of this Section as a supplement to the schedule in accordance with applicable
requirements of Division 01 Section Construction Progress Documentation.

1. Show sequence of finishes applications and allowances for curing times. Within each air
zone identify finishes, indicating their type classifications.

a. An air zone is that part of any floor area served by a single air handling unit.

2. Indicate and schedule types and durations of temporary ventilations proposed. Show
schedule for commissioning procedures and all temporary usages of building mechanical
systems, identifying types of filtration used and schedule of filter replacement and
changeouts.

B. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Requirements for submittal of MSDSs are specified in
the individual specification sections of this Project Manual as required.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Perform the work of this Section as a supplement to and in accordance with applicable
requirements of Division 01 Section Quality Control.

B. Finishes Installation Scheduling: As part of the Coordination and Mutual Understanding


Meeting, discuss the Supplementary Construction Schedule required under this Section. The
purpose of this agenda item is to assure understanding of the importance of sequencing of
finishes to the overall Indoor Air Quality of the facility and to secure preliminary approval of the
Contracting Officer for scheduling and installation requirements for on-site work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Certify in writing to the Governments Designated Inspector that interior environmental control
has been implemented as specified below and that required conditions are being maintained,

<Insert project name and location>


INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROCEDURES
01 35 46 - 2
and obtain the Governments Designated Inspector approval before starting installation of
interior finishes.

B. Coordination: Schedule and coordinate the work of all finishes installers to assure compliance
with the requirements of this Specification Section.

1. Define and control sequencing of finishes applications to ensure separation of Type 1


and Type 2 materials during off gassing and curing of Type 1 materials.
2. Schedule start up of ventilating systems or schedule and provide temporary ventilation
systems to ensure required air change rates during the off gassing periods of Type 1
materials.

3.2 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL

A. Provide and maintain controlled interior environment in accordance with the following
requirements before beginning installation of interior finish materials in order to dilute and
exhaust vapors produced by solvents and other carriers from liquid applied materials, and
particulate matter from residual manufacturing chemicals contained in solid products.

Delete paragraph below for new construction Projects.

B. Implement guidelines as identified in the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association, Inc. (SMACNA) "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction"
Current Edition. The intent is to prevent any indoor air quality problems to building occupants
during construction. Isolate all areas of construction from Commissary operations. Remove all
hazardous materials prior to starting work. If hazardous materials are found, identified, or
suspect, cease work and mitigate the hazardous material concern. Do not continue with
contract work until the space has been cleared by a PE or Certified Industrial Hygienist for
occupancy.

C. Supply 100 percent outside air 24 hours a day. Supply airflow at 6 air changes per hour when
outside temperature is between 55 deg F and 85 deg F and humidity is between 30 percent and
60 percent.

1. Supply a minimum of 1.5 air changes per hour when outside conditions are not within the
range above. To meet desired volumetric air changes for dilution ventilation, Contractor
may use the exhaust air as makeup air if the following requirements are met:

a. Ventilation is designed and stamped by a PE or Certified Industrial Hygienist using


ANSI/AIHA Z9.7 "Recirculation of Air from Industrial Process Exhaust Systems" for
design criteria.
b. All controls are implemented in accordance with the design. (See Division 23
Section Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.)

2. The supply air system shall have filters in place. Maintain filtration efficiency of 30
percent unless higher efficiency is required by other Contract Documents.
3. The HVAC system may be used to move both supply and return air if the following
requirements are met:

a. Permanent return air ductwork and heating and cooling coils shall be cleaned per
National Air Duct Cleaners Association standards upon completion of all
construction and finish installation work and before beneficial occupancy of the
Project or Phase by the Government.

<Insert project name and location>


INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROCEDURES
01 35 46 - 3
b. No recirculating air is permitted unless designed and implemented in accordance
with the provisions of ANS/IAIHA Z9.7 as referenced above. Temporary exhaust
systems may be used to exhaust air directly to the outside from the construction
area.

D. Begin construction ventilation when the building is substantially enclosed.

E. Pre-commissioning and commissioning procedures for HVAC systems, including duct cleaning
and filter replacement prior to release of the Project or Phase to the Government for occupancy,
are specified in Division 23 Sections and by reference above to SMACNA "IAQ Guidelines for
Occupied Buildings Under Construction" - Current Edition.

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROCEDURES
01 35 46 - 4
SECTION 01 42 00
REFERENCES
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Definitions.
2. Specification format and content explanation.
3. Industry standards.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the
drawings, or paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the
contract documents. The use of terms such as "shown," "noted," "schedule," and "specified"
help the reader locate the reference. Location does not limit.

B. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved,"


"required," and "permitted" mean directed by the Contracting Officer, requested by the
Contracting Officer, and similar phrases.

C. "Approved": The term "approved" when used in conjunction with the Contracting Officer's action
on the contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, refers only to the Contracting Officer's
duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

D. "Regulations": The term "regulations" include laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders
issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within
the construction industry that control performance of the work.

E. "Furnish": The term "furnish" means supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading,
inspection, inventory, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

F. "Install": The term "install" describes operations at the project site including the actual
unloading, temporary storage, unpacking, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying,
working dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

G. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended
use.

H. "Installer": An installer is the contractor or another entity engaged by the contractor, either as
an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction
activity, including purchasing, installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers
must possess experience in the operations they perform.

1. The term "experience" when used with the term "installer" means having a minimum of 5
previous projects similar in size and scope to this project, being familiar with the special

<Insert project name and location>


REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 1
requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Trades: Using terms such as "carpentry" does not imply performance of certain
construction activities by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic
name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply
exclusively to trades- persons of the corresponding generic name.

I. "Project Site": The space available to the contractor for performing construction activities, either
exclusively or in conjunction with others performing work as part of the project.

J. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific


inspections or tests at either the project site or elsewhere. The agency reports and, if required,
interprets results of these inspections or tests.

K. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to


practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering
services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for
installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this
Project in material, design, and extent.

L. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar


to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

M. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the work. The term "product" includes the
terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or


model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new
products.
3. Or Equal Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

N. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and


accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of
evaluating comparable products of other manufacturers.

1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION

A. Specification Format: The organization of these specifications into Divisions and Sections
follow CSI's 48-Division format and Master Format numbering system.

B. Specification Content: This specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are as follows:

<Insert project name and location>


REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 2
1. Abbreviated Language: Abbreviations occur in languages used in specifications and
other contract documents. Interpret words and meanings as appropriate. Interpolate
words implied, but not stated, as the sense required. Interpret singular words as plural
and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the contract
documents indicates.
2. Streamlined Language: The specifications generally use the imperative mood and
streamlined language. The contractor performs requirements expressed in the
imperative mood. At certain locations in the text, subjective language is for clarity to
describe responsibilities of the contractor or others when so noted.

a. Imply the words "shall be" where a colon (:) is within a sentence or phrase.

1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standard: Except where the contract documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the contract documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are a part of the contract documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the issue date of the Solicitation
except comply with standards having different revision dates as referenced in the Building Code
indicated in Division 01 Section Summary of Work.

C. Conflicting Requirements: Where the contract documents specify compliance with 2 or more
standards and the standards establishes different or conflicting requirements for minimum
quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Before commencing,
refer to the Contracting Officer for a decision on requirements that are different but apparently
equal, and where it is uncertain which requirements are the most stringent.

1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified is
the minimum acceptable. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum
quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To
comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Contracting
Officer for a decision before proceeding.

D. Copies of Standards: Require each entity engaged in construction on the project to be familiar
with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. The contract documents do not
contain bound copies of applicable standards.

E. Abbreviations and Names: Abbreviations frequently occur in trade association's names and
titles of general standards. The use of such acronyms or abbreviations in the specifications or
other contract documents, mean the recognized name of the trade association, standard-
generating organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context
of the text provision. Refer to Thompson Gales "Encyclopedia of Associations" or Columbia
Books "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."

<Insert project name and location>


REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

<Insert project name and location>


REFERENCES
01 42 00 - 4
SECTION 01 45 00
QUALITY CONTROL
(Edited from DeCA June 2011 Design Criteria)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Quality control.
2. Field engineering.
3. Sample forms and reports.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The
publications refer to the text by the basic designation only.

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).


2. ASTM C 1077: Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for
Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation.
3. ASTM D 3666: Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and
Inspecting Road and Paving Materials.
4. ASTM D 3740-08: Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing
and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.
5. ASTM E 329-08: Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or
Testing.
6. ASTM E 543-08a: Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements for procedures.

B. Submittal Schedule:

1. Provide the indicated quantity by the delivery date.

C. Submittal List:

Reference Submittal Item Quantity Action


1.4 Quality Control Plan X R
1.4 Complete Submittal Register and Schedule X R
1.4 Quality Control Report X I
1.4 Testing Plan and Log X I
1.4 Monthly Summary Report of Field Tests X I
1.4 QC Meeting Minutes X I
1.4 Rework Items List X I

<Insert project name and location>


QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 1
1.4 QC Certifications X I
1.4 QC Punch List X I

X Submit quantity specified in Division 01 Section Administrative Requirements.


R Review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return.
I Submittal is for information or record purposes only. No action will be taken.

1.4 QUALITY CONTROL (QC)

A. QC Program Requirements:

1. Establish and maintain a QC program as described in this Section. The QC program


consists of a QC Organization, a QC Plan, a Coordination and Mutual Understanding
Meeting, QC meetings, three phases of control, submittal review and approval, and QC
certifications and documentation. The program provides materials, equipment,
workmanship, fabrication, construction, and operations which comply with the
requirements of this contract. The QC program covers project construction operations
on-site and off-site.

B. QC Organization:

1. QC Manager:

a. Duties: Provide a QC organization and on-site Manager at the work site to


manage and implement the QC program. Restrict the duties and responsibilities of
the QC Manager to managing and implementing the QC program only. Require
the QC Manager to attend the Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting,
conduct the QC meetings, perform the three phases of control, and perform
submittal review and approval. Submittal review and approval includes those
designated for Contracting Officer approval. Perform required testing and prepare
QC certifications and documentation required in this contract. The QC manager
shall be on site all times work is being performed. The QC Manager shall report
directly to an officer or other top level official of the firm. The QC Manager shall
not be the same individual as, nor be subordinate to, the project superintendent,
the project Manager, or any other on-site personnel.

1) Qualifications: The on-site QC manager from this firm must have a


minimum of 5 years experience as engineer, QC Manager, Project
Manager, or architect on similar size and type construction contracts.
2) Provide resume. Submit to Contracting Officer for approval.

2. Alternate QC Manager Duties and Qualifications: Designate an alternate for the QC


Manager at the work site to serve in the event of the designated QC Manager's absence.
The QC Managers period of absence may not exceed two weeks at any one time, and
not more than 30 work days during a calendar year. The qualification requirements for
the alternate QC Manager are the same as for the QC Manager.

a. Submit resume to Contracting Officer for approval. Indicate qualifications,


experience in area of responsibility, and frequency as alternate QC Manager.

<Insert project name and location>


QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 2
C. Quality Control (QC) Plan.

1. Requirements: Within ten (10) from Notice to Proceed, provide for approval by the
Contracting Officer, a QC plan that covers both on-site and off-site work and includes the
following:

a. A chart showing the QC organizational structure and its relationship to the


production side of the organization.
b. Names and qualifications, in resume format, for each person in QC organization.
c. Duties, responsibilities, and authorities of each person in the QC organization.
d. A listing of outside organizations such as, architectural, consulting engineering,
and testing lab firms employed by the contractor and a description of the services
these firms will provide.
e. A letter signed by an officer of the firm appointing the QC Manager and Alternate
Manager and stating that he/she is responsible for managing and implementing the
QC program as described in this contract. Include in this letter the QC Managers'
authority to direct the removal and replacement of non-conforming work.
f. Procedures for reviewing, approving, and managing submittals. Provide name(s) of
the person(s) in the QC organization authorized to review and certify submittals
prior to approval.
g. Testing laboratory information required by paragraph entitled "Accredited
Laboratories" or "Testing Laboratory Requirements," as applicable.
h. A Testing Plan and Log that includes the tests required, referenced by the
specifications paragraph number requiring the test, the frequency, and the person
responsible for each test.
i. Procedures to identify, record, track, and complete rework items.
j. Documentation procedures, including proposed report formats.
k. A list of the definable features of work. A definable feature of work is a task that is
separate and distinct from other tasks and requires separate control requirements.
As a minimum, if approved by the Contracting Officer, consider each section of the
specifications as a definable feature of work. However, at times, there may be
more than one definable feature of work in each section of the specifications.
l. A submittal register and schedule.

2. Preliminary Work Authorized Prior to Approval: The only work authorized to proceed
prior to the approval of the QC Plan is mobilization of storage and office trailers and
surveying subject to Division 01 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls.
3. Approval: Obtain approval of the QC Plan prior to the start of construction. The
Contracting Officer reserves the right to require changes in the QC Plan and operations
as necessary to ensure the specified quality of work. The Contracting Officer reserves
the right to interview any member of the QC organization at any time to verify his/her
submitted qualifications.
4. Notification of Changes: Notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, of any proposed
changes, including changes in the QC organization personnel, a minimum of seven
calendar days prior to a proposed change. The Contracting Officer must approve
proposed changes and reserves the right to deny the proposed change.

D. Construction Management Plan:

1. Participate in the development of a Construction Management Plan, which will aid all
project participants by detailing the communication and administrative procedures used
to implement this contract.

<Insert project name and location>


QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 3
2. The plan will include forms and formats to be used and appropriate instructions, specific
addresses for mailing and delivery, and identification of expected decision points in the
project. Nothing in the plan will replace the contract.
3. At the Pre-performance Conference, the Contracting Officer will furnish a draft of the plan
to the Contractor for his review, markup, and comment. The Contractor and the
Governments Designated Inspector will meet to review suggested revisions.
4. The Contracting Officer or Governments Designated Inspector will furnish one copy of
the final approved plan for the Contractor's use.

E. Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting:

1. After submission of the QC Plan, but prior to the start of construction, meet with the
Contracting Officer to discuss the QC program required by this contract. The purpose of
this meeting is to develop a mutual understanding of the QC details. This includes forms
used for documentation, administration for on-site and off-site work, and the coordination
of the contractor's management, production, and QC personnel with the Contracting
Officer. As a minimum, the contractor's personnel required to attend include the Project
Manager, Project Superintendent, QC Manager, Assistant QC Manager, and QC
Specialist. The QC Manager prepares the minutes of the meeting, and both the
Contractor and the Contracting Officer signs this document.

F. QC Meetings:

1. After the start of construction, the QC Manager conducts weekly QC meetings at the
work site with the project superintendent. The QC Manager prepares minutes of the
meeting. Provide a copy to the Contracting Officer within 2 working days after the
meeting. The Contracting Officer or Governments Designated Inspector may attend
these meetings. Notify the Contracting Officer at least 48 hours before each meeting.
This meeting requirement is solely for quality control and is in addition to the weekly
construction meeting held by the Governments Designated Inspector or Contracting
Officer and the QC managers preparatory meetings. As a minimum, accomplish the
following at each meeting:

a. Review the minutes of the previous meeting.


b. Review the schedule and the status of work:

1) Work or testing accomplished since last meeting.


2) Rework items identified since last meeting.
3) Rework items completed since last meeting.
4) Review the status of submittals:
5) Submittals reviewed and approved since last meeting.
6) Submittals required in the near future.

c. Review the work scheduled in the next week and documentation required.
Schedule the three phases of control and testing:

1) Preparatory phases required.


2) Initial phases required.
3) Follow-up phases required.
4) Testing required.
5) Status of off-site work or testing.
6) Documentation required.
7) Establish completion dates for rework items.

<Insert project name and location>


QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 4
d. Resolve QC and production problems.
e. Address items that may require revising the QC Plan.

1) Changes in QC organization personnel.


2) Changes in procedures.

G. Three Phases of Control: The QC Manager performs the three phases of control to ensure that
work complies with contract requirements. The three phases of control cover both on-site and
off-site work and include the following for each definable feature of work:

1. Preparatory Phase: Notify the Contracting Officer at least 2 work days before each
preparatory phase meeting.